Impact Factor – 6.261 ISSN – 2348-7143 T E R N INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH FELLOWS ASSOCIATION’S a T RESEARCH JOURNEY I International E-Research Journal

N Impact Factor – 6.261 ISSN – 2348-7143 T E R N INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH FELLOWS ASSOCIATION’S A T RESEARCH JOURNEY I International E-Research Journal

O PEER REFREED & INDEXED JOURNAL N February-2019 Special Issue – 150 (B) A L Sustainability : Aspects, Challenges & R Prospects in the Global Perspective E S

A Guest Editor: R Dr. Anand Lele Offg. Principal, C MES Garware College of Commerce H Karve Road, Pune, Dist. Pune [M.S.] INDIA

F Executive Editor of the issue: E Dr. B.S. Vhankate

Dr. Ketaki Modak L

CA. S. D. Ghongate Patil

Dr. Rohini Gote

O Dr. Smita Wadaskar

Chief Editor:

Dr. Dhanraj Dhangar (Yeola)

S O

C This Journal is indexed in : I - University Grants Commission (UGC) A - Scientific Journal Impact Factor (SJIF) - Cosmoc Impact Factor (CIF) T - Global Impact Factor (GIF) - International Impact Factor Services (IIFS) I O N For Details Visit To : www.researchjourney.net SWATIDHAN PUBLICATIONS S ‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Impact Factor - (SJIF) – 6.261, (CIF ) - 3.452(2015), (GIF)–0.676 (2013) 2348-7143 Issue 150 (B)- Sustainability : Aspects, Challenges & Prospects in the Global Perspective February-2019 UGC Approved Journal

Impact Factor – 6.261 ISSN – 2348-7143

INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH FELLOWS ASSOCIATION’S RESEARCH JOURNEY International E-Research Journal

PEER REFREED & INDEXED JOURNAL

February -2019 Special Issue – 150 (B)

Sustainability : Aspects, Challenges & Prospects in the Global Perspective

Guest Editor: Dr. Anand Y. Lele Offg. Principal, MES’s Garware College of Commerce

Karve Road, Pune, Dist. Pune [M.S.] INDIA

Executive Editor of the issue: Dr. Anand Y. Lele Dr. B.S. Vhankate Dr. Ketaki Modak CA. S. D. Ghongate Patil

Dr. Rohini Gote Dr. Smita Wadaskar

Chief Editor:

Dr. Dhanraj Dhangar (Yeola)

SWATIDHAN INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATIONS For Details Visit To : www.researchjourney.net

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 1

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Editorial Board Chief Editor - Executive Editors : Dr. Dhanraj T. Dhangar, Prof. Tejesh Beldar, Nashikroad (English) Assist. Prof. (Marathi) Dr. Gajanan Wankhede, Kinwat (Hindi) MGV’S Arts & Commerce College, Mrs. Bharati Sonawane-Nile, Bhusawal (Marathi) Yeola, Dist – Nashik [M.S.] INDIA Dr. Rajay Pawar, Goa (Konkani)

Co-Editors -  Mr.Tufail Ahmed Shaikh- King Abdul Aziz City for Science & Technology, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.  Dr. Anil Dongre - Head, Deptt. of Management, North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon  Dr. Shailendra Lende - R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur [M.S.] India  Dr. Dilip Pawar - BoS Member (SPPU), Dept. of Marathi, KTHM College, Nashik.  Dr. R. R. Kazi - North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon.  Prof. Vinay Madgaonkar - Dept. of Marathi, Goa University, Goa, India  Prof. Sushant Naik - Dept. of Konkani, Govt. College, Kepe, Goa, India  Dr. G. Haresh - Associate Professor, CSIBER, Kolhapur [M.S.] India  Dr. Munaf Shaikh - N. M. University, Jalgaon & Visiting Faculty M. J. C. Jalgaon  Dr. Samjay Kamble -BoS Member Hindi (Ch.SU, Kolhapur), T.K. Kolekar College, Nesari  Prof. Vijay Shirsath - Nanasaheb Y. N. Chavhan College, Chalisgaon [M.S.]  Dr. P. K. Shewale - Vice Principal, Arts, Science, Commerce College, Harsul [M.S.]  Dr. Ganesh Patil - M.V.P.‘s, SSSM, ASC College, Saikheda, Dist. Nashik [M.S.]  Dr. Hitesh Brijwasi - Librarian, K.A.K.P. Com. & Sci. College, Jalgaon [M.S.]  Dr. Sandip Mali - Sant Muktabai Arts & Commerce College, Muktainagar [M.S.]  Prof. Dipak Patil - S.S.V.P.S.‘s Arts, Sci. and Com. College, Shindhkheda [M.S.] Advisory Board -  Dr. Marianna kosic - Scientific-Cultural Institute, Mandala, Trieste, Italy.  Dr. M.S. Pagare - Director, School of Languages Studies, North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon  Dr. R. P. Singh -HoD, English & European Languages, University of Lucknow [U.P.] India  Dr. S. M. Tadkodkar - Rtd. Professor & Head, Dept. of Marathi, Goa University, Goa, India.  Dr. Pruthwiraj Taur - Chairman, BoS., Marathi, S.R.T. University, Nanded.  Dr. N. V. Jayaraman - Director at SNS group of Technical Institutions,Coimbatore  Dr. Bajarang Korde - Savitribai Phule Pune University Pune, [M.S.] India  Dr. Leena Pandhare - Principal, NSPM‘s LBRD Arts & Commerce Mahila Mahavidyalaya, Nashik Road  Dr. B. V. Game - Act. Principal, MGV‘s Arts and Commerce College, Yeola, Dist. Nashik.

Review Committee -  Dr. J. S. More – BoS Member (SPPU), Dept. of Hindi, K.J.Somaiyya College, Kopargaon  Dr. S. B. Bhambar, BoS Member Ch.SU, Kolhapur, T.K. Kolekar College, Nesari  Dr. Uttam V. Nile - BoS Member (NMU, Jalgaon) P.S.G.V.P. Mandals ACS College, Shahada  Dr. K.T. Khairnar– BoS Member (SPPU), Dept. of Commerce, L.V.H. College, Panchavati  Dr. Vandana Chaudhari KCE‘s College of Education, Jalgaon  Dr. Sayyed Zakir Ali , HOD, Urdu & Arabic Languages, H. J. Thim College, Jalgaon  Dr. Sanjay Dhondare – Dept. of Hindi, Abhay Womens College, Dhule  Dr. Amol Kategaonkar – M.V.P.S.‘s G.M.D. Arts, B.W. Commerce & Science College, Sinnar.

Published by – © Mrs. Swati Dhanraj Sonawane, Director, Swatidhan International Publication, Yeola, Nashik Email : [email protected] Website : www.researchjourney.net Mobile : 9665398258

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 2

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 3

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

From the Guest Editor’s Desk ……

It is with deep satisfaction that I write this Foreword to the volume of research papers that were presented during our international, interdisciplinary Conference on “Sustainability: Aspects, Challenges and Prospects in the Global Perspective” on 17th and 18th Jan 2019 at Pune, India. The conference was sponsored by the esteemed Savitribai Phule Pune University. The conference received a warm response and as many as 76 papers were selected to be presented during the conference in 12 concurrent sessions. The concurrent sessions were planned to take place in a theme- wise manner and were chaired by a subject expert and a paper reviewer each. Thus, the central theme of „Sustainability‟ was explored from numerous different angles including Innovative Entrepreneurship for Sustainable Business Practices, Economics & Banking for Sustainability, Legal Aspects of Sustainability, Human Resource Management for Sustainability, Sustainable Lifestyle and Ancient Civilization, Sustainable Tourism, Green Marketing and Consumer Accountability, Sustainable Environment: Carbon Credits, Biodiversity, Waste Management, Clean Energy, CSR Initiative for Green Development etc. We were lucky to have Dr. Ashok Modak, a National Research Scholar, attending our Conference on both the days. With his years of study and expertise in world, economy, politics and history, he could give our Conference a broad perspective and vision. We are happy to publish his monograph on Contemporary World Challenges and Integral Humanism as the Prologue to this volume of research papers. We are happy that the ensuing scholarly papers have explored multiple meanings of the term Sustainability in multiple different contexts, and promise to live up to the basic goal behind organizing this Conference – that of equipping the Community at large with the desire and ability to contribute solutions to the serious global challenges our planet faces. We hope that the readers will discover that both common challenges and creative solutions emerge from very diverse settings and can yet contribute in unison to overcome the pressing challenges of Sustainable Development in front of the humanity at large today. I trust also that this publication of the conference papers will be an impetus to stimulate further study and research in all these areas. I take this opportunity to congratulate all the researchers whose research papers have been selected for the purpose of this post-conference publication. May we all have a very sustainable, eco-friendly and healthy Life ahead!

Dr. Anand Lele Offg. Principal MES’s Garware College of Commerce Karve Road, Pune, Dist. Pune [M.S.] INDIA

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 4

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

INDEX Page No. Title of the Paper Author’s Name No A Monograph : Contemporary World Challenges and Integral Humanism 1 07 Dr. Ashok Modak 2 FDI for Sustainable Regional Development in India Dr. Anita Bhave. 23 A Study of Visitors Perception about Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park, Pune, on 3 the Sustainable Development Activities Done by the Zoo Authorities 32 Dr. Smita Wadaskar A Study of Impact of Organizational Work Method and Culture on Employee 4 Behaviour and Tendency with Reference to Urban Cooperative Societies of 43 Pune City Dr. Sunil Zagade & Dr. Sambhaji Tayade To Study and Identify the Need of A Sustainable Multisensory Modelto Fullfil 5 48 the Learning Needs of Hard of Hearing Students Mrs. Swati Sadakale Impact of E-Banking on Consumer Satisfaction with Special Reference to 6 54 Alandi (D) Prof. Archana Aher 7 The Triple Bottom Line at IMERT Pune Dr. Pranav Kayande 58 An Assessment of Sustainability Challenges, Techno-Management Job Skill 8 Gap and Industry Human Requirements: Study of Management Students 67 Mr. Rajesh Londhe & Dr. Parag Kalkar Smart City A Sustainable Approach towards Holistic Developmet 9 83 Dr. Lt. Yashodhan Mahajan Carbon Credits – An Enviornmentally Responsible Investment 10 94 Yashodhara Barhate Carbon Credits : Environmental Sustainability and Economics 11 100 Prof.Akshay Ugale 12 Sustainable Environment : Carbon Credit Prof. Alaksha Pandit 104 Assessment and Estimation of Water Consumption by Using Rooftop Rain 13 Water Harvesting System : A Case Study of Selected Societies in Pune 110 Municipal Corporation Prof. Ashalata Vidyasagar Study of Application of Coase Theorem for Controlling and Compensating for 14 Pollution Havens in Asia and Africa to Enquire and Improve Socio-Economic 117 Status of the Citizens. Dr. Asha Khilare & Ms. Ankita Sangle Sustainable Life Style with Special Reference to Gandhian Alternatives 15 123 Shubhada Chandavale Developing a Potential for Sustainability of Medical Tourism in India 16 129 Dr. Harish Badwaik Homestay an Important Tool for Sustainable Tourism Development in India 17 137 Sachin Kale 18 Consumer Awareness about Insurance Services Ankita Ojha 144 Sustainable Tourism Challenges and Issues in India with Travel Agent / Tour 19 151 Operator Perspective Arvind Mahajan Role of Human Resource Management Function in Driving Sustainability 20 160 Dr. Girish Bakshi 21 HRM for Sustainability - Need of an Hour Manisha Britto 171 22 Tourism and Economic Growth in Nepal Dr. Deep Rawal 177

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 5

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

A Study on Impact of Organization Working Environment and It Enhances on 23 190 Frugal Innovation in Manufacturing Sector Dr Sunil Zagade & Deepa Hosur Sustainable Development, Gender Equality and Women Empowerment - 24 199 A Challenge Ahead Dr. Deepa Paturkar 25 Role for HRM in Sustainable Development Dr. Sunil Zagade 206 Green Banking Practices : Study of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks 26 210 Dr. Neelofar Raina 27 Sustainable Lifestyle and Ancient Civilization of Nepal Kamala Tiwari 223 Ancient Civilization and Sustainable Lyfestyle 28 232 CA Swati Mahanoor & Dhruval Goel Corporate Social Responsibility as an Initiative to Green Development with 29 237 Reference to Adar Poonawalla‘s City Clean Drive Vijayalaxmi Pujari 30 The Theoretical Study of Green Marketing in India Prof. Nilofar S. Shaikh 243 Role of Microenterprises in The Economic and Social Empowerment of 31 Women : A Study on Micro Enterprises of Kudumbashree Self Help Groups 250 in Pilicode Gramapanchayath, Kerala Dr. C. K. Hebbar & Prakashan K. 32 Mathematics Education in Sustainable Development Premkumari Dhakal 259 Population Dynamics and Sustainable Development -A Comparative Study of 33 266 Developed and Less Developed Countries Sayali Dhamdhere Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007: A Legal 34 270 Assurance for Sustainability of Senior Citizens in India Swati Chiney A Study of Various Innovation Activities and Its Effect on the Performance of 35 278 Hotels in Pune Dr. Sunil Zagade & Dr. Alekha Panda

Our Editors have reviewed papers with experts‟ committee, and they have checked the papers on their level best to stop furtive literature. Except it, the respective authors of the papers are responsible for originality of the papers and intensive thoughts in the papers. Nobody can republish these papers without pre-permission of the publisher. - Chief & Executive Editor

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 6

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

A Monograph : Contemporary World Challenges and Integral Humanism

Dr. Ashok Modak National Research Professor (India)

The thought of writing a Paper on Contemporary World Challenges and Integral Humanism occurred to my mind when I was going through the literature pertaining to the issue of Sustainable Development. The Human Development Report 2016 (HDR 2016) published by the United Nations Development Programme(UNDP) informed me to the challenges faced by the contemporary world. It has also highlighted certain Indian initiatives for overcoming these challenges. The HDR 2016 contains a special chapter No.4, titled as ‗Caring for those left out - national policy options‘. As this Report wishes to give a very significant message that in the human development journey no one should be left out, it is bound to analyse strategies which care for those left outs. We are thus given to understand that if we aim at everyone‘s development, we must pay priority attention to the development of marginalized and vulnerable destitute citizens. One and the same HDR 2016 underscores how Indian initiatives are the right programmes in this connection. It is a fact that initiatives and programmes are rooted in philosophy and ethos. Here Nineteenth Century born Indian philosophers in general and Swami Vivekananda in particular do deserve to be remembered gratefully, because their interpretations of our Dharma and Sanskriti have shaped Indian initiatives and programmes. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, the expounder of Integral Humanism, following the footsteps of Mahatma Gandhi has articualted Indian philosophy filtered through Vivekananda‘s and Gandhiji‘s thinking. This is why, I find it essential to study how PanditDeendayalsponsorred Integral Humanism has thought over world challenges and their solutions. Let me now explain the framework chosen for the present Paper. First I intend to elaborate present world challenges as have been outlined by the HDR 2016. The innovative Indian initiatives as well as programmes mentioned admirably by several publications deserve to be analysed later on. Such an analysis will be followed by the elucidation of divine tendencies of the lives of Swami Vivekananda, Mahatma Gandhi and PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, because one must highlight and underscore how the mindsets of these architects of modern India paid very spontaneous priority attention to the wellbeing of destitutes of society. The entire latter half of the present essay will be devoted to the line of thinking mirrored in the philosophy of Integral Humanism.

Present world challenges As has been stated above, the HDR 2016 does mention three types of challenges, 'lingering', 'deepening' and 'emerging' ! This report first invites our attention to the whole development - discourse unfolded itself since the emergence of the first definition of modern Economics in 1776. It was Adam Smith who thus expounded wealth oriented definition of Economics. Later it was Alfred Marshall, who advocated in 1890 the necessity of relying on welfare oriented definition of Economics. Still later, economists began to state that in the development-discourse, one must emphasise human acquisition of different kinds of abilities, physical, intellectual, psychological and so on with a view to measuring development in terms of

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 7

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

the growth of such abilities. In subsequent years, the realization dawned on economists that ‗growth‘ is inferior to ‗development‘, that richness of economies is inferior to that of human lives. Present consensus among economists, in short aver that development processes which shape human lives must be influenced by the people at large. And this is why, people should enjoy full freedoms. Logically therefore, HDR 2016 points out that ‗development means enlargement of freedoms‘. It brings to our notice in this connection that ‗human freedom‘ has got two dimensions freedom to enhance one‘s own wellbeing and freedom to achieve one‘s favourite goals or values. Present shift in the development discourse from the pursuit of material prosperity to that of enhancing human happiness is indeed quite visible in the HDR 2016. A discussion of challenges confronting human happiness is thus immensely relevant. As far as 'lingering challenges' are concerned, one can refer to different sorts of deprivations caused due to hunger, malnutrition, air pollution etc. Besides these, one can also allude to certain basic deprivations such as gender discrimination, ethnic segregation, enforced separator of indigenous sons and daughters of the soil etc. One comes across discrimination against disable persons and migrants as well. All these unfortunate souls remain deprived of ownership rights over land and other assets, in some other countries indigenous people are deprived of access to education in their own languages. Indigenous persons are also debarred in certain nation states from access to water, forest and so on. Certain deprivations continue to linger even after people concerned move out of poverty. Poor people who can't afford to reside in posh localities, who are constrained to live near dirty factories, waste dumps and ecologically fragile lands suffer from environmental hazards. Such a poverty environment nexus causes, in fact adds to 'lingering challenges'. Veer Savarkar has attacked seven shackles such as prohibition to read Vedas, prohibition to enter certain professions, untouchability, ban on inter-dining, ban on inter-caste marriages etc., because these very shackles are 'lingering challenges' on the development-trajectory. One must also take into account prejudiced segregation based on colour and creed considerations. Despite laws banning colour discrimination, ‗white‘ members continue to give inferior treatment to ‗black‘ counterparts. Such lingering challenges do create hurdles on the path of sustainable development. 'Deepening and widening challenges' focus on increasing inequalities since 1970. Liberalisation, Privatisation, Globalisation(LPG) trends prevalent since 1991 have further accelerated inequalities. If liberalisation and privatisation have given a new boost to market forces, globalisation has enhanced the production of capital-intensive goods and facilitated the concentration of wealth in the topmost one percent section of the society. Joseph Stiglitz, the author of the famous book ‗The Great Divide‘ has explained to us how and why the inequalities have got deepened during the era of LPG trends. He has thus mentioned causes triggering still deeper inequalities due to number of United States (US) Government policies such as replacement of Paul Volcker by Alan Greenspan as Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board, demolishing the wall between commercial banks and investment banks, offering tax cuts especially for individuals belonging to upper income groups, obvious attitude towards perverse practices of rating agencies etc. It is essential here to elaborate how have such U.S.Government policies deepened inequalities and challenged development-trajectory. Allan Greenspan, a villain-market fundamentalist indeed did play a crucial role in the capacity of Federal Reserve Chief in this connection as neither heregulated the flood of liquidity, nor he prohibited deceptive banking practices such as sanctioning of the no documentation loans, the interest free loans, etc;

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 8

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

nor he restricted derivatives and gambles. Government-demolition of the wall between commercial banks and investment banks prompted former to abandon typical conservative approach and to start investing recklessly. Declarations of tax cuts in favour of upper income citizens goaded such individuals to indulge in speculative activities. The ostrich like governmental oblivious attitude towards corrupt practices of rating agencies facilitated a quid- pro-quo relationship between the latter and investment banks. The U.S. Government practically bailed out banks, agencies and corporations at the cost of common masses whose interests were sold out. The comment made by Joseph Stiglitz over such a scenario is worth quotation. ―The bail out package was like a massive transfusion to a patient suffering from internal bleeding.‖ (See The Great Divide, p.47) Joseph Stiglitz shares with Thomas Piketty the viewpoint that one percent people in U.S.A. have succeeded in amassing wealth at the cost of ninetynine percent causing 'deepening challenges' to the human development. Both these thinkers accordingly inform us that in capitalism there blossoms a caricature of democracy, in the sense that capitalism shapes the government of one percent which is run by one percent and which works for one percent only. Least wonder, Stiglitz endorses Piketty‘s worry mirrored in the following quotation :-―The main question confronting me today is not really capitalism in the 21st century. It is about democracy in the 21st century. As Stiglitz render whole hearted support to Piketty‘s dissent with Simon Kuznets assessment of the peculiar unfoldment of capitalism in the aftermath of the end of the Second World War, a succinct elaboration of this argumentation is ‗a must‘ in this connection. Simon Kuznets had thus argued that in the post Second World War years, inequality which increased in the initial phase began to wither away later giving way to equality. Simon Kuznets, being a recipient of the Nobel Prize in 1971 succeeded in creating a consensus in favour of the viewpoint that as economies become richer they become more equal. Thomas Piketty however dared to question Kuznetsian viewpoint; he put forward through his book ‗Capital in the Twenty- First Century‘ (welcomed in the world as a tour deforce) a unique finding that ―the trend of concentration of wealth with the richest few forms a ‗U‘ shaped curve with the concentration being high in the beginning of the 20th century, then falling between the two world wars and remaining low till the 1970s, and thereafter increasing again rapidly‖. (Quoted by MridulMehndiratta, ―The Discourse on Inequality beyond Capital in the 21st Century‖, in Economic and Political Weekly, December 15, 2018, p.28) Kuznetsian viewpoint was thus countered quite convincingly by Thomas Piketty who proved that the rate of interest pocketed by the wealthy few overtook the rate of growth by the economy as a whole thus causing the rise in the ratio of capital to national income since 1971. Besides Piketty and Stiglitz, more than twenty renowned economists came together in the aftermath of the publication of Capital in the Twenty First Century (abbreviation C21) and endorsed the thesis of deepening inequality through publishing a compilation of works under the title :- ‗After Piketty : The Agenda for Economics and Inequality (2017)‘. These scholars have pointed out through such a compilation that the globalisation years have witnessed a rise not only in the incomes of few wealthy fortunates, but also a hike in the gains of super salary earners and super managers. Most of the ordinary wage earners thus continue to bear the brunt of inequality. Same globalisation years have also observed a unique expansion of trade, blessing more and more capital intensive production resulting in the exit of labour-intensive

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 9

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

manufacturing products. During these very years, not only developed countries, but also the labour abundant developing countries as well experienced a rise in the capital intensive manufacturing units. Logically therefore there is a drastic fall in the employment of labourers and in the amounts of wages. The fact that the proliferation of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the progress of labour replacing technologies have further fuelled socio-economic inequalities, has also been mentioned in the above referred compilation of Papers. The HDR 2016 also refers to terrorist activities throughout the world as 'emerging challenges'. Astonishingly enough, the 2016 Report deals with these challenges very casually and perfunctorily. If it mentions on page number 3 violent extremism as an example of 'emerging challenges', it refers on page number 45 to the rating of the International Criminal Court in the Hague whereby an Islamic militant from Mali who helped destroy the fabled shrines on Timbuktu was imprisoned for nine years. Actually such emerging challenges have acquired serious global dimensions. If the 'lingering' and 'deepening challenges' create hurdles on the path of human development, violent extremism and terrorism kill the human beings who belong to ‗other‘ religious sects. What is note-worthy is the fact that the peaceful existence on the part of several sects and creeds in India does show a prescriptive path to end the above mentioned 'emerging challenges'. I would like to elucidate peculiarities of Indian secularism first in the section dealing with Indian initiatives and also in the later half of the present Paper.

Indian initiatives and development-pertaining literature : Whoever reads development-pertaining literature, notes quite invariably that several innovative initiatives on the part of India for overcoming challenges, confronting human development have received due appreciation in the writings of scholars studying development issues. (1) The HDR 2016 obviously deserves to be considered in the beginning only as each Human Development Report mirrors limited Nations views. The 2016 HDR has showered unadulterated appreciation on India‘s affirmative action programme launched in 1950 which aimed at benefitting Scheduled Castes comprising 16 percent of the population and Scheduled Tribes comprising 8 percent of the population. Indian Government subsequently expanded this programme for providing reservation benefits to the Other Backward Classes (OBCs) as well. As the other backward castes also got benefitted, the HDR 2016 has expressed happiness over this Indian initiative for uplifting huge sections of Indian population out of the morass of poverty and ignorance. From the perspective of the 2016 HDR, India‘s affirmative or positive initiatives of this sort has shown a worthy path to the world as it intends to end historical group disparities and group discrimination with a view to offering equal rights to every human being. India has indeed underscored the sublime principle that in an unequal society ‗equity‘ is more relevant than ‗equality‘. (2) Second Indian initiative admired by the HDR 2016 is Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Programme(MANREGA) which creates jobs for the poor people through launching special public works programmes. This programme serves several purposes, it facilitates the construction of infrastructure, improves agricultural productivity besides offering employment opportunities to the needy people. India‘s success in these ventures is quite glaring against the background of the prevalent world trend favouring capital at the cost of labour.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 10

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

(3) It is on the page no.142 of the HDR 2016 that one comes across a note titled ―The WTO and India‘s national development policies‖, where India‘s National Food Security Act of 2013 has been welcomed as the biggest ever food safety-net programme. It is a fact that India has been distributing through the implementation of this Act 61 million tonnes of subsidized foodgrains to 67 percent of the population. As hunger is a major impediment on the path of human development causing deprivation to millions of poor people, India‘s programme of buying foodgrains from poor farmers for sale to poorer consumers rightly deserves to be admired. The HDR 2016 admires India not only for the concern shown in poverty-removal through the 2013 Act, but also for readiness to confront World Trade Organisation on the issue of agricultural subsidies. It appreciates India‘s decision to challenge WTO sanctions in the connection on the ground that the ceiling on its agricultural subsidies based on 1986-1988 prices is least justifiable. Here a very important footnote deserves to be added because the NarendraModi Government succeeded in vetoing WTO sanctions in Novermber 2014. Brahma Chellaney, a well-known geo-strategist has praised India‘s firm stand at the WTO on the foodstockpiling issue in the Geneva-meeting in Novermber 2014. When India faced the choice between feeding its citizens and creating jobs for wealthy economies, it opted for the former and shielded poor destitutes from external world pressures. (See Brahma Chellaney, ―Deconstructing the Modi Foreign Policy‖ by ‗The Hindu‘, December 4, 2014, p.10) (4) India‘s success in the field of road construction has also received accolade from the HDR 2016. The following extract on the page number 39 mirrors HDR-appreciation - ―In 2005 India aimed to connect every community with more than 1000 people (and every community with more than 500 people in hilly, tribal and desert areas) to an all-weather road. Four years later, 70 percent of the target communities were connected.‖ As the human development depends to a large extent on the linkage between backward and hilly areas on the one hand and the all weather roads on the other, India‘s achievement in this field, no doubt happens to be quite praiseworthy. (5) We have elaborated so far how has the HDR 2016 admired certain Indian initiatives. Now Let me refer to the admiration on the part of Ban Ki Moon, the then Secretary General of the U.N. in favour of India‘s ratification of Paris Climate Deal of 2015. It was on 2nd October 2016 (the birthday of Mahatma Gandhi) that India declared its intention to take essential climate action, provided,it got financial and technological support to move towards a low carbon growth path. (See Times of India, 3/10/2016, p.12) India‘s declaration in this regard is simply unique, it mentions not only its resolve to eradicate poverty but also its commitment to follow the low carbon path of progress. It underscores in the similar vein its expectation that developed countries must provide cleaner sources of energy, technologies and financial resources as well. The Indian declaration moreover states that it would review its promises if other countries don‘t fulfill their promises on the transfer of finance and technology. India has thus endorsed U.N. sponsored Sustainable Development Goals pertainingto growth, social inclusion and environmental protection, provided other countries also share the burden. It seems that not only Ban Ki Moon but also Barak Obama, the then U.S. President felt happy over the fact that India became a member of the Club of early ratifiers of the Paris Climate Deal. (6) We must also give a thought to India‘s participation in the Kigali-Convention held in October 2016, as this Convention involving representatives of developed as well as

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 11

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

developing countries held in Kigali, in Rawanda aimed at chalking out a due plan to concretise the pharedown of Hydrofluro carbons (HFCs), a very powerful greenhouse gas used in refrigerants and air conditioning. India showed its readiness to jointly work with advanced countries in the field of research and development for manufacturing climate-friendly refrigerants. India‘s collaborative initiative plus its success in using renewable sources like solar and wind were acclaimed by Ajay Mathur, Director of the Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) through the following commentary : ―Now India has decided to leapfrog to climate friendly technologies while achieving its development goals.‖ (See Times of India, Mumbai, October 6, 2016, p.14) (7) HDR 2016 which is devoted to the theme of human development for everyone, finds it indispensable to pay priority attention to eighteen million people living with HIV because most of them are young and adolescent and each one of them faces endangered survival. This report moreover expresses its worry over the unavailability of badly required antiretroviral treatment. Joseph Stiglitz refers in this connection to India‘s success in the production of antiretroviral drugs. His narration, glorifying India‘s initiative is quotable here :- ―Production of antiretroviral drugs by Indian generic manufacturers such as Cipla has reduced the cost of life-saving AIDS treatment in sub Saharan Africa to just 1 percent of the cost a decade ago.‖ (See Stiglitz, The Great Divide, p.281) (8) Reforms in stressed sectors like agriculture, infrastructure, banking, etc. prescribed by thirteen senior economists, including former RBI Governor RaghuramRajan, IMF Chief Economist Gita Gopinathand many more have been implemented by the present NarendraModi Government; thus underscoring the significance of innovative initiatives. One can begin the listing of such programmes by alluding first to ease of doing business. The World Bank Chief Mr. Jim Yong Kim has acclaimed the fact that within four years (from 2014 to 2018) India‘s rank improved from 142 to 100. The above mentioned thirteen Indian economists have admired PradhanMantriFasalBimaYojana. Dr. VinayakGovilkar has rightly stated that Indian farmers face yield risk as well as price risk. The uncertainty regarding the quantity and quality of agricultural product harvested at the end of an agricultural cycle, triggers yield risk. And the price risk is caused due to uncertainty about price of foodgrains. If the previous governments announced relief packages to farmers have tried to help distressed farmers, the Modi Government launched comprehensive scheme has helped the farmers to insulate them from multiple risks. Dr. Govilkar has mentioned that PradhanMantriKrishiSinchaiYojana aims at ridding farmers from the exclusive reliance on rainy season and the Soil Health Card System intends to provide a printed report to every farmer for each of his holdings containing the status of his soil with respect to 12 parameters. (See Govilkar, Modinomics, Chapter 3) The Modi Government has achieved remarkable success in implementing integrated infrastructure programme involving construction of roads, railways, waterways and airports, is quite visible to everybody. The suggestion made by wellknown thirteen Indian economists that Indian banks need to be recapitalized has also been endorsed by the recently formed Governing Council of the RBI. Every sane man and woman in India, of course appeals to Indian Government that in no case interests of common masses be sacrificed for facilitating the growth of sustainable enterprises. ―Ease of Doing Business should never be converted into the Ease of Closing Business‖. (See Saji Narayanan C.K., Saga of India‘s Labour Law Reforms, p.27)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 12

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

(9) I have elaborated so far several initiatives of the government for giving due relief to the common man. The objective of India through all the seven post indpendence decades has been to uplift vulnerable masses from poverty and ignorance. Peculiarity of the Indian march lies in the fact that each government during seven decades sticked to the path of democracy. Barring the Emergency era of 1975, all post independence years have demonstrated to the world, India‘s conviction in democracy. Pursuit of human development for everyone through the march on democratic path is itself an impressive initative on the part of India. This uniqueness of India is impressive against the background that in China, Turkey and Russia, chief captains of the respective governments are fascinated by autocraticstyleof governance. It is also remarkable as democracy in capitalism generally morphs itself into plutocracy. In India, however, all rulers have put in conscious efforts to end deprivations of common masses within the boundaries of democratic framework. (10) What impresses us most in the post globalization India is the scenario that several philanthropists have come ahead to shoulder social responsibilities. Such a scenario shows the 'third way' to the world, different from Capitalism and Marxism as well. JacoCilliers, the country director for the United Nations Development Programme informs us that during post globalization years, there have emerged partnerships inter se government, philanthropists and business houses for offering financial assistance as well as technical skills and energy for development programmes. (See JacoCillier, ―Lending a hand, filling a gap‖ in The Indian Express, Mumbai, February 22, 2017, p.13) Mr. Cilliers further conveys to us that according to India Philanthropy Report 2015, India has added since 2009 more than 100 million private donors who have contributed a lot to a wide array of social causes. India has thus shown that society also takes essential initiative for strengthening priority areas. As for the government initiative in this regard, one may refer to the Corporate Social Responsibility Act passed in 2013. The Act obliges companies and corporations to go beyond the pursuit of profit with a view to serving the interest of people and planet. Vikram Mehta, Chairman of Brookings India has made a memorable commentary in the context ofphilanthropy and the 2013-CSR Act :- ―Helping hand of collaborative partnerships between the social enterprises and the community is, no doubt superior to the invisible hand of the market.‖ (See Vikram Mehta, ―Corporates should reach out‖, in The Indian Express, Mumbai, August 4, 2015, p.13) (11) A discussion of Indian initiatives for overcoming 'emerging challenges' like terrorism is a ‗must‘ in the present Paper because human survival has become problematical, but India has succeeded in overcoming these emerging challenges. India is a land of spirituality, tranquility and harmony. It believes in the ancient maxim :-Ekam sat, viprabahudhavadanti (―Truth is one; wise people call it by different names‖.) This is why, it welcomes all religions. It never discriminates against any religion. It represents all places of worship and picks up sublime values from all corners of the world. No wonder, a grand Mufti of Syria acclaimed Indian scenario during his visit to India on the occasion of Sufi Conference held in 2015. The Citizenship Amendment Bill is also in tune with Indian ethos, as it provides that ―persons belonging to minority communities, namely Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhists, Jains, Parsis and Christians from Afghanistan, Bangla Desh and Pakistan shall not be considered illegal migrants.‖ This Bill, in vogue at present thus does away with injustice caused to minorities in neighbouring Muslim countries, the minorities which have sought shelter in India. It informs the world at large

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 13

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

that no government can afford to ignore culture, history and politics. As the present Indian Government refuses to discriminate or segregate vis-à-vis any religion and concentrates its attention exclusively on minorities persecuted in the neighbouring Muslim countries, it enriches Indian ethos. This type of initiative, uniquely innovative, no doubt deserves to be admired as it provides appropriate antidotes to the world facing 'emerging challenges' of violent extremism.

Divine tendencies of the architects of Modern India : I have statedin the beginning of the present Paper that several world acclaimed initiatives and programmes launched in India for putting an end to human deprivations have been shaped by Indian philosophy and Indian ethos. And the roles played by Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi in offering proper interpretations of our philosophy and ethos have also been mentioned in the beginning of this Paper. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya picked up very interpretations and built the paradigm of Integral Humanism. His reliance on divine human tendencies for uplifting common masses is rooted in his conviction that the temple of civilization is built on the basis of very divine human tendencies, like love, sacrifice, compassion, empathy etc. Hisdiagnosis that, whereas Capitalism based its paradigm on desire, greed and temptation, Marxism built its framework on the basis of anger, insolence and jealousy.PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya reminds us of the fact that every tendencies have been condemned by the Indian philosophy as six enemies of human beings. No wonder, Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi happened to be concrete epitomes of divine tendencies ! Neither they believed in reaction, nor they opted for compartmental or fragmentary thinking, nor they endorsed materialistic or mechanistic outlook. Both of them emphasized social dimensions of spiritual ethos of India. The quotations given below from the writings and speeches of Swami Vivekananda, mirror social dimensions of Indian ethos.Swamiji has asked us to implement in our individual and social transactions,these very dimensions as they demonstrate our pursuit of divine tendencies. (A) We want a religion….. which will give us faith in ourselves, a national self-respect and the power to feed and educate the poor and relieve the misery around us. If you want to find God, serve man. (B) Do you love your fellow-man? Where else should you go to seek for God? Are not all the poor, the miserable, the weak-Gods? Why not worship them first? (C) Service to man should be the future religion of the world! (D) Educate the masses for their upliftment. This only will bring redemption to them from their present day down-trodden condition, as it will put life into this dead mass, dead to almost all moral aspiration, dead to all future possibilities ! It was a solid faith in divine tendencies and in social dimensions of spiritualism that prompted Vivekananda to ask his elite audiences in the United States of America (U.S.A.) and United Kingdom (U.K.) to pay priority attention to the other world of the deprived and disprivileged citizens. Mahatma Gandhi carried forward Vivekananda‘s legacy. It was he who launched a crusade against inhuman colour–conscious ‗Whites‘ of South Africa. It was he who attacked the status-conscious and insensitive Indian elites assembled at Varanasi at the time of the inauguration of the Banaras Hindu University (B.H.U.)It was he who rushed to Champaranya with a view to giving relief to the poor indigo-farmers.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 14

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya taking inspiration from Swamiji and Mahatmaji underscores the eternal relevance of imbibing divine tendencies in every being and concludes his 1965- Mumbai lecture series on Integral Humanism through the memorable content which deserves quotation here :- ―With the support of universal knowledge and our heritage we shall create a Bharat (India) which will excel all its past glories and will enable every citizen in its fold to fully progress in the development of his mamfold latent abilities and achieve through a serve of unity with the entire creation, a state even higher than that of a complete human being, to become ‗Narayan‘ from ‗Nar‘.‖ Upadhyayaji beautifully reminds us during the course of his lecture series that the transformation of ‗Nar‘ into ‗Narayan‘ depends on the pledge on the part of the former to shoulder the responsibility of caring for the old, the diseased, and the invalids. The philosophy of Integral Humanism has, no doubt enriched the legacy of Swamiji and Mahatmaji. What is badly needed for facilitating sustainable development of the world is to imbibe on everybody‘s mind the imprints of divine tendencies. These very imprints have led ruler of post independence India to launch world acclaimed innovative initiatives to overcome lingering, deepening and emerging challenges!

USPs (Unique Selling Points) of Integral Humanism : That the paradigm of Integral Humanism, mirroring Indian philosophy and ethos can help the world in facing contemporary challenges needs to be elucidated now in the latter half of this Paper. I would like to elucidate this issue through highlighting eight USPs of Integral Humanism. (i)Humanism sponsored by the paradigm is quite distinct from West-sponsored Humanism. In the West, when the nation states in alliance with respective state religion began to crush common human beings, there emerged humanism with a view to shielding a human being from the autocracy and theocracy. West-sponsored humanism thus emerged in reaction. Logically therefore, the pendulum of individualism did swing to another extreme. A Human being accordingly occupied monopolistic centrality at the cost of everything else. Indian philosophy however worships Humanism not in reaction but out of conviction. Secondly, unlike the West sponsored homocentric or anthropocentric humanism, Integral Humanism is cosmocentric. A human being, from the perspective of Integral Humanism in consequence with Bhagavad Gita is expected to be the western humanism however teaches a human being to be . Indian Philosophy believes that divinity permeates entire universe, this is why, you and me are expected to worship and ! In this sense, Humanism, rooted in India is cosmo-centric, whereas Western humanism is homo-centric or anthropocentric. Thirdly, understanding of a human being from the angle of Integral Humanism comprises body, mind, intellect and soul, whereas the Western understanding of a human being is confined to the biological needs only. (ii) Secondly Integral Humanism is affirmative and constructive. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, no doubt criticized Capitalism and Marxism. He however stated categorically that the paradigm of Integral Huamnism emerged not in reaction to any ‗ism‘ but out of spontaneous faith in the divinity of each human being.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 15

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

(iii) Integral Humanism reflects ‗swaraj in ideas‘, reminding us of the historical speech delivered by Krishnachandra Bhattacharya at Chandranagar in 1931, wherein this great thinker asked Indians to worship distinct indigenous Indian culture. Krishnachandra Bhattacharya was in favour of assimilation, thoughhefaught against subjugation. Integral Humanism similarly accepts, in fact welcomes, all the sublime divine values from other cultures though it insists that such values must be adapted and adjusted with the Indian ethos. (iv) Integral, or holistic thinking is the Fourth feature of PanditDeendayal-sponsored paradigm. It accepts that each human being has his own specific characteristics, though it points out in the similar view that every being expects society to provide congenial climate. Man cannot live as an isolated being. He needs family, village, state and several social institutes. He, whose vision is broad, embracing wider canvass can live happily. Integral Humanism, therefore emphasizes that there is a symbiotic relationship between an individual and society. Compartmentalized or fragmentary thinking sponsored by Rene Descartes is least acceptable in India. As per Descartian thinking, universe is a machine and if anybody wants to know how it works, he dismantles the machine into tiny parts and reassembles it subsequently. One can similarly dismantle the universe, one can reduce it into parts and reassemble it later. Descartianapproach which is fragmentary, reductionist andmechanicalisgenerally presented through concentric circles around an individual. Hence individual occupies the central position, which is surrounded first by family circle, later by village circle, still later by the district circle and subsequent several outer circles. All these circles are parallel to each other, separate from each other. Integral Humanism being rooted in Indian philosophy believing in symbiotic relations between an individual and society begs to differ with Descartes-sponsored concentric circles. Integral Humanism here sponsors spiral circles around individual. It is obvious that all such circles emerge out of individual, quite a kin to spider‘s web. We all know that Indian ethos teaches everybody of us to be broad hearted through the following subhashit:-

(One must sacrifice one‘s interests for the family, the family should sacrifice its interests for the village…. And ultimately one should renounce the world and its pleasures for one‘s own emancipation.) Surprisingly enough, the HDR 2016, which does mention concentric circles around individual, underscores the relevance of spiral circles and gives India-centric message through the following content :- ―People should consider themselves part of a cohesive global whole rather than a fragmented terrain of rival groups and interests.‖ (See the HDR 2016, p.6) (v) Faith in the ‗survival of the weakest‘ is the Fifth feature of Integral Humanism. Mahatma Gandhiji as well as PanditDeendayalji totally oppose Darwinian principle :‗survival of the fittest‘. They call it the law of the jungle. They rightly point out that human beings believe in a civilized life. The Human Development Reports published so far by the United Nations Development Programme seem to have endorsed that the weakest human beings must be protected by the rich counter parts because nobody should remain vulnerable. The HDR 2016 rightly recommends that the marginalized and deprived persons must be identified through the

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 16

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

use of disaggregated measures for monitoring progress in human development. Thus people need to be disaggregated by age, gender, ethnicity, subnational units and other parameters. The analyses through such measures will help us in locating marginalized and deprived people. The 2016 HDR goes a step ahead and asks us to pressurise policy-makers to draft policies for mitigating worries of marginalized people. It also calls ‗Haves‘ to volunteer for social cause. The world think-tank has indeed given acceptance to the spiral circles and symbiotic relations between an individual and society as it has realized that the weakest members can be uplifted through the operation of spiral circles only. It has backed the memorable statement uttered by PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, the statement which runs as follows:- ―Parameter of man‘s social concern and his culture is his promptness to take care of the downtrodden.‖ Incidentally, AlwinTauffler has also rejected Descartes-sponsored reductionist approach, as in his opinion holistic technology is reliable for the ‗third wave-manufacture‘. (See Capra Fritjof, The Turning Point, pp.194-195) (vi) Integral Humanism‘s conviction that ‗cooperation, and not conflict‘ is the sign of civilization can be called the Sixth U.S.P. of this paradigm. If the world has survived so far, credit must be given to the human spirit of completion. This spirit asks you and me to help each other with a view to doing away with any inadequacy. To complete-is the Mantra-well accepted at present. We are not supposed to compete with each other. Alfred Wallace thus seems to have overtaken Charles Darwin. One must however, note that if any ‗Shylock‘ throws the spint of cooperation to the winds, if he sticks to the path of exploitation, Integral Humanism does expect the State to bring him to the track. (vii) It is in the Seventh U.S.P. that Integral Humanism spells out its idea regarding the institute of the ‗state‘. State is thus called one of the social institutions carved out for defending nation from attacks external as well as internal. It is the responsibility of the State to chalk out a strategy for defending nation. It is not supposed to succumb to the enemy; nor it is expected to surrender in front of exploitative elements within society. It should however confine itself to certain boundaries. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya interprets the Mantra : is a very unique way. He argues that the King undoubtedly plays a very crucial, influential role in the sense that he protects Dharma, though he cannot decide what constitutes Dharma. The King resembles the executive in the present state. He executes the laws properly, but does not enact these laws as the legislative assembly is supposed to enact laws. Integral Humanism, in short, argues that ‗state‘ should never overpower ‗nation‘. (viii) Deendayalji‘s viewpoint regarding ‗Nation‘, the Eighth U.S.P. of Integral Humanism has also received acceptability at present. The genesis and growth of fifteen nations in the aftermath of the disintegration of Soviet Union have endorsed Deendayalji‘s viewpoint that a nation is shaped by its intrinsic nature-the Chiti. No wonder, Vladimir Putin, the Present Chief of post Soviet Russia has scrapped 7th November public holiday and replaced it with 4thNovember holiday. The day of 7th November used to be celebrated as public holiday during Soviet era for honouring the Bolshevik uprising of 1917. The present Russia however wants to commemorate 4th November because it was on this day in the year 1612 that Russian nation succeeded in driving out Polish invaders. Withering away of the artificial Soviet nationality and the birth of intrinsic Russian Nationality, no doubt sanction the concept of Chiti. Integral Humanism, of course rejects Trump-sponsored nativism because the latter respects White Anglo-

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 17

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Saxon Protestants and offer secondary citizenship to those who are neither Whites, nor Anglo Saxons, nor Protestants. Integral Humanism is thus all inclusive, all accommodative, it does not discriminate against non Hindus. It honours each and everyone who leads his life in the light of Dharma, who is rightons, who worships sublime principles. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya has remembered during his lecture series on Integral Humanism how Mr.Hafiz Mohammed Ibrahim, a Muslim League MLA in Uttar Pradesh said good bye to the assembly seat before joining Indian National Congress. Mr. Hafiz Mohammed Ibrahim thus implemented healthy principles of public conduct, he accordingly pursued ‗Dharma‘. That is why,DeendayalUpadhyaya found it necessary to remember him gratefully. ‗Sustainable development‘ opposes discrimination on the ground of colour, creed and caste. And Integral Humanism fully shares the viewpoint.

World acclaim of Integral Humanism I have elaborated in the lines above how have Human Development Reports and development related write-ups appreciated Indian initiatives launched for mitigating inequalities and disparities. I have also mentioned that as initiatives are shaped by philosophy and ethos, development pertaining literature has admired such sources of Indian initiatives as well. Now I would like to elucidate commonalities between HDR-sponsored recommendations for overcoming world-challenges and the prescriptions made in this connection by Integral Humanism. It is quite logical because the paradigm of Integral Humanism mirrors the crux of age old Indian philosophy and ethos : the source of above analysed Indian initiatives. Let me first bring to the notice of reader how has PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya claimed that Integral Humanism would succeed in reconstructing Indian economy through the pursuit of Indian initiatives in the light of Indian philosophy and ethos. Later I will highlight HDR-sponsored development strategy relying on integrated public functions and societal transitions for facilitating world march towards sustainable development goals. Finally I will present an explicit and detailed elaboration of commonalities between the development path sponsored by Integral Humanism and the development-strategy put forth by Human Development Reports. Unintentional global support to Integral Humanism will thus be underscored. As for the development-path hinted broadly in Integral Humanism, one can refer to the concluding part of lecture-series. PanditDeenadayalUpadhyaya has stated while concluding his lecture series on Integral Humanism that, if Capitalism relies on encouraging selfishness of a human being, Marxism believes in converting a human being into a feeble lifelong cog in the scheme of rigid rules. He has also stated that if Capitalism honours market fundamentalism and leaves a human being at the mercy of the law of the jungle and the resultant fierce competition, Marxism asks a human being to blindly follow dialectical materialism and to throw away inherent dynamism. Both ‗isms‘ averseUpadhyaya, ―this results in dehumanization of man‖.PanditDeendayal sponsored Integral Humanism therefore pledges to restore dignity to the human being. The extract, most relevant in this context runs as follows :- ―Man, the highest creation of God, is losing his own identity. We must reestablish him in his rightful position, bring him the realization of his greatness, reawaken his abilities and

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 18

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

encourage him to exert for attaining divine heights of his latent personality. This is only possible through a decentralized economy.‖ It is indeed the paradigm of Integral Humanism alone which consider a human being as the highest creation of God and aims at enabling him as well as her to reach highest divine peak of his/her personality. It is again the paradigm of Integral Humanism which places before us the concept of a ‗complete human being‘, an integrated human being as a goal as well as a path. This paradigm thus asks everybody of us to try to be an integral man through the pursuit of integrated development path. Incidentally, the strategy of development chalked out by the HDR 2015 asks us to reach Sustainable Development Goals ―through inclusive and transparent intergovernmental process which takes into account interests of all stakeholders.‖ (See Human Development Report 2015, p.132) What is most significant and relevant is the fact that the five areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet mentioned by the HDR 2015 also happen to be the goals placed before us ! The indivisibility of goals and path is in short a commonality between Integral Humanism and the U.N. sponsored Human Development Reports. The objectives of Indian economy from the angle of Integral Humanism are, no doubt worth comparison with HDR sponsored sustainable development goals. Just as the objectives placed by Integral Humanism before Indian economy are interlinked with each other, the HDR sponsored five areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet are also indivisible from each other. Both paradigms are thus least fragmentary or compartmental and most holistic or integral. Let us first elucidate six objectives which Integral Humanism expects our economy to achieve. They are as follows :- (1) Our economy must first provide minimum living standard to every individual, it must provide simultaneously full defense preparedness to our nation. (2) It must, secondly pay constant attention to the further increase in the above mentioned living standard whereby our individuals as well as our nation would acquire ability to contribute to the world progress on the basis of the Chiti (spirit) of our nation. (3) Thirdly, it must offer every able bodied person meaningful employment, whereby he or she would be able to achieve just mentioned two objectives and to prompt him or her to use natural resources parsimoniously. (4) It must, fourthly develop suitable Indian technology compatible with India‘s resource- endowments. (5) Fifthly, it must not disregard any person; it must, in fact facilitate full development of every person. It must protect the cultural and other values of life, because no economy can afford to disregard cultural as well as other values. (6) It must, sixthly opt for pragmatism while deciding about the ownership, state, private or any other form of various industries. Even a quick glance at these objectives prompts one to comment that they are interlinked with each other. It also informs us that if an individual is linked with the society, with the entire broad cosmos, the present generation is also connected with its future counterparts. This is why, the third objective asks our economic system to use natural resources parsimoniously. It also conveys to us that it is the cosmo-centric human being, rather than the homo-centric person who

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 19

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

deserves to be worshipped. Such type of Integral Humanism is, no doubt quite superior to the homo-centric humanism. If the first three objectives take into account symbiotic, spiral relations between an individual and all circles around him, the fourth objective is India-centric, it refuses to apply single panacea to all diseases. It‘s message that ―one size-fits all policy does not work‖ is really golden. Fifth objective is immensely crucial, because not only it places cosmo-centric human being in the center of the paradigm, it also underscores the relevance of cultural and other values in the march towards sustainable development goals. Sixth, that is, final objective points out that we all should be pragmatic, zero dogmatic while considering the issue of ownership of a firm. I have explained so far how the objectives placed by Integral Humanism before Indian economy are closely interlinked with each other, how they are integral and holistic ! It is against this setting that I intend to elaborate now how the HDR 2015-sponsored sustainable development goals are closely interrelated with five areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet. The HDR 2015 expects people to achieve development goals through dealing with five significant areas which are inseparable from the former. First they must end their poverty, hunger, indignity and inequality in a healthy environment. Secondly they must ensure their socio-economic and technological progress without causing any harm to natural system. They must thirdly protect the planet from degradation, because it is the planet which supports the needs of the present and future generations. Fourthly, they must build inclusive, peaceful societies, because peace and sustainable development are mutually supportive. Fifthly, they must revitalize participation of all countries, all stakeholders and all people for achieving sustainable development goals. The HDR 2015 informs us through this narration that the five ‗P‘s (People, Prosperity, Planet, Peace and Partnership) are interwoven and linked closely with sustainable development goals. The development paradigm built by the 2015-Report thus endorses, inadvertently, of course, the objectives prescribed by Integral Humanism for Indian economy.

Unintentional global support to Integral Humanism : In this section of the Paper, I intend to quote a number of statements, a kin to golden nuggets from Human Development Reports as they resemble positions and views articulated in Integral Humanism. Human Development Reports, published by the United Nations Development Programme give expression to the views of scholars and leaders representing different corners of the world. One can therefore aver that these reports articulate world-opinion and as these articulations are quite similar to those one comes across in the paradigm of Integral Humanism, one can claim that Integral Humanism has obtained unintentional global support. I have stated above that Western philosophers, taking cue from Rene Descartes draw concentric circles around individual with a view to informing us that a person is cut off from the society. The HDR 2016 however amends the concept of concentric, social circles by calling them as extensions of the individual. (See the p.128) This type of amendment is, of course immensely crucial, because it expects an individual to treat surrounding social circles as his or her extensions and the relations with these circles as symbiotic and spiral. A reference has already been made to the HDR 2016-appeal to people at large to consider themselves part of a cohesive global whole rather than a fragmented terrain of rival groups and interests. The contemporary global thinking thus says a good-bye to the fragmentary Descartian thinking and extends welcome to the holistic outlook. Same thinking logically asks us ―to put

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 20

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

empathy, tolerance and moral commitments to global justice and sustainability at the centre of individual and collective choices.‖ (See the HDR 2016, p.6) The HDR 2016, in fact asks people to have a concern in the well being of people who belong to future generations as well, as it remarks that ―sustainable development relates to intergenerational equity-the freedoms of future generations and those of today‖. (See p.9) The HDR 2016 thus seems to be a replica of the approach on the part of the World Commission on Environment and Development (1987), as this approach comprises the following content- ―Sustainable development means that development which meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.‖ (Quoted in HDR 2015, p.131) Present global thinking indeed encompasses a very wide range of integral worldview. A reader comes across one of the most quotable quotes on the page no.9 of the HDR 2016. It runs as follows :- ―Human development requires recognizing that every life is equally valuable and that human development must start with those farthest behind.‖ (emphasis added.) This quote reminds me of the speech delivered by PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya while inaugurating the ZopadpattiJanataParishad in Mumbai in 1965. Deendayalji‘s remark in the course of his speech is worth reproduction here :- ―As even a single weak thread causes a threat to the strength of a rope, one must pay attention to the strengthening of each thread. The weakest thread obviously deserves priority attention.‖ PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya reminded his audience through this remark that as no locality in a city affords deprivation and inequality, one must pay priority attention to the development of slum areas. What is most relevant here is the similar comment made by the HDR 2016 on page number 32. This comment informs that ―lingering deprivations and inequalities present serious challenges to human development because first they slow down the capabilities of people, secondly they strengthen the process of exclusion whereby poor, vulnerable people are kept out of the decision-making process on the development path, and thirdly they create unjust and inhuman society.‖ Present global thinking thus shares with Integral Humanism not only holistic or integral outlook, but also the perspective that the issue of the development of the most vulnerable people deserves our priority attention. Contemporary world thinking logically expects us to reinforce the spirit of cooperation and coordination in the place of clashes and conflicts. (See p.29) It seems that the scholars and leaders representing different nation states involved in the UN sponsored deliberations over human development have formed their opinions and observations on the empirical basis. The remark given below mirrors the just mentioned empirical basis :- ―cooperation and commitments to eliminating deprivations and promoting sustainable human development have improved the lives of billions of people over the past 25 years‖. (See the HDR 2016, p.29) Present human development approach naturally relies on cooperation between ‗Haves‘ and ‗Have-Nots‘. It expects members belonging to the category of ‗Haves‘ to take initiative for uplifting vulnerable people out of the morass of poverty. The following extract is quite relevant here :- ―People may thus volunteer for causes that do not advance their own wellbeing. They may thus protect the rights or improve the conditions of vulnerable groups or conserve ecosystems, etc. People may put themselves in grueling situations, working to promote causes they believe in at the cost of their own health or security.‖ (See the HDR 2016, p.87)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 21

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Contemporary human development approach, in short believes in integral or holistic outlook, cares utmost for the most vulnerable people, appeals to ‗Haves‘ to volunteer for mitigating the deprivations of downtrodden destitutes and relies on the spirit of cooperation. We can legitimately conclude that the paradigm of Integral Humanism is acclaimed by the world at present !

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 22

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

FDI for Sustainable Regional Development in India

Dr. Anita Prasad Bhave. Assistant Professor Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharastra. Mail Id : [email protected]

Abstract: FDI is considered as a backbone for the faster sustainable economic development in most of the countries. It is significant due to its long-lasting pattern of investment in the economy. FDI reduces the deficit in the Balance of Payment and it is also the largest source of external finance. Recipient countries have benefited from FDI in several ways such as the creation of employment opportunities, accessibility to the latest technology and innovations as well as better access to international markets, etc. The paper tries to focus on the importance of FDI as well as its impact on sustainable regional development of our country. It is observed that India is able to attract FDI in many sectors but the percolation of FDI is concentrated only in a few regions while the rest of the regions are lagging behind. This study tries to focus on the various socio- economic factors affecting the growth of FDI region wise. It also suggests various measures to be implemented for sustainable regional development of our country so that all the regions will be equally developed. Naturally, it will enhance the physical, natural and economic resource utilization in a coherent manner.

Keywords: FDI, sustainable development, Regions, etc.

Introduction FDI plays the multi-dimensional role in the overall development of a host country. The flow of FDI also helps to reduce our current account deficit, which is of prime concern today. For various reasons, India has been attracting FDI in many fields of the economy. The market determined export-oriented policies will continue in the near future with greater importance being attached to FDI. The inward FDI flow is very essential for the sustainable development of the economy by the development of industries and encourages export and helps in the integration of the domestic economy with the world economy. This FDI is allocated in different regions of the country for various productive activities. Therefore, it is interesting to know the flow of FDI in our country as well as the regional distribution of FDI in the country. Hence it is felt necessary to study this topic. At the same time, the role of changing government policy, and socio- economic factors are behind the increase in FDI in some of the regions are required to be deeply analyzed in India.

Research Gap Percolation of FDI as per the region is very significant for the overall development of the country. So, the researcher felt that it is important to give more attention to region wise distribution of FDI in India. So this study is undertaken.

Objectives of the Study This study intends to cover the following objectives: 1 To analyze the current FDI scenario and FDI policy in India in brief.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 23

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2 To study regional distribution of FDI in India and explore the various socio-economic factors behind it and its impact on sustainable development of the country.

Concept Clarification The concepts used in the present study are discussed below: Regions of India: The region is defined, on account of practical consideration of data availability from Reserve Bank of India and not as per the definition prescribed by National Development Council, The State's Re-organization Act, 1956 of India, in which the whole country has been divided into zones, states, union territories as they are politico-administrative units and are considered as economic planning regions. Foreign Direct Investment: The definition prescribed by the Planning Commission of India has been considered for this research. Foreign Institutional Investors and portfolio investments are also other aspects of foreign investment policy. However, in this study, the focus is given only on FDI aspects and other aspects of foreign investment policy are not considered.

Hypotheses There are regional imbalances in the distribution of FDI in India during the study period and there are causes for it. It also obstructs the sustainable regional development.

Scope of the Study The present study takes into account the time period from April 2000 to June 2018 i.e. the second decade onwards of economic reforms.

Research Methodology Research Design This study is exploratory and descriptive in nature, as it aims to determine the present facts as well as some new facts about the phenomenon regarding the FDI. It uses a historical- analytical method.

Sources of Data Secondary data is used in this study. Mainly internet and publications are used as a vehicle to collect the secondary data required for this research such as Annual and Quarterly Bulletin of RBI, Annual Reports of Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Reports of Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP), Economic Survey of India.

Methodology For this purpose, the period of study from 2000 to 2018 is considered for better comparison. Though economic reforms started in 1991, no major changes could be seen during the initial period of reforms. From 2000 onwards the government allowed foreign equity up to 100 per cent in infrastructure projects. It is also found that some major policy changes took place during 2004-2005 periods.

Current FDI Scenario FDI in India is rising during the period 1995-2018. As per the database of World Bank Data Bank, the annual flow of FDI rose from $214.4 million in 1995 to the US $ 547.2 million in 2001. It further rose to the US $ 2650.2 million in 2010. During the second decade of economic reforms, there was tremendous growth of FDI. Cumulative FDI inflows received during April

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 24

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2000 – June 2018 was US$ 389721 million. (DIPP Factsheet) It shows the positive global response and thus considered India as a favourable destination for FDI.

Major Policy Initiatives In the period from 2000 to 2005, some of the sectors were opened up till this time by the government were as retail trading, defence industries up to cap of 26 per cent (press note 10 of 2000, 4 of 2001) etc. Few sectors were not opened up till 2004-2005. Telecom services were increased from 49 per cent to 79 per cent (press note no 5 of 2005). FDI was allowed 51 per cent in single-brand retail (Press Note 3 of 2006). For drugs and pharmaceutical sector and hotels and tourism sector, foreign equity is permitted up to 100 per cent under the automatic route. The insurance and defence sector was opened up to a cap of 26 per cent which was restricted for indigenous companies earlier. FDI up to 100 per cent is permitted under the automatic route for the establishment of SEZs, Export Oriented Units (EOU) and for the establishment of Industrial Parks. Thus, the thrust of second-decade reforms of FDI policy was on infrastructure and services sector. Later during 2014-15, GOI as per Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, allows 49 per cent of FDI in insurance sector, defense sector 49 per cent under Government route, single brand retailing 100 per cent (Automatic up to 49 per cent, Government route beyond 49 per cent), railways 100 per cent Automatic, baking private sector 74 per cent (Automatic up to 49 per cent), pension sector 49 per cent under automatic route is permitted. Now let us have a look at the contribution of region wise FDI inflows in our country from April 2000 to June 2018. (DIPP Factsheet)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 25

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 26

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The regional distribution of cumulative FDI inflows shows high variations. As per the recent data of RBI, 30 per cent of cumulative FDI during April 2000 to June 2018 had gone to the Mumbai region of RBI, comprising Maharashtra, Dadra, Nagar, Haveli and Daman and Diu worth Rs. 650129 crores. Another region is New Delhi, comprising Delhi, parts of UP and Haryana which got 20 per cent cumulative FDI during the same period getting Rs. 448400 crores. Share of Bangalore region including Karnataka state is 8 per cent received FDI worth Rs.190354 crores, Chennai region comprising Tamil Nadu and Pondicherry‘s share is 7 per cent received Rs.160497 crores, While Ahmadabad region including Gujarat‘s share in FDI Inflows is 5 per cent worth Rs.107316 crores, and Hyderabad region of Andhra Pradesh is having a share of 4 per cent worth Rs. 92131. Thus, 74 per cent of total FDI inflows were received by the states covered in western and Southern regions. The backward states of the country popularly known as BIMARU states, which means sick in the Hindi Language i.e., Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh (including newly created states of Uttarakhand, Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh) having a large share in area and population of the country received very less amount of FDI. Madhya Pradesh and Chattisgarh received 0.4 per cent of FDI getting Rs.7355 crores. Jaipur region of RBI covering Rajasthan state received 0.4 per cent of FDI worth Rs.9502 crores. The Chandigarh region of RBI comprising Chandigarh, Punjab, Haryana, and Himachal Pradesh received merely 0.4 per cent of FDI worth Rs.7273 crores. The share of Bihar and Jharkhand being rich in natural resources is negligible. Bihar state is almost neglected by foreign investors received just 0.03 per cent share worth Rs.671crores. Uttar Pradesh and Uttaranchal got 0.2 per cent of FDI worth Rs.3732 crores. North-east states of Guwahati region of RBI covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, and Tripura received in total 0.03 per cent of FDI worth Rs.558 crores. Bhubaneswar region received 0.1 per cent of FDI worth Rs. 2558 crores during the same period. The Kolkata region having Sikkim, Andaman and Nikobar Islands received 1 per cent of FDI worth Rs.26499 crores. Data on FDI shows that only a few states are able to attract a major chunk of FDI. It is evident from the above table that the top six regions attracted 74 per cent of FDI. There is the strong regional disparity in the pattern of FDI flows, with the southern and western states faring much better than the other parts of the country. Three southern states (Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh) and the two western states (Maharashtra, Gujarat) received the highest share of total FDI, while rest of the states are lagging behind to attract FDI proposals. It also affects in sustainable regional development. As per the central government, FDI policies for 29 states and seven UTs are same. Economic reforms assigned greater power to state governments and provoked greater competition among them. The respective state governments are making conducive atmosphere through proper policies such as concession in the form of tax holidays, development rebate, and rebate on undistributed profits subsidized inputs etc. for the foreign investors. Role of central government is to formulate FDI policies and to assist state governments in implementing those policies. It is the respective state governments and not the central government who are taking initiatives to gain maximum FDI. Understanding the dynamics of such inter-state variations in FDI inflows is very important for balanced sustainable regional development in the country. The skewed distribution of FDI inflows towards some specific states, hence increasing imbalance in regional

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 27

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

development is likely to have serious consequences on the socio-economic-political stability of the economy.

Socio-Economic factors responsible for uneven regional FDI distribution in India: 1. The top 6 regions attracting a major portion of FDI have leading factors. They are discussed here in brief. 2. The regions provide a well-developed system of banking and finance and have adopted investor friendly govt. policies and have the pro-active and efficient administrative system. Excellent infrastructure facilities such as well developed roads, railways, airports, and industrial estates, technical institutes, commercial markets, and communication network are attracting FDI towards the regions. 3. The regions provide an abundant supply of skilled manpower and also provide residential and corporate estates that are of world-class standards. 4. Major industries in the regions attracting foreign direct investment are Information technology, telecommunications, Electrical goods, Electronics Hardware, Automobiles and Auto Components, Consumer Durables, Chemicals, Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals, Information Technology and Biotechnology, Food processing industries, Automobiles, Readymade garments, light engineering, Real estate, Retail and Leisure, Hotel and Tourism, Healthcare Hub and Medical Tourism, Transport and Logistics, Financial Services etc. 5. These regions have operational SEZs. 6. Provide stability as well as security to Industrial concerns. 7. There are certain lagging factors which are observed in general in rest of the Indian regions. They are mentioned below. 8. Many regions have a huge endowment of natural resources. But they are lagging behind in the industrial development. 9. Lack of infrastructure facilities such as limited connectivity with ports, rail and air transport, power, education, social and industrial backwardness etc. And lacks of political will are the major reasons attributed to this. 10. Agriculture would continue to play an integral part of the development process in the regions. 11. RBI regions in North Eastern have socio-economic problems and regional diversity in terms of terrain, lack of infrastructure availability as the regions are hilly and motorable infrastructure is neither easily neither accessible. Heavy industries are absent in these regions.

Findings FDI in India is rising during the period 2000-2018. Cumulative FDI inflows received during April 2000 – June 2018 was US$ 389721 million. It shows the positive global response and thus considered India as a favourable destination for FDI. An increase in FDI amount is attributed to the policy changes adopted by the Indian Government. The economic reforms initiated in 1991 liberalised the FDI policies gradually. The years 1995, 2000, 2005 and onwards are witnessed the major sectoral changes in FDI policies.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 28

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The government had permitted 100 per cent foreign equity in infrastructure, tertiary as well as in the manufacturing sector in 2010. Amongst the regions of India, each region is blessed with some of the resources; But the divisions of these resources are not equally distributed amongst these regions. As a result, the physical development of an individual region varies from each other. Thus, the existence of regional disparities in the economic development of a vast developing country like India is a common phenomenon. It is, of course, true that perfect regional balance is neither feasible nor economically possible. In our country, regional disparities occur in size, population, climate, topography, vegetation and linguistic and cultural aspects and so on. Consequently, there are enormous differences in the level of economic development amongst different regions The issue of regional disparities in India has acquired social and political implications and it influences various policy decisions of the govt. The origin of disparities could be traced to historical developments in the pre-independence era where disparity arose due to the initial advantages enjoyed by some of the regions under the British Rule as well as the policy measures adopted during the post-independence planned era. Pattern of FDI Inflow in India suggests that the inflows are highly concentrated in a few regions because of a big domestic market, availability of cheap and skilled labour, market- friendly policies, tax incentives, concessions in the form of tax holiday, development rebate, rebate on undistributed profits, additional depreciation allowance and subsidized inputs as well as personal efforts of policymakers of concerning states. It is seen that these regions are industrially developed, have well-developed infrastructure facilities like land, power and other public utilities, strong political support, business-friendly environment, skilled labour force etc. Thus could get maximum FDI in the country. From point of view of investing countries, location with maximum facilities will be selected. In an effort to attract FDI to their states, some states have ignored the rural sector and concentrated their development expenditures only in restricted urban areas. This has further increased the rural-urban divide adding further to regional disparities and regional imbalances which may further hamper sustainable development. (a) This will lead to many problems such as (i) Excess burden on urban areas for increasing infrastructure facilities like roads and buildings, water and sanitation, congestion in big cities; (ii) Unequal utilization of natural resources as resources in rural areas will not get utilized, so it will remain idle. Resources in developed areas will get exhausted quickly and affect sustainable development. Thus, it will have adverse environmental effects in future. (iii) Income inequality will get widened further as more scope for employment is available in secondary and tertiary sectors and people in general, aspire for these jobs. So, the primary sector will be overlooked. (iv) It will also create problems of migration. (v) Regional imbalances in FDI may give rise to social tensions and will hamper sustained growth and peaceful environment.

Recommendations 1. India became one of the favourite destinations for the FDI. There are certain hurdles that need to be overcome in order to increase the further flow of FDI in India and to have sustainable regional development. So following suggestions seems to be useful-

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 29

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2. It is essential to reduce administrative and regulatory barriers for starting and operating new businesses, as it often poses obstacles to FDI. Measures such as transparent policies, regulatory reforms, efficiency reforms such as one-stop shops, and increasing the use of e-governance and information technology required to be implemented. 3. For having equitable distribution of FDI, efforts and determination of political leaders are vital. For instance, the state leadership of states like Gujarat, Haryana etc. has taken lead in developing infrastructure in their states. This has enhanced the FDI inflow in these regions. The other state governments should take similar leads in order to attract FDI. 4. It is also found that India has further scope to improve the business environment by easing the norms of registering property, competition rules and reducing time taken in enforcing contracts. 5. There is a need to have a uniform tax system all over the country, to reduce inequality of choice among foreign investors. Also, the evaluation of tax rates in line with global standards is essential. 6. Labour law reforms are equally essential. 7. The government of India should give thrust on vocational training and education, infrastructure facilities for providing employment. 8. To have the smooth and equal flow of FDI in all regions, there is a need to tackle the internal security aspects of the states. Determined and strong action is needed to prevent Naxalism and terrorism. 9. Most of the Indian states produce agriculture produce. Thus to attract more FDI in the agricultural sector, agro-industries needs a boost through ancillary industries and related activities like food processing industries etc. 10. It is required to divert FDI in the manufacturing sector, which is the most desired of all the sectors for FDI in our country. The manufacturing sector has a greater scope of low- end labour intensive manufacturing jobs for the unskilled, semi-skilled population. This sector has huge potential to provide employment to a large population. 11. India can take the example of China while formulating the FDI policies. In order to reduce regional inequality, they have raised the entry requirements for FDI into the coastal belt to secure high-value investments in that area. In the interior, they have encouraged labour-intensive investments.

References: Periodicals and journals 1. Agnieazka Chidlow and Stephen Young (2008), ―Regional Determinants of FDI Distribution in Poland‖, William Davidson Institute Working Paper Number 943, November. 2. Arti Mukherjee (14 Aug. 2013), ―Regional Inequality in FI Flows to India: The Problems and the Prospects‖, RBI. 3. Banga, Rashmi (2003), ―Impact of Government Policies and Investment Agreements on FDI Inflows‖, ICRIER, Working Paper No. 16, New Delhi. 4. Gaur, Achal Kumar (2010), ―Regional Disparities in Economic Growth: A Case Study of Indian States‖, Paper Prepared for the 31st General Conference of The International

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 30

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Association for Research in Income and Wealth, St. Gallen, Switzerland, August 22-28, 2010 5. Globerman, S. and Shapiro, D. (2002), ―Global Foreign Direct Investments Inflows: The Role of Governance Infrastructure‖, World Development 30(11): 1899-1919. 6. Goldar Bishwanath, Banga Rashmi (2007), ―impact of trade liberalization on FDI in Indian industries‖, Asia-Pacific Research and Training Network on trade, working paper series no.36, June 7. Narendra Singh Bohra, et.al. (2011), ―Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) In India‘s Service Sector (A Study of Post Liberalization)‖, International Journal for Economic Research, 2(2). 8. SIA Newsletter (various issues), Ministry of Industry, Government of India. 9. Sharma R & Khurana N( 2013), ―Role of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in Different Sectors‖, International Journal of Advances in Management and Economics Vol.2, Issue 1, 14-19 14. 10. Morris, Sebastian (2004), ―A Study of the Regional Determinants of FDI in India and the Case of Gujarat‖, Working Paper No. 2004/03/07, Indian Institute of Management. 11. Rao, Chalapatati, Murthy M.R. (2006), ―Towards Understanding the State-wise Distribution of FDI in the Post-liberalization Period‖, ISID Working Paper No. 2006/01.

Reports 1. Consolidated FDI Policy (2012, 2016), Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. 2. Economic Survey of India 2010-2011, 2015-2016. 3. FDI Policy (2016-17), Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India.

Websites 1. www.google.com 2. www.rbi.org 3. http://dipp.nic.in/ 4. www.worldbank.org 5. www.ibef.org 6. www.unctad.org 7. http://planningcommission.gov.in/

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 31

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

A Study of Visitors Perception about Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park, Pune, on the Sustainable Development Activities Done by the Zoo Authorities

Dr. Smita Wadaskar Assistant Professor Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra [email protected]

Abstract: The Zoological Parks have achieved significance and popularity because of the role they play in the society. Apart from providing a shelter to the wild animals and taking care of them, the Zoos have a wider objective of conservation of all species especially the endangered ones and making their attractive display so as to provide the visitors, an opportunity for a rich learning experience combined with education and entertainment. The Zoo provides the visitors an opportunity to interact and be with the natural settings. It is therefore essential to respect, protect, conserve and preserve this valued natural heritage and sustain lives on earth for balanced sustainable development. It is equally important to be able to create a sense of responsibility towards these life support systems of the urban areas. The research paper aims to know how aware the visitors are, about the wildlife and environment conservation and sustainability. The paper also aims to find out the efforts taken by the zoo authorities for sustainable development of zoo. After all, sustainability or conservation is not just preserving the biodiversity and natural resources but also strengthening and understanding of how important it is to preserve the environment among the people in the society.

Keywords: Zoo, Conservation, Species, Visitors and Sustainability

Introduction: The Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park and Wild life Research Centre (herein referred to as the Zoo) at Katraj, Pune was developed from the Pune Municipal Corporation established Peshwe Park Zoo (a private Menagerie of the Peshwas) in the year 1953. This Zoo with a land area of around 7 acres at the foothills of Parvati, was traditional where animals were confined for display to the visitors in cages having iron bars. The zoo objective at that time was mere recreation for the visitors. However, since the formation of the Central Zoo Authority in 1992, the scenario of the zoo changed drastically. Since then, the objective of the zoo was mainly conservation and breeding of endangered species and animal welfare. Another objective was to undertake ex-situ conservation and breeding program which envisions scientific breeding program in captive conditions for species to continue. Therefore, the Peshwe Park Zoo was transformed into the Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park and Wildlife Conservation and Research Centre which was inaugurated on 14th March 1999 on a new land area measuring 130 acres at Katraj, Pune. . The new zoo which currently houses 64 species of wildlife fauna including mammals, birds and reptiles is indeed a boon for animals and an attraction for the visitors. The spacious open to sky animal enclosures simulating their natural habitat, rich and varied environment and

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 32

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

planned infrastructure makes the zoo elegant. However, the focus is on safety, good health and conservation of animals. It is therefore important, that the visitors do not consider the Zoo as a mere recreation centre but as a wildlife conservation and educational centre. This would enable the visitors to get involved and interested in the protection and conservation work which would go a long way in the sustainable growth and development of the Zoos.

Meaning of Sustainable Development: Sustainability is the practice of learning how to achieve global and local sustainable communities. According to the report published by the Bruntland Commission ‗Our Common Future‘, the concept of sustainable development aims to maintain economic advancement and progress while protecting the long-term value of the environment. An important feature of sustainable development is conservation of resources for the future generations. There is a strong connection and an inherent interdependence between the economy, environmental protection and heritage conservation. The ultimate goal of sustainable development is the long-term stability of the economy and environment. Sustainable development can be viewed as a social movement, where a group of people having a common ideology, together try to achieve certain common goals.

Definition of Sustainable Development: According to the World Commission on Environment and Development, Sustainable Development is "development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs."

Central Zoo Authority of India (CZA): The Zoo follows the rules and guidelines of the CZA, which is a body of the government of India responsible for oversight of zoos. It is an affiliate member of the World Association of Zoos & Aquariums, formed to bring Indian zoos to international standards. It has been constituted under the Wild Life (Protection) Act. The standards and norms for animal welfare have been laid down under the Recognition of Zoo Rules 1992. Every Zoo in the country is required to obtain recognition from the Authority for its operation.

Efforts Taken by the Zoo Authorities for Sustainable Development: To achieve the main objectives of the Zoo, namely providing a naturalistic housing for animals, ex-situ conservation, breeding of endangered species and promotion of education and research various activities are undertaken such as -

For Animals - The Zoo is a home for around 410 animals of 64 wildlife species which represents the Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Within the animal enclosure a small pond has been constructed to give them a feel of their naturalistic habitat. Such enclosures are environmentally enriched keeping in view the behavioral needs of animals. The Zoo has a well equipped veterinary hospital to provide quality treatment to the diseased and injured animals. The condition and health of animals in the Zoo is checked every day and if any animal is found sick, injured or unduly stressed the matter is reported to the Veterinary Officer for necessary treatment. The vaccination is also done at regular intervals. The Zoo has a good history of not contracting any contagious disease to any animal in the captivity

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 33

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

since ever. To ensure better health of animals, water samples are checked for contamination, if any. In the year 2008, when plastic items were shown in the post mortem reports of dead animals, a decision was taken to ban plastic in the zoo for the safety of animals‘ health. It is for this reason that visitors are charged Rs. 10 for carrying plastic bottles which are refunded after the visit. In the year 2010, ghutka and tobacco sachets were banned in zoo premises and accordingly all the staff was given instructions for the same.

For Visitors: There are around 18 lakhs visitors visiting the zoo annually and today this zoo is recognized as one of the model zoos in the country. Visitors are provided with basic amenities and infrastructure. The zoo‘s education section has hired an Educational Officer in 2009, for carrying out various educational activities to spread the awareness about environmental issues and wildlife conservation among the students and visitors. In order to create interest among visitors, the zoo conducts workshops, summer camps and orientation programs which covers aspects of wild life management, captive breeding and expert talks on issues of animals and their conservation.

Zoo Development Activities: The zoo aims at its future expansion with the help of the Master Plan (MP) prepared for the next twenty years. The MP envisions comprehensive plan of the zoo. It aims at broader perspective towards visitors and animals satisfaction along with breeding of animals. Phase-I (2011–2016) of the MP includes developments such as upgrading animal enclosures, ex-situ breeding activity, concrete road for walking around the zoo, visitor amenities, improve existing infrastructure and procuring new animals. Phase-II (2017–2021) of the MP proposes to increase the wildlife species from 410 to 1000 and includes attractions for visitors such as - 1. Walkthrough aquatic bird aviary 2. Nature interpretation Centre to propagate the wildlife conservation education in a scientific manner. 3. Increase in the Battery operated vehicles 4. Solar operated vehicles 5. Glass barriers facility for animal exhibits 6. Ex situ breeding of endangered wildlife species The zoo has devised an Animal Adoption Scheme under which visitors can adopt the animals of their choice for one day (Sponsor food of all the zoo animals for a day), upto 6 months, upto 5 years etc. The zoo also has a dedicated Animal Rescue and Rehabilitation Centre

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 34

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

managed by Indian Herpetological Society (HIS). This center acts as a temporary treatment shelter for injured and orphaned wild animals. The activities for Phase-III (2022-2027) and Phase-IV (2028-2033) of the MP are in process.

The table shows that the visits of Indian visitors to the zoo were highest in the 2015-16 followed by 2017-18 and were lowest in the 2016-17. According to the Zoo Director, the visits fell in 2016-17 due to the increase in the ticket rates, and in the 2017-18 visits increased on account of the arrival of the attractive Asiatic Lion, Leopard Cat, Jungle Cat and inauguration of the Blue Bull (Nilgai) enclosure. The visits of foreign visitors is showing a steady decline, where as visits of handicapped visitors has fallen for the 2017-18.

The table shows that the revenue earned by the zoo from the sale of tickets is the highest in 2017-18, inspite of increase in the ticket rate. However, the revenue from the Battery operated Vehicle is showing a decreasing trend, because of the heavy rush of visitors for the vehicle. So, visitors prefer to walk instead of standing in long queue, for the vehicle. The Director, in this regards pointed out the proposal submitted to the PMC for increase in the number of battery operated vehicles as well as to introduce Solar Operated Vehicles.

Nature and Scope of Study: The Zoo attracts over 18 lakh visitors annually, so they are in a unique position to educate a huge volume of people and become a public face for undertaking conservation activities. The nature of this paper is to study the various activities which the Zoological park undertakes for sustainable development and to know how the visitors, visiting the park perceive the zoo activities. The scope of this study is limited since the period of data collection was 4 days and the respondents were the zoo visitors. The data was collected from the visitors immediately after their zoo visit and was later on analyzed.

Statement of Problem: The role of zoos as care-takers and protectors of the wildlife along with the conservers of bio-diversity and providers of professional quality of visitor experiences enhances the sustainable development. Presently the zoo is meeting the challenge of creating a sustainable balance between visitor satisfaction and taking care of the natural and cultural heritage. It is therefore essential to know whether the visitors are aware of this challenging role of the zoo and what they expect from the Zoo. Since these visitors are ultimate consumers of the zoo product,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 35

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

they are in a better position to give valuable suggestions to improve zoo conservation and sustainability.

Objectives of Study: 1. To know the efforts taken by the Zoo authorities for Sustainable Development of the Zoo. 2. To know Visitors Perceptions of the Conservation work carried out by the Zoo.

Research Methodology: The research paper is based on – 1. Secondary Data– • Articles and E-Books on Sustainable Development • Websites 2. Primary Data– • Primary data was collected through the self administered questionnaires for visitors. Sample size was 35 respondents and Simple Random Sampling Method was followed. • Face-to face interview - with the Zoo Director Shri. Rajkumar Jadhav. • Discussions with respondents while filling the questionnaire. • Observations made during field visits to the Zoo.

Significance of this Study: Zoos today are largely considered by the public as an attractive recreation activity, which is the primary reason for their visit. They play an important role in conserving and improving the wildlife along with the environment, providing relevant education and enhancing the relation between humans and animals which no other institution or organization would provide. Visitors visit the zoo keeping in mind their own agenda of entertainment and enjoyment that they would receive, but it needs to be understood that conservation and protection of environment and wildlife today will reap numerous benefits to generation next and thus help to sustain the ecological balance. If these visitors are made aware of the importance of conservation of wildlife and the environment, they too would provide further support which would accrue more benefits to the zoo. This research paper aims to provide insights regarding visitors perceptions about the zoo, its activities and how much aware they are of the zoo conservation and sustainability. This study would bring to the notice of the zoo authorities, the perceptions of the visitors regarding sustainability aspects observed by them and their suggestions for making the zoo more sustainable. The paper also aims to get valuable suggestions from the visitors on improving the zoo activities for the conservation of wildlife species and the nature.

Limitations of this Study: 1. The study is limited to 35 respondents only 2. Visitors were often not alone while filling the questionnaire which sometimes caused them to answer according to the perception of other members of the group

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 36

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Data Analysis and Interpretation: Table 1: Age group of the Respondents

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that the Zoo has maximum respondents in the age group of 21-35 years considered as adults, followed by the teenager group of below 20 years. This implies that the teenagers and adults are frequent visitors of the Zoo. Table 2: Purpose of Visit

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that maximum number of respondents visits the Zoo only for enjoyment purpose followed by those who have interest in the Zoo conservation work. Very few respondents visit the Zoo for educational purpose.

Table 3: How many times did you visit this Zoo since the last 12 months?

Interpretation: :The above figure indicates that in the last 12 months maximum respondents had visited the Zoo for more than 2, but less than 5 times followed by respondents who were first time visitors. Few of them visited the Zoo for more than 10 times. This implies that maximum respondents were repeat visitors and they feel like visiting the zoo again.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 37

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Table 4: How did you know of this Zoo?

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that most of the respondents knew the Zoo through their friends and relatives, rather than the website of the Zoo or travel agents. This implies that the Zoo is one of the famous tourist spot of Pune and positive word of mouth publicity by those who already visited the zoo helps in the decision of visitors to visit the zoo. Table 5: Have you read the Zoo Rules, before visiting the Zoo?

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that majority of respondents read the Zoo rules which are exhibited at the entrance and at various places within the Zoo. This implies that respondents are willing to be well-organized, protective and take precautionary measures while they are in the Zoo. This is a positive indication of the disciplined nature of the respondents.

Table 6 (a) : Have you experienced a ride in the Battery Operated Vehicle?

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that most of the respondents preferred to walk and enjoy the nature‘s experience at the Zoo. Less than half of the respondents have shown their interest in taking a ride in the Battery Operated Vehicle. Table 6 (b): If YES, kindly rate your Experience as below—

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 38

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that out of the respondents who had taken a ride in the battery operated vehicle, less than half felt that the service provided was excellent. Some of them rated their experience as good, while very few of them were satisfied with the service. However, some respondents were unsatisfied with the service provided by the Battery operated Vehicle.

Table 7: Which aspects of Sustainability did you notice while your visit in the Zoo?

Interpretation: The above figure shows that out of the 35respondents‘most of them agreed upon the B) and the A) Animal related Aspects of Sustainability, whereas few of them agreed with the C) and D) aspects.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 39

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Interpretation: The above figure shows that out of the 35 respondents‘ most of them agreed upon the D) and the B) Visitor related Aspects of Sustainability, whereas few of them agreed with the A) and C) aspects. Table 8: Will you recommend Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park to others?

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that majority of the respondents would recommend the Zoo to others, which implies that respondents have an affirmative perception about the Zoo.

Table 9: Will you Visit again to this Zoo?

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 40

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that majority of the respondents would visit the Zoo again, which implies that respondents are satisfied with the zoo performance.

Major Findings: 1. Respondents of the age group 21 - 35 years are frequent Zoo visitors. 2. 63% of respondents visit the Zoo only for enjoyment purpose whereas 26% have interest in the Zoo conservation work and 11% visit for educational purpose. 3. 51% of respondents had visited the Zoo more than 2 but less than 5 times 4. 86% of the respondents knew the Zoo through their friends and relatives, rather than the website of the Zoo or travel agents. 5. 89% of respondents read the Zoo rules which are exhibited at the entrance and at various places within the Zoo. 6. 34% of the respondents have taken a ride in the Battery operated Vehicle out of which 42% of them rated the service as excellent. 7. Out of the 35 respondents, 30 of them felt that the animal enclosures were properly ventilated and safe, 24 of them felt that the enclosures were clean and close to the natural habitat of animals, 17 of them felt that there was enough trained staff to monitor the safety of animals and 16 of them felt that there is focus by the zoo authorities on the conservation of the endangered species. 8. Out of the 35 respondents, 29 of them felt that the distance between the animal enclosure and the visitors area was appropriate and safe for both, 28 of them felt that the garbage/waste disposal system was organised properly, 25 of them felt that there was adequate facility for fresh drinking water and clean washrooms and 24 of them felt that proper information was provided to them about animals, their habitat and conservation of the zoo. 9. 94% of the respondents would recommend the Zoo to others. 10. 89 % of the respondents would visit the Zoo again.

Suggestions: 1. The number of wheelchairs for handicapped visitors should be increased. 2. Considering the increase in the flow of visitors, additional filter water plant needs to be installed. 3. Efforts need to be taken to increase number of foreign visitors. 4. The security system needs to be increased as it was observed during the actual zoo-field visit that young visitors scribble written matter on the trunk of the bamboo, benches in the resting shades, walls of animal enclosures etc. 5. Number of battery operated vehicles be increased which will enable more visitors to take a ride in it. 6. In addition to the informative signage facility at every animal enclosure, services of a Guide would be helpful as proper information of the conservation, biodiversity, natural habitat, captive breeding etc, would be provided to visitors. 7. Cleanliness of washrooms be increased especially during week-ends when the numbers of visitors are more.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 41

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Conclusion: It can be concluded from the above study that the Zoo authorities are trying their best to provide all necessary amenities and services to conserve and protect the animals and the biodiversity in the zoo. The Master Plan prepared for twenty years is definitely a right step towards making the zoo as one of the model zoos in the country. However, the visitors also need to involve themselves in the zoo conservation work and understand the various activities in this respect which will enable them to make intelligent contribution and support constructively in the sustainable development of the zoo.

References: 1. https://www.gdrc.org/sustdev/definitions.html concept of sustainable tourism development and theoretical background of the study - shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/jspui/bitstream/10603/155204/9/09_chapter%204.pdf 2. The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development - sustainabledevelopment.un.org RGZP, PMC, Official Website - Central Zoo Authority Offical Website - www.cza.nic.in/ 3. Exposure visit to Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Garden and Snake Park, Pune - www.climateeduxchange.org/files/exposurevisit_20100224153005.pdf 4. Indicators of Sustainable Development for Tourism Destinations: A Guidebook (2004) - ISBN 92-844-0726-5 - www.world-tourism.org 5. What Is Sustainable Development? Goals, Indicators, Values And Practice published in the April 2005 issue of Environment: Science and Policy for Sustainable Development, Volume 47, Number 3, pages 8–21. By Robert W. Kates, Thomas M. Parris, and Anthony A. Leiserowitz - https://sites.hks.harvard.edu/sustsci/ists/docs/whatisSD_env_kates_0504.pdf 6. The Concept of Sustainable Development: Definition and Defining Principles By Rachel Emas, Florida International University - https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/5839GSDR%202015_SD_conc ept_definiton_rev.pdf 7. Sustainable Development: Definitions, Measures and Determinants - https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/rgs_dissertations/RGSD151/RGSD151.cha p2.pdf 8. Introduction To Sustainable Development - http://www.eafit.edu.co/innovacion/diplomado- oat/sesion3/susdevChapter%201_Age%20of%20Sustainable%20Development.pdf Public perception of conservation work by UK zoos By Abbie Sha https://www.iccs.org.uk/wp-content/thesis/consci/2011/Shaw.pdf

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 42

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

A Study of Impact of Organizational Work Method and Culture on Employee Behaviour and Tendency with Reference to Urban Cooperative Societies of Pune City

Dr. Sunil D. Zagade*, Dr. Sambhaji S. Tayade** * Research Guide, Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

**Research Scholar, Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: The cooperative sector has been playing a distinct and significant role in the country‟s process of socio-economic development. There has been a substantial growth of this sector in diverse areas of the economy during the past few decades. The cooperatives have been operating in various areas of the economy such as credit, production, processing, marketing, input distribution, housing, dairying and textiles. In some of the areas of their activities like dairying, urban banking and housing, sugar and handlooms, the cooperatives have achieved success to an extent but there are larger areas where they have not been so successful. The failure of cooperatives in the country is mainly attributable to: dormant membership and lack of active participation of members in the management of cooperatives. Mounting overdues in cooperative credit institution, lack of mobilization of internal resources and over-dependence on Government assistance, lack of professional management. Bureaucratic control and interference in the management, political interference and over-politisation have proved harmful to their growth.

Key words: cooperative, work method, employee behaviour, Culture

Introduction: As per the records of a co-operative comes from Fenwick, Scotland, the first cooperative society was established in March 14, 1761 named as the Fenwick Weavers' Society. There are some other records which tells us that co-operatives started out as small grassroots organizations in Western Europe, North America and Japan in the middle of the nineteenth century, however, it is the Rochdale Pioneers that are generally regarded as the model of the modern co-operative society and the founders of the Co-operative Movement in 1844. The cooperative movement in India owes its origin to agriculture and allied sectors. Towards the end of the 19th century, the problems of rural indebtedness and the consequent conditions of farmers created an environment for the chit funds and cooperative societies. The farmers generally found the cooperative movement an attractive mechanism for pooling their small resources for solving common problems relating to credit, supplies of inputs and marketing of agricultural produce. Cooperation was started to protect the weak and the poor against the exploitation by the strong and the rich. When the economically weak persons act individually, they are exploited. But if they are united under the shelter of the cooperative umbrella, they get all the advantages of large scale operation without sacrificing their identities as individuals. The cooperative sector has been playing a distinct and significant role in the country‘s process of socio-economic development. There has been a substantial growth of this sector in diverse areas of the economy during the past few

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 43

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

decades. The cooperatives have been operating in various areas of the economy such as credit, production, processing, marketing, input distribution, housing, dairying and textiles. In some of the areas of their activities like dairying, urban banking and housing, sugar and handlooms, the cooperatives have achieved success to an extent but there are larger areas where they have not been so successful. The failure of cooperatives in the country is mainly attributable to dormant membership and lack of active participation of members in the management of cooperatives. Rising over dues in cooperative credit institution, lack of mobilization of internal resources , over-dependence on Government assistance, lack of professional management, Bureaucratic control, interference in the management and political interference have proved harmful to their growth.

Objectives of the study 1. To study the impact of organizational working method and culture on employee behavior and tendency of urban cooperative societies. 2. To study the organizational work method and culture from education, policy and research perspective. 3. To analyze the working culture and working method of employees of urban cooperative societies. 4. To observe and evaluate the behavior and work of employees of urban consumer cooperative societies and urban credit cooperative societies of Pune city. 5. To give recommendations to change the work method and culture for improving employee performance.

Hypothesis of the study 1. There is a need to create awareness about basic principles of cooperation among the employees of urban cooperative banks and consumer cooperatives. 2. Use of computers for day to day work causes positive change in working method and employee behavior. 3. Impact of organizational working method and culture on employees‘ behavior and tendency has wide range effect on the development of urban cooperative societies.

Research Methodology As per the record of Deputy Registrar of Cooperative societies Pune and Pune District Urban Cooperative Banks Association, Pune there are 32 urban cooperative banks and 67 Consumer cooperative societies in Pune region. Out of 67 consumers cooperative societies 6 43 were not found at given address and the officials told that many of these societies are closed. Researcher has selected 13 urban cooperative banks and 15 Consumer cooperative societies by using simple random sampling method (lottery method). Most of statisticians agree that the minimum sample size to get any kind of meaningful result is 100. A good maximum sample size is usually around 10% of the population when it is homogeneous and large. In this study sample size is 50% (ref: table no.1) which is sufficient to draw meaningful conclusions. Type of society Universe Sample Percentage Urban cooperative banks. 32 13 40 Urban consumer cooperative 24 15 63 societies Total 56 28 50

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 44

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Methods of data collection The methodology for conducting research is based on data that is collected from primary as well as secondary sources as mention below: Researcher has collected primary data from the employees of selected urban cooperative banks and consumercooperative societies within Pune City by using following sources

Primary Sources: 1. Questionnaire 2. Observation 3. Interviews The data consist of employee work method, work culture and its impact on employee behavior.

Secondary Sources: Secondary data is collected through following sources 1. Past and current urban cooperative society‘s record. 2. News related to Urban Cooperative Societies and its work method and culture from renowned newspapers, journals and magazines. 3. Books on Cooperative society, organizational behavior and culture. 4. Information from T.V., Radio and Internet. 5. Research articles on impact of work method and work culture on employee behavior. 6. Articles of Association of urban cooperative societies. 7. Annual and progress report of urban cooperative societies.

Data analysis and interpretation The data used for research is of qualitative nature, therefore, while analyzing and interpreting the data, researcher used ratios, percentages, averages and proportions. While analyzing the data, it is represented in the form of tables and histograms, pie charts etc. The data is represented and analyzed as per the order as it appeared in the questionnaire. Thus the detail analysis helped the researcher to draw a clear picture of impact of organizational working method and culture on employee behavior and tendency of urban cooperative societies in Pune city The data collected is coded, classified and tabulated by using various statistical tools. It is analyzed through tables, Figures and diagrams. Software like Minitab-17, Ms-excel and SPSS 20.0 are also used for analysis.

Findings and Conclusion: Urban cooperative banks have a special role to play in urban areas for supporting entrepreneurs, businessmen another needy people by way of providing various financial services. Similarly urban consumer cooperatives are also playing an important role in urban areas by satisfying consumers need at reasonable cost. On the basis of analysis and interpretation of employees work method and culture related data researcher has drawn following findings and conclusions. It is observed that majority (70%) of consumer cooperative stores are employing persons without any expertise, skills and experience which resulted in failure to compete with private traders. Work stress is one of the major reasons due to which employees (48%) of selected urban cooperative societies are not able to focus on their work properly.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 45

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

It is observed that infrastructural facilities like floor space for trading, warehouse space, furniture and fixtures etc are not sufficient at 80% of consumer cooperative stores. Government interference has become a regular feature in the day–to-day administration of the urban cooperative societies. Cooperative banks are under dual regulation of RBI and the Registrar of Cooperatives (ROC). Regulatory requirements continue to increase, and banks need to spend a large part of their budget and time on building systems and processes to keep up with the requirements which adversely affects on their smooth working. Up to 50% respondents‘ said, there is lack of provision of workers participation in management. Generally the decisions are taken by higher level authority. Freedom to express facts is an indication of good organizational culture; however near about 51% respondents said they feel fear while reporting about any unfavorable incident to the management. It is observed that around 60% of consumer cooperative societies working time is not fixed. Further the working time of these societies is less than the working time of private retail stores. It is found that seniors of respondents of half of the selected societies are not encouraging them to develop new and more efficient ways to do their work.

Recommendations Selection of inexperienced and unskilled employee badly affect on the overall performance of an organization. It not only spoils the quality of work but also increase cost of organization on training and supervision. It is recommended that Scientific method should be applied for the selection of employees. Intelligence test, interest test, performance test, personality test, aptitude test, general knowledge test and perception test should be the . 2. Excessive work stress can interfere with productivity and performance and impact on physical and emotional health of employees. It is recommended that stress management programmers‘ should be conducted according to the need of employees once in every three months. It should cover yoga, pranayama, meditation and awareness about stress, its causes and other stress management techniques. Good infrastructure is base of any organization. Problems arises while conducting business activities when there is limited space, lack of required number of cupboards‘, counter space, warehouse, furniture and fixtures. It is recommended that consumer cooperative stores associated with schools and colleges should be allotted separate and big room or hall with availability of required numbers of furniture. Too much interference of government in the affairs of organization adversely affects on the smooth working of an organization. It not only restricts activities of organization but also encourages corruption. It is therefore recommended that as far as possible the restrictions on the activities such as rising share capital, licensing, business expansion, selling and, promotion of services should be reduced

References: 1. A.K.Sah,Professional Management for the Cooperatives,Vikas Publication house Pvt.Ltd.Delhi, 1984.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 46

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2. CA Ramesh Prabhu (2013), Selected Sections of Amended Maharashtra Co-Operative Societies Act, 1960,Maharashtra Societies welfare Association,Mumbai. 3. Dr.V.V.Ghanekar,Cooperative Movement in India (1904-2004) Observations and new challenges,Institute of Rural Deevelopment and education,Pune,2004. 4. Dr.Kapil Bhargav and Nidhi Jerhwant,Cooperation Management and Rural Developoment,Axis Publications,New Delhi.,2010. 5. D.W.Attwood and B.S.Baviskar,Who shares? Co-operatives and Rural Development,Oxford India Paperbacks, New Delhi,1993. 6. Dr.B.S.Mathur,Cooperation in India,Sahitya bahvan ,Agra,1997. 7. Edgar H. Schein (2004), Organizational Culture and Leadership, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco,USA. 8. G.S.Sudha,Management Concepts and Organisational Behaviour,PBSA Publishers,Jaipur,2003. 9. Jit S.Chandan,Organisational Behaviour,Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.New delhi,2005. 10. L.M.Prasad (2008), ―Human Resource Management‖, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi. 11. Law and Judiciary Department Maharashtra,The Maharashtra Cooperative Societies Act,1960.The Director Government,Government Printing,Stationary and publication,Maharashtra state,Mumbai 400004. 12. M.V.Kapde,Economics of Marketing Cooperatives,National publishing house, Delhi,1979. 12. O.R.Krishnswami,Fundamentals of Cooperation ,Sultan Chand and Company ltd.New Delhi.,1978. 13. Proceedings of regional conference Tokyo,Japan,Role of Cooperation in social and Economic Development,Asian Publishing house New Delhi.,1966.. 14. Pawan K.Kamra,Cooperative Management,deep and Deep publications,New Delhi.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 47

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

To Study and Identify the Need of A Sustainable Multisensory Modelto Fullfil the Learning Needs of Hard of Hearing Students

Mrs. Swati Prakash Sadakale Research Scholar, B. R. Ranganathan Arts & Commerce College for Deaf, C. Tingrenagar, Pune, Maharashtra E-mail - [email protected]

Abstract: Education transforms lives and is at the heart of UNESCO‟s mission to build peace, eradicate poverty and drive sustainable development. UNESCO aims to improve access to quality education in sustainable development at all levels and in all social contexts, to transform society by reorienting education and help people develop knowledge skills, values and behaviors needed for sustainable development. Hearing Impairment is a broad term that refers to hearing losses of varying degrees from hard-of-hearing to total deafness. The major challenge facing students with hard of hearing is communication. Among the conditions that affect the development of communication skills of persons with hearing impairments are personality, intelligence, nature and degree of deafness, degree and type of residual hearing, family environment and age of onset. Since much learning is acquired aurally, many students with hearing impairment have experiential and language deficiencies. These students miss a great deal of crucial information as they do not hear environmental noise and day to day conversation. Thus, the hearing loss, nature and degree of hearing loss, learning styles and the type of school (special or inclusive) has direct effect on the education of hard of hearing students. The traditional methods of teaching are still being adopted in hearing impaired schools of Maharashtra State of India. These include blackboard, chalk, chart, pictures and flash cards. With 17 years of experience in the field of special education of hard of hearing students, the researcher identified the need of a sustainable multisensory model to enhance the learning skills of the students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing school. This computer aided multisensory model would establish an effective communication to fulfill all the needs required to enhance the learning abilities in their academics. Since this model is in the mother tongue of hard of hearing students which aims to develop all the required skill, it would satisfy the learning needs necessary in the education of these students.

Key Words : - Hard of hearing, Learning, Need, Multisensory model, Sign language, Lip reading, skills, Academic, e-learning.

Introducation :- According to survey conducted by Maharashtra State Government in year 2011, the population of all classes of disabilities (Visually Impaired (VI), Hearing Impaired (HI), Physically challenged/ Handicap (PH) & Mental Retardation (MR)) was 22,28,580. Out of this the population of hard of hearing people was 4,72,279. Today, this number is raised to 7,40,000. Compared to the normal students these students face various problems in their normal learning activity. Apart from this, the age between 0-5 years is considered as a critical age period for their language development which impacts their brain development. Also, the age of identification of

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 48

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

hearing loss, type of hearing loss and the severity of hearing loss also affects the overall development, especially on their learning ability. Hard of hearing is one of the invisible disabilities which one cannot identify easily and early. Therefore the result of late identification of it can cause serious implications in their long run of life. To cope up with today‘s modern age of technology, it is essential for these students to assist with audio-visual aids, videos, images, models, sign language, lip reading etc. to develop the learning skills to enhance their learning ability. Unlike traditional method of teaching by use of black board, chalk, chart, pictures and flash cards it is very essential today to impart these skills through e-learning. Some hard of hearing schools in Maharashtra uses e-learning models that is made for normal schools but it lacks the qualities required to impart the skills to be developed in hard of hearing students. As these students miss day to day conversation they have limited vocabulary. It therefore becomes very difficult to teach these students and fulfill their unusual needs. The researcher aims to present these unusual needs through this paper and feel confidence of the outcome of a multisensory model to be developed to enhance these skills by fixation of various concepts in their academics through effective communication. This multisensory model would help in supplementing all the required skills to develop their learning skills and at the same time as a tool for teachers and parents to enhance the academic growth of hard of hearing students.

Objectives : - 1. To evaluate the content analysis of curriculum of Pre-primary school developed by Commissionerate of social welfare department, Maharashtra state in 1990. 2. To identify the needs to enhance learning abilities of Pre-primary hard of hearing students of Pune District of Maharashtra State.

Research Problem :- 1. Whether the units included in the curriculum of stage-1 and stage-2 of Pre-primary school, developed by Commissionerate of social welfare department, Maharashtra State in 1990 is sufficient? Whether they are useful for the students of stage-1 & stage-2 of Pre-primary school. 2. What are the learning needs of students studying in Pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

Research Methodology :-  Area of Research :- Interdisciplinary  Method of Research : Mix research method (Content Analysis & Survey method) The content analysis method was used to check the adequacy of curriculum (SAMAN ABYASKRAM) developed by Commissionerate of social welfare department, Maharashtra State in1990. The survey method was used to identify the learning needs of pre-primary students of Pune district of Maharashtra.

Sampling Procedure :- Population for survey: Total 116 teachers (4 Teachers each of all 4 Stages from 21 pre-primary schools + 2 Teachers of stage-1 and stage-2 from 16 inclusive schools) teaching to stage-1 to stage-4 of pre- primary schools of Pune District.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 49

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Total 968 parents (40 Parents each of all 4 stages from 16 inclusive schools). So, 116 teachers and 968 parents of hard of hearing pre-primary schools Pune District was considered as a population for survey. No. of No. of No. of Teacher Parent Type of School Schools s s Special school for HI 21 84 840 Inclusive school 16 32 128 Total 37 116 968

Table-1 : Population for survey Sample : 60 teachers teaching to the students from stage-1 to stage-4 of pre-primary hard of hearing schools from Pune district (50% of total population) and 100 parents of the students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools (10% of total population) was selected as a sample in present research study. % of total S. populatio No. Sampling object Poulation Sample n Teachers teaching to pre- 116 60 50 1 primary schools Parents of students studying pre-primary 968 100 10 2 schools

Table-2 : Sample for survey Data Collection Tools / Techniques : The first objective of evaluating the content analysis of curriculum of pre-primary school developed by Maharashtra State Government was done by conducting survey. This survey was carried out by using cluster selection method. This was done by using questionnaire as a tool provided to 100 teachers and 60 parents of stage-1 to stage-4 of pre-primary hard of hearing schools in Pune district of Maharashtra. This questionnaire also met the second objective to identify the needs to enhance the learning abilities of these students. The validity and reliability of this questionnaire was done from Headmasters from Pune having above 15 years of experience in the field of hard of hearing.

Data Analysis Tools : The measure of importance of the learning needs was decided by using percentage. The following needs for teachers and parents were identified to enhance the learning abilities of pre-primary students of hard of hearing schools in Pune District of Maharashtra.

Identification of needs for teachers 1. To understand the severity of hearing loss of every students. 2. To understand the limitations arising from hearing loss of every students.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 50

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

3. Necessity of effective communication between the students and teacher. 4. To understand distinctiveness of every hard of hearing student. 5. To understand learning styles of every hard of hearing student. 6. To teach as per grasping capacity of every hard of hearing student. 7. To teach considering the mental ability of every hard of hearing student. 8. To teach as per learning speed of every hard of hearing student. 9. To use commendable evaluation tool as and when needed. 10. To accept the mentality that, practice improves learning capability. 11. To establish positive environment to learn with fun. 12. To establish positive perspective towards hard of hearing students. 13. To develop a multisensory model to acquire learning skills. 14. To use and apply modern technology of e-learning.

Identification of needs for parents :- 1. To understand the severity of hearing loss in child. 2. To establish effective communication with child. 3. To teach the social skills to the child. 4. To teach the child as per his/her grasping capacity. 5. To understand the learning style of child. 6. To teach a child considering his/her mental ability. 7. To teach as per learning speed of child. 8. To use commendable evaluation tool as and when needed. 9. To accept the mentality that, practice improves learning capability. 10. To establish positive environment to learn with fun. 11. To establish positive perspective towards child. 12. To use multisensory model to acquire learning skills. 13. To use and apply modern technology of e-learning. A survey was conducted for 100 teachers and 60 parents of pre-primary hard of hearing schools of Pune District. It was observed that 100 % of the teachers realized the need of a multisensory e-learning model to be developed which will supplement the learning skills to enhance the academic progress of hard of hearing students. Also, 52 out of 60 parents realized the need of a multisensory e-learning model as a useful tool to teach their children even at home and develop their learning skills.

Chart-1 : Feedback of Parents Chart-2 : Feedback of Teachers

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 51

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Findings :- For Teachers : 1) In primary survey it is observed that 100% of the teachers have opinion that all above needs are related to the students studying is pre-primary hard of hearing schools. 2) There is immense need of a computer aided sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) to fulfill the learning needs of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools. 3) This sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would be highly beneficial for sustainable development of hard of hearing students rather than ancient educational civilization of using black board, chalk, pictures, charts and flash cards. 4) According to the teachers and parents of students studying in hard of hearing schools, such practice of identifying the learning needs of hard of hearing students was never done in the past. 5) This type of sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) is not yet used as on today in the pre-primary hard of hearing schools in Pune district of Maharashtra. 6) This is the first model of its kind which fulfils various learning needs. 7) Most of the teachers are eager to get this sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) to them as soon as it is ready. 8) This sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would be very much useful for the fixation of abstract concepts in their curriculum. 9) This sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would be very useful for special school for hard of hearing as well as inclusive schools. 10) As per teacher‘s opinion, this sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) has covered almost every learning need of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

For Parents :- 1) 52 out of 60 i.e. 86.7% of parents realized the need of such model for students learning in pre-primary hard of hearing schools. 2) Most of the parents were happy to get to know about this study and identification of such learning needs. 3) Most of the parents realized for the first time that their hard of hearing child is facing as many problems in their academics. 4) This study helped the parents to understand the learning styles of their child. 5) This study also identified the requirement of such learning tool to fulfill their academic needs. 6) According to the parents, it would be very grateful that their child would play an educational game instead of video games on computer. 7) The illiterate parents were happy to know that their child would experience learning through computer.

Conclusion :- This Study identified various needs which are necessary to be fulfilled to enhance the learning skills of hard of hearing students. The curriculum developed by commissionerate of Social welfare, Maharashtra long back in 1990 does not fulfill the learning needs of hard of hearing students in today‘s modern age of technology. It is necessary to include some new things and make modifications to supplement the learning abilities in their academics. There is immense need of a sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) to fulfill the learning needs of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools. It is also essential

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 52

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

to develop a similar model for the hard of hearing students studying in higher class. The teachers and parents are eager to get this sustainable multisensory Modes (SMM) to them as soon as it is ready. This computer aided sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would establish an effective communication to fulfill all the needs required to enhance the learning abilities in their academics. Though this study aims to identify the learning needs of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools, there is scope to study and understand the mental and social needs of these students.

References :- 1. Anthony, Robert : Use of Metacognitive Teaching to Enhance English Language Literacy of Deaf and Hard of Hearing Adults Learners, Pennsylvania Action Research Network [PAARN], 1998-1999. http://www.pde.state.pa.us/able/lib/able/lfp/lfp99anthony.pdf 2. Cuddihy , Andrew & Fisher , Brain & Gordon,Rick & Schumark , Elizabeth: C- NOTE : A Computerized Notetaking System for Hearing–Impaired Students in Mainstream Post-Secondary Education , Learning Support Counselor, Queen's Counseling Service, St. Lawrence Bldg. Ground Floor , Queen's University , Kingston, Ontario K7L 3N6 ,1994. 3. Drigas, A.S.& Kouremenos, D.& Kouremenos, S.& Vrettaros, J.: An e- Learning System for The Deaf People , Information Technology Based Higher Education and Training, 2005. ITHET 2005. 6th International Conference on, Volume , Issue , 7-9 July 2005 Page(s): T2C/17 - T2C/21 http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/Xplore/login.jsp?url=/iel5/10436/33131/0156023 4. Ellis, Kirsten & blaslki, Kathy : Children, Australian Sign Language and the Web; The Possibilities: http: //www.berwick.monash.edu.au/interaction/19952-2/pp6- nielson.pdf 5. Hussein, Karim Q & Warnerkar ,C.S : e-Learning Modules for Hearing Impaired Persons (analytical study ) : Paper was accepted in Icon 2004, Hyderabad, India. 6. Hussein ,Karim Q & Warnerkar ,C.S : e-Learning Support to Hearing Impaired Persons , ISTE ,Punjab 2-3March2007. 7. Keller, Ed : Strategies for Teaching Students with Hearing Impairment, February 2004. http://www.as.wuv.edu/~scidis/hearing.html. 8. Oliver , Ron : When Teaching Meets Learning :Design Principles and Strategies for Web-based Learning Environments that Support Knowledge Construction , School of Communications and Multimedia Edith Cowan University, AUSTRALIA http://www.ascilite.org.au/conferences/coffs00/papers/ron_oliver_keynote.pdf. 9. Poobrasert , Onintra & Mguine , Brain : Knowledge Engineering in Multimedia Design and Computer Assisted Learning for Special Needs Training : Effectiveness ,The 9th World Multi-Conference on Systemic, Cybernetics and Informatics July 10- 13, 2005 - Orlando, Florida, USA. http://www.iiisci.org/sci2005/proceedingssci/vol8- 2001.asp 10. Smith, Deborah Deutsch & Luckasson , Ruth Introduction To Special Educatio , Allyn & Bacon ,1992

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 53

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Impact of E-Banking on Consumer Satisfaction with Special Reference to Alandi (D)

Prof. Archana Aher Research Scholar MIT Arts, Commerce & Science College, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Alandi (D) is a spiritual place where number of tourists visit every day. It is close to the cities of Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad and belongs to the Pune metropolitan area. In recent decades, areas around Alandi (D) have approx. 20 industrial areas. So there is a more scope for the growth of industries. There is scope for tourism business, employment, development, etc. This results in increase in economy of Alandi (D). Customer satisfaction is imperative for the incessant survival of any organization around the world. This research paper focuses on the impact of E-banking on customer satisfaction in developing rural area like Alandi (D). Benefits derived by the e-banking users along with certain challenges faced by them are also observed. Five service quality dimensions like trustworthiness, guarantee, responsiveness, tangibles and empathy are discussed with the support of literature review. These dimensions are the forecasters of customer satisfaction in E-banking. Banks can achieve more competitive advantage by offering better-quality services to their customers in today‟s era.

Keywords: Alandi (D), Economic growth, development, Business, E-banking, consumer satisfaction etc.

Introduction:- Technology plays a vital role in today‘s world. Internet has changed this world as a Global village and the same has happened in the banking sector. Many banks are shifting gradually from the traditional way of banking and are gradually introducing electronic technologies into their service delivery. Conversion from the manual based ledger system to systemized processes and the approach to internet based facilities has given a new feature to the banking sector. The competition in banking sector improved from last few years and to stay competitive, banks are introducing new tools and techniques to facilitate and attract customers. ―E-banking is defined as the automated delivery of new and traditional banking products and services directly to customers through electronic, interactive communication channels.‖ (Shahriari, 2014). E-banking is of paramount significance in meeting user anticipations. Customer satisfaction leading to gain loyal customers can be achieved by delivering high quality services (Gronroos, 2000).

Objectives of the study :- 1. To study the concept of E-banking. 2. To identify the various dimensions of Internet banking service quality. 3. To identify the benefits to customers for using e-banking services. 4. To understand the challenges facing effective implementation of e-banking system.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 54

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Research methodology :-  Survey method is used for conducting the present research paper.  Convenient Sampling Method has been used to collect the data.

Primary Data – Primary data is collected by Self prepared Questionnaire from 50 bank customers.

Secondary Data – This is collected from libraries through magazines, articles, published literature and Research centers and internet.

Explaination – In Alandi (D) various types of banks are situated like National Banks, Agricultural Banks, Private Banks, Cooperative banks, etc. and ATM‘s available. To identify the benefits derived by customers along with the challenges in effective implementation of e-banking system. With the help of questionnaire primary data is collected through survey and analysed. Table No. 1 Age wise Classification of customers Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage 1 15-25 years 7 14% 2 25-35 years 22 44% 3 35-45 years 13 26% 4 Above 45 years 8 16% Total 50 100% Source – Primary Survey From table No. 2 it will be seen that out of 50 respondents, maximum customer respondents of age group 25 years to 35 years are using e-banking services. But it is observed that 16% customers above 45 years are not interested to use e-banking services.

Table No. 2 Awareness about E-banking Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage 1 Know about E-banking 43 86% 2 Unknown about E-banking 7 14% Total 50 100% Source – Primary Survey From table No. 3 it is seen that out of 50 respondents, 86% customer respondents are well aware with e-banking facilities. Also it is observed that 14% customer respondents are still unaware with e-banking facilities and its use.

Table No. 3 Comparison between use of E-banking and transactions performed by visiting bank Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage 1 E-banking is good 44 88% 2 Traditional method is good 6 12% Total 50 100% Source – Primary Survey

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 55

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

From table No. 4 it is observed that maximum customer respondents are in favour of E- banking facilities and its usage. They are using various E-banking facilities. 12% bank customer respondents are still in belief that one should visit the bank and perform the transactions. Table No. 4 Availability of ATM centres Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage 1 Yes 24 48% 2 No 26 52% Total 50 100% Source – Primary Survey From table No. 6 it is concluded that out of 26 respondents, 52% bank customer respondents are said that number of ATM centres along with cash balance should be increased in Alandi(D) premises. Table No. 5 Communication by bank employees Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage 1 Good 23 46% 2 Need to improve 27 54% Total 50 100% Source – Primary Survey From table No. 7 it is suggested that the communication between bank customers and bank employees should be improved. As Alandi (D) is a rural area, customers are not so mature to understand banking terms. So the responsibility comes on bank employees to make them understand. Table No. 6 Challenges in usage of E-banking facilities Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage 1 Digital literacy 44 88% 2 Remembrance of pin 31 62% 3 Remembrance of 33 66% transaction ID, Password 4 Holding cards 26 52% 5 Unawareness of charges 29 58% for credit card transactions Source – Primary Survey Above table No. 8 shows a cluster of challenges for effective implementation and usage of e-banking services. Though our respected prime minister Narendra Modiji has started a revolution of ‗Digital India‘, still rural areas are lagging behind in digital literacy. 62% respondents agreed that to remember pin of ATM cards, credit cards etc is a responsible task. 66% respondents said that to remember transaction ID, Password etc is not so easy. Because of this there is impact on using e-bank facilities. To carry plastic currency with you is also one of the most important responsibility of a user. Most of the times customers forget to collect the card after transaction. 58% customers are afraid with additional imposition of charges on online transactions. Because of this they skip such transactions.

Findings :-

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 56

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The primary data is collected from 50 bank customers as representative of Alandi (D) area gives findings as below:- Maximum customer respondents of age group 25 years to 35 years are using e-banking services in Alandi (D) area 86% customer respondents are well aware with e-banking facilities. It is observed that maximum customer respondents are in favour of E-banking facilities and its usage. They are satisfied with the use of E-banking facilities. 12% bank customer respondents are still in belief that one should visit the bank and perform the transactions. 52% bank customer respondents said that number of ATM centres along with cash balance should be increased in Alandi(D) premises. 54% bank customer respondents suggested that there is a scope to improve communication between bank customers and bank employees. Maximum bank customer respondents focused on the challenges in the effective implementation of e-banking facilities and its usage.

Conclusion:- E-banking is one of the most significant developments for the banking industry in its long history. However, despite the many benefits that online banking provides to customers, there are also a number of major concerns and challenges for marketers in the online banking sector. Traditional banking habits, security, technical issues, transaction difficulties, and small marketing budgets are all major challenges that online banking marketers will have to reconcile if they are to succeed in this field. However, demand for this industry continues to be very strong. So it is likely that online banks will only grow more advanced and successful as they strive to resolve their marketing challenges. The various dimensions of the internet banking service quality that were taken into consideration while making the study were: Efficiency, System Availability, Fulfilment, Responsiveness, Privacy, Contact and website design.

References Books: 1. Indian Economy, Author: Gaurav Datt & Ashwani Mahajan, Published by S.Chand and Company. 2. States of the Indian Economy, Author: Amir Ullah Khan & Harsh Vivek, Published by Sage Publication.

Journal: 1. Private and Foreign Bank Consumers in India. Global Business and Management Research: An International Journal, 7(1), 74-92. 2. Ladhari, R. (2009). A review of twenty years of SERVQUAL research. International Journal of Quality and Service Sciences, 1(2), 172-198. 3. The Indian Journal of Economics, Published by MIT ACSC in 2014-15.

Newspaper: Times of India (TOI), Sakal,Pune Times, Loksatta. (6-10 July and 25-30 November)

Official websites: 1. www.midcindia.org 2. www.maharashtra.gov.in 3. www.timesofindia.indiatimes.com

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 57

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The Triple Bottom Line at IMERT Pune

Dr. Pranav Kayande Associate Professor MM‘s IMERT, Karve Nagar, Pune, Maharashtra [email protected]

Abstract: Marathwada Mitra Mandal Trust Pune is known for living by its motto of “Welfare of Masses”. It has supported numerous individuals from down trodden and unprivileged families to stand on their feet and live respectable lives by providing financial support in fees and ample job opportunities into the academic institutions run under the trust. IMERT, Pune a management institute under the umbrella of Marathwada Mitra Mandal trust, by working on similar grounds has consciously worked upon 3 Ps from Triple Bottom Line, the phrase coined by John Elkington. This paper puts light upon how IMERT is successful in balancing the equilibrium among these 3 parameters of People, Planet and Profits.

Keyword: Triple Bottom Line, Management institute.

Something about Bottom and Top Lines ; The top line refers to a company's revenues, while the bottom line is a company's net income. Apple Inc. (AAPL) posted a top-line revenue of $228.57 billion at the end of their fiscal year on September 30, 2017. Apple posted a bottom-line of $48.35 billion in the same period. A company like Apple might experience top-line growth due to a new product launch like the new iPhone, a new service, or a new advertising campaign that lead to increased sales which boosted. Bottom-line growth might have occurred from the increase in revenues, but also from keeping expenses under control. (Murphy, 2018)

Triple Bottom Line The triple bottom line (or otherwise noted as TBL or 3BL) is an accounting framework with three parts: social, environmental (or ecological) and financial. Some organizations have adopted the TBL framework to evaluate their performance in a broader perspective to create greater business value. (Slaper, 2011) Sustainable development was defined by the Brundtland Commission of the United Nations in 1987.[8] Triple bottom line (TBL) accounting expands the traditional reporting framework to take into account social and environmental performance in addition to financial performance. In 1981, Freer Spreckley first articulated the triple bottom line in a publication called 'Social Audit - A Management Tool for Co-operative Working'.[9] In this work, he argued that enterprises should measure and report on financial performance, social wealth creation, and environmental responsibility. The phrase "triple bottom line" was articulated more fully by John

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 58

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Elkington in his 1997 book Cannibals with Forks: the Triple Bottom Line of 21st Century Business'. (Shrivastava, 2017) In articulating the concept of triple bottom line, Elkington has also made reference to Jed Emerson's concept of blended value, which refers to the idea that all value consists of social, environmental, and financial components. The concept of TBL demands that a company's responsibility lies with stakeholders rather than shareholders. In this case, "stakeholders" refers to anyone who is influenced, either directly or indirectly, by the actions of the firm. Examples of stakeholders include employees, customers, suppliers, local residents, government agencies, and creditors. (Hammer,2016)

Cases on MNCs with TBL The shipping giant DHL, are also making strides to integrate the triple bottom line. In an industry that‘s considered a high pollution producer, DHL upgraded all of its delivery trucks to vehicles that are hybrid, more fuel efficient or capable of running on alternative energy. The company also implemented a Go Green solution that streamlines logistical operations and has trucks take the shortest route. The result is a slight decrease in fuel burned per trip, which adds up to a big decrease due to DHL‘s size. (Forbes, 2017) Seattle-based Glassybaby, maker of hand-blown votive candle holders and drinking glasses, is an example of a company using the triple bottom line as the basis for a more scalable and marketable business. Ten percent of all revenue (not just profit) is donated to a plethora of charities through the glassybaby white light fund. Its packaging is made from 100% recycled materials, and artisans are paid well above a living wage. Furthermore, those who work at least 29 hours per week receive full benefits. (Forbes, 2017)

Imert & Tbl Marathwada Mitra Mandal Trust Pune is known for living by its motto of ―Welfare of Masses‖. It has supported numerous individuals from down trodden and unprivileged families to stand on their feet and live respectable lives by providing financial support in fees and ample job opportunities into the academic institutions run under the trust. IMERT, Pune a management institute under the umbrella of Marathwada Mitra Mandal trust, by working on similar grounds has consciously worked upon 3 Ps from Triple Bottom Line, the phrase coined by John Elkington. IMERT is conceived as unique growth oriented institute approved by AICTE, New Delhi. IMERT offers two years full time MBA programme with intake capacity of 180, affiliated to Savitribai Phule Pune University. The students are admitted through the admission procedure conducted by Directorate of Technical Education (DTE), Maharashtra state. The institute was established in 1994 and has a legacy of 24 years.

Economic Measures Economic variables ought to be variables that deal with the bottom line and the flow of money. The profit or economic bottom line deals with the economic value created by the organization. Fund Generation

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 59

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Majority of the funds are generated through fee collection. IMERT also generates funds through other professional incomes like consultancy and training programmes. To provide consultancy and training services, IMERT partnered with various institutions of repute. To name a few, National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes and Narcotics (NACIN) , Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), National Institute of Securities Markets (NISM) , National Stock Exchange of India (NSE academy). IMERT has an active Post Graduate Research Centre (PGRC). The fee collected from PhD Scholars is also one more way for generating funds. National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes and Narcotics (NACIN) nominated IMERT as ―Approved Training Partner‖ for imparting GST training through accredited GST trainers to members of trade / industry / other stake holders as part of trade outreach programme of the Government of India. As an endeavor to create trained faculty members in the field of Indirect taxation, IMERT conducted a One day workshop on GST in association with IQAC, SPPU Pune on 2nd February 2018. There were 62 faculty members who attended the workshop from other colleges. This particular workshop was sponsored by IQAC, SPPU for the amount of Rs. 30,000/-. GST training programmes for the industries were conducted from Pune for M/s. Lier Corporation and M/s. Trans Engineers India Pvt. Ltd. where the focus was mainly on addressing the industry specific issues. An amount of Rs. 2.5 lacs (exclusive of GST) was generated through these training programmes. By conducting open for all GST training programmes, the institute has earned revenue of Rs. 45,000/-. Fund Utilization IMERT has policy to utilize generated revenue for institutional developmental activities in various ways. Approximately 70 – 75% of this fee based fund is utilized in salary disbursement and other expenses of the institute. The PhD fees are utilized for the procurement of books in library. IMERT provides 25% concession on MBA Fees to the children of staff members in order to encourage them for higher education. IMERT deputes faculty members to various faculty development programmes organized by various institutes of repute such as IIM Kozikode and IIM Indore. In the year 2018 IMERT shifted to Karve nagar campus to avail benefit of spacious infrastructure. This new campus is spread across a sprawling 5 acres of land. The campus is beautifully landscaped. The campus is equipped with the state of art infrastructure and hostel facility with all the modern amenities like Wi-Fi connectivity. The campus also have a highly advanced computer lab, a well thought of collection of books in the Institute library, reading area for the students, a state of art seminar hall and many more such amenities. The class rooms are airy and provide ample sunlight to in. The new campus is designed taking into consideration the future growth of the institute. It will

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 60

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

enable the institute to expand from its student strength of what it has today. Also, due consideration is given on developing amenities for interactions with the industry such as board rooms, tutorial rooms etc. Expenses are incurred on time to time basis for infrastructure development are as follows.

IMERT has a well-structured library of 135 sq. meters. It has sufficient number of wooden and metal cases for display of subject books, general books, reference books. IMERT has digital library of 5 computers (3 are installed currently but has a provision of 5). There are 2 stands which display printed journals and magazines. Library has a big reading hall having a capacity to occupy 90 students. Library has total 9148 titles and 16601 volumes of books. There are 24 National Journals.

Due to the expenditure on e journals incurred by IMERT, following benefits are cherished by its staff and students.

Table no.1 Library E Resources

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 61

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Details of No of e-resources Year memberships with full text access 2017- NDL 3 Lac articles 18 Ebsco 2016- Indexed -17430,Full 17 Jgate text 7657 Ebsco 12015 Indexed -17430,Full -16 Jgate text 7657 2014- Ebsco 15

IMERT has well-equipped & well-facilitated computer center with LAN connectivity. Every staff member has a separate computer with LAN connectivity. IMERT has a Wi-Fi facility which was gradually updated from 8 Mbps lease line to 32 Mbps lease line. This up-gradation was done from time to time as per the norms prescribed by AICTE and institute requirements. Over and above the basic classroom equipments, IT hardware and the standard software such as MS Office, Antivirus, IMERT has purchased/licensed various software/databases for effective curriculum delivery. To name a few: 1. Ace Equity – financial database of all companies listed on NSE and BSE 2. Harvard Business Publishing license - for Harvard case studies 3. My Examo – for conducting practice online exams and placement grading tests of aptitude, 4. ERP software (Cloud Next Vision) – a learning management system for ICT based teaching, learning and evaluation

For maintenance and cleaning purposes, housekeeping contract is given to the Universal Security Services. Separate budget is always fixed every year for the maintenance of the system.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 62

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Social Measures Social variables refer to social dimensions of a community or region and could include measurements of education, equity and access to social resources, health and well-being, quality of life, and social capital. To enhance the quality of faculty apart from deputation as discussed earlier, institute organizes and conducts in house FDPs where in eminent personalities from Corporate and Academics are invited to share their expertise. The resource persons included renowned personalities from the field of academics like Dr.N Ravichandran from IIM Ahmedabad and Dr.Radhkrishnan Pillai, auhor of famous book Corporate Chanakya. Apart from regular inputs on syllabus, add on inputs such as Neuro Linguistic Programming NLP, NSE Certified Capital Market Professional, Dale Carnegie, Digital marketing, Financial Modeling, Technical Analysis, Quantitative Aptitude and Advanced excel are arranged for students to make them employable. Community Outreach Programmes Various daylong sessions are organized on time to time basis for Women from Self help groups and School going Students. Till date many such programmes are conducted in vicinity of Pune city. Topics covered during such programmes include session focused on ‗Women Health and Hygiene‘. Issues related to health of women like menopause, calcium deficiency, iron deficiency etc. are discussed. The programmes also include sessions on Financial literacy, which are conducted by Dr. Shriram Nerlekar, Director of the institute. Financial literacy included awareness about ‗Jan Dhan Yojana‘,‘Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana‘and Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Yojana‘. During the session he emphasizes the importance of each and every person opening a bank account in any of the nationalized banks to begin with.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 63

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

When such programmes are organized for students then topics focused upon ‗Good Touch, Bad Touch‘ and ‗Health and Hygiene‘. These programmes are conducted by prof.Pranjal Jadhav.

Till date such Community Outreach Programmes are conducted at New Times International School, Nagar road, Pune; Hindustan Antibiotics Ltd,Pune; Karnala Bird sanctuary, off Panvel and ZP school Talegaon Dhamdhere, Pune. Apart from these outreach programmes, IMERT also conducted around 15 GST training programmes in places like Pune, Satara, Karad, Amlaner, Beed, Latur, Dhule, Gadhinglaj, Ichalkaranji etc. to create awareness amongst students at graduation level. These programmes offered overview of GST and students were provided with participation certificates from IMERT. These programmes were conducted free of cost for participants and for which faculty members travelled to different places and institute took care of all the expenses. Similarly one day GST training with certification for enhancing their employability skills and as part of their curriculum is provided for IMERT MBA Finance students.

Environmental Measures Environmental variables should represent measurements of natural resources and reflect potential influences to its viability. The planet, environmental bottom line, or natural capital bottom line refers to sustainable environmental practices.

Environmental preservation is necessary because Earth's resources are limited and threatened by human activity. Environmental protection focuses on efficiency, protecting wildlife and flora, and minimizing carbon footprints. IMERT has signed MOU with Deshpee group Pune for project Nelda. Nelda Foundation is a CSR initiative by Deshpee group for Plantation and Conservation of Trees. IMERT commenced participation in Nelda activity on Hanuman hills on

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 64

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Senapati Bapat road, since October 2016 and is continued till date. Every Sunday, One faculty member from IMERT along with a group of mentee students (approximately 10 students) participate into plantation of trees at Hanuman hills. The entire activity is conducted for 3 hours from 8.00AM to 11.00AM.

Further details about the practice are as follows:- Volunteers from Deshpee group and students along with staff of IMERT (Mentor – Mentee group) participate in various environment protection activities especially tree plantation on Sundays at various places in and around Pune. Such activities are planned and material such as plants, plantation instruments are arranged by Deshpee group. Students & faculties of IMERT actively collaborate and put efforts into such activities.IMERT has made available its infrastructure (seminar hall) for the purpose of such activities to Deshpee at the convenience of both the parties. Deshpee has arranged related programmes and other activities with the use of the infrastructure. Both the parties jointly promote the activities on various media platforms including newspaper, magazine and social media. Evidences of success for these efforts taken under Nelda initiative are as follows:- 1. Plantation and maintenance of 500 trees on Hanuman hills. 2. Mr. Mangesh Dighe (Pune Municipal Corporation‘s Environmental Officer) has extended cooperation, as evident from his answering queries related to environment issues by Pune residents through Nelda foundation Online platform. 3. Times of India has mentioned Nelda foundation‘s work and IMERTs‘ contribution into it towards environmental protection, dated 6th July 2018. IMERT has a bore-well near hostel building. Every year it is refilled by rain water harvesting. Rainwater from rooftop of main building and hostel building of the institute is collected and stored in rainwater pit. The same is used by all for day-to-day activities. Roof top rain water harvesting system & Surface runoff water harvesting system is installed in the premises. The Institution has mounted solar water heater system on hostel terrace. The capacity of one system is 125 liters and there are 90 such systems installed. The total capacity of solar water heater system is 11,250 liters. 'Plastic Waste Free College Campus' campaign is initiated at IMERT. Plastic garbage is collected by NGO and further processing is carried out for fuel manufacturing.‘

RESQ Charitable Trust is a not-for-profit organisation that works towards the rescue and rehabilitation of injured and sick animals. It is located near Chandni Chowk, Pune. Prof.Aparna

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 65

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Shastri along with a group student visits the rehabilitation center on time to time basis and renders service to the injured animals.

Conclusion IMERT generated funds through MBA programme with distinctive value added inputs and through certificate training programs on contemporary topics open to all, by partnering with various institutions of repute such as NACIN, SEBI, NISM and NSE academy. IMERT utilize these funds for institutional developmental activities including infrastructure building, faculty development, student grooming and community developmental activities. IMERT provides these training programmes on various topics such as GST to the students belonging to various institutions from every nook and corner of Maharashtra that too free of cost. IMERT through its Community Outreach programmes extensively provides education on topics related to Health, Hygiene and Financial literacy basics to the population belonging to the bottom of the pyramid. By maintaining consistency in project Nelda by rendering plantation, preservation of trees related services and periodic visits to ResQ NGO for treating injured stray dogs, IMERT is discharging its obligations towards Mother Earth. Thus IMERT is forming proper equilibrium on all the 3Ps belonging to TBL.

Bibliography 1. Murphy, C. (2018, April 19). What's The Difference Between Bottom-line And Top-line Growth? Retrieved from https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/difference-between- bottom-line-and-top-line-growth/ 2. Slaper, T.F., & Hall T.J. (2011) The Triple Bottom Line: What Is It and How Does It Work? Indiana Business Review, 86 (1) Retrieved from http://www.ibrc.indiana.edu/ibr/2011/spring/article2.html 3. Shrivastava,A.K.,Gupta.,A.Singh.,R.Shrivastava,A.A.(2017). Human Engineering, Labour Standard & Sustainability in Triple Bottom Line: An Oxymoron. BIZCRAFT Journal of Faculty of Management 10(2), 1-5. Retrieved from http://www.srms.ac.in/cet/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Brizcraft-volume10.pdf 4. Hammer,J.,& Pivo,G.,(2016). The Triple Bottom Line and Sustainable Economic Development Theory and Practice. Economic Development Quarterly.1-12. DOI: 10.1177/0891242416674808 5. Forbes (2017, July 28). Retrieved December 3, 2018 from https://www.forbes.com/sites/deeppatel/2017/07/28/the-millennial-marketplace-and-the- propagation-of-the-triple-bottom-line/#2b1a4099d04a 6. www.mmimert.edu.in

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 66

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

An Assessment of Sustainability Challenges, Techno-Management Job Skill Gap and Industry Human Requirements : Study of Management Students

Mr. Rajesh J. Londhe Assistant Professor Camp Education Society‘s Rasiklal M. Dhariwal Institute of Management, Nigdi, Pune, Maharashtra. . [email protected]

Dr. Parag C. Kalkar Director Sinhgad Institute of Management Wadgaon, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Sustainability is a buzzword in Information Technology. Sustainability word is alternately used as Sustainable development also. Sustainable development in industrial sector, specifically, Information Technology and Information Technology Enabled Services, is based on Product Development and Services. The major challenges of technological industries are Good Products, Reduced Product development cycle, long lasting product lifecycle, efficient products. To overcome these challenges, the stakeholders from academic management institutes and IT/ITeS industry always need a set of required skills. Specifically, the techno-managerial Skill requirements demand and supply in IT/ITES industry are always on negative curve. The higher management education offerings and the industrial managerial requirements for IT/ITES industries are not matching which is resulting in a Skill gap. The study collects responses for the required skills for Techno-Managerial jobs and then it focuses on skill gap analysis for techno- managerial jobs. The study will cover three aspects, Academic Management higher education, IT/ITES Skill requirement and Skill gap analysis. The intended study would lead to identification of parameters which influences development of Skill gap. It will find the existence of skill gap, if exists, through the evaluation of responses from management institute and IT/ITES industry. Thus lead to offer a solution to sustainability challenges and the techno-management jobs requirements which are interrelated to address the key issues for the sustainable development.

Keywords: Sustainability, Sustainable development, Information Technology, Information Technology Enabled Services, Skill sets, Skill gap

Introduction: The word ‗Sustainability‘ is important in Information Technology. The government of India and State Government is consistently working for sustainable development in every sector of industry. The intended study in sustainability is focused on two industries, , specifically, Information Technology (IT) and Information Technology Enabled Services (ITeS). The two industries are based on Product Development and Services. The IT and ITeS industries major challenges are Good Products, Reduced Product development cycle, Long lasting product lifecycle, Efficient products. The sustainable development can be achieved by study of management education Skill development initiatives and IT/ITeS industry Skill requirements. The study would lead to analysis of skill gap, if exists. Accordingly, the parameters can be identified which are responsible for skill gap. It will lead to development of model for filling up

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 67

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

the skill gap if any. The Stakeholders are from academic management institutes and IT/ITeS industry. The sustainable development challenges can be overcome through the development of required skills of stakeholders. Specifically, the techno-managerial Skill requirements demand and supply in IT/ITES industry are always on negative curve. The study would lead to assessment of higher management education offerings and the techno-managerial requirements for IT/ITES industries which is resulting in a Skill gap analysis. The study collects responses for the required skills for Techno-Managerial jobs and then it focuses on skill gap analysis for techno-managerial skill sets requirements. It will cover three categories of skills, namely, Soft Skills, Technical Skills and Administrative Skills. It would lead to in-depth analysis of various parameters under each category. Finally, the parameters which influences development of Skill gap are identified and find out the existence of skill gap, if exists, through the evaluation of responses from management institute and IT/ITES industry. Thus lead to offer a solution to sustainability challenges and the techno-management skills requirements for the said industry. The identified parameters and sustainable challenges lead to development of model for filling the Skill gap

Review of Literature It is always beneficial for management academic fraternity and industry to collaborate through various activities and fulfill the business requirements. The Academic programs like internship, case studies etc. and Corporate domain programs like Real time on job experience, Simulations etc. are must for Skill development. These programs will enhance the students skill sets like Communication, Learning, Team Building, Adaptability, Responsibility, Networking Skills, Appearance, Perseverance, Operational Creativity, Problem Solving (Vikhe Gautam V, Preeti Agrawal, 2014). Further, the skill gap can be reduced by Project based learning, Offering more stress on research programs implementation, Development of curriculum at university by involving Industry experts, Arranging students competitions in association with industries, More concentration on involving students through gamification, Offering common platform for student interaction with industry (Mohtadi C,McAree O, Schlosser, 2014). The major Factors responsible for Skills gap are Changing working patterns, Lack of right Skills in inexperienced persons, Inadequacy of educational curriculum. But the effect of these factors can be greatly reduced by applying the Self learning methodology, Development of research Skills, Time management Skills, Critical thinking Skills , Development of good training manuals student industrial working schemes, Entrepreneurship development program, Time to time educational curriculum changes at the university and institute level. (Azeez Nureni Ayofe and Azeez Raheem Ajetola, 2009). Some of the Major reasons for Skills Gap are academicians and industrialists have different perspective and mindset, the curricula is implementation is dynamic in nature but the nature of it is static, academicians and industrialists have different have different goals, Academician looks for recognition while industrialist works for surviving, Negligence towards training and workshops in academicians, Industry looks for low risk proven solution while academicians looks for highly innovative solutions. To tackle these issues there are certain changes have to be made like Dual specialization is must, Students commitment, passion and integrity should be a part of curriculum, Concentration should be on overall development of student, Industry working is must, Curriculum should always be finalized only after getting

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 68

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

approval from industry people, Teaching faculty should be involved into consulting, research work, student network. More efforts should be made to develop strong, Improvement in the accreditation and governance rules (Prachi Kapil, Feb, 2014). The responses from the industry and academic interface from students are must for Building relationships between them and is Mutually beneficial for both. But there must be an Enhancement in teaching-learning experience. The skill gap can be reduced by arranging Guest lectures from industry experts, by arranging Industrial visits, Workshops & seminars by academia, Giving opportunities to students for Internships, offering Project Works for the students, Arranging Training programs according to industry requirements (T. V. Rao et. al (June 2014)). There is a thought that there must a focus on ‗Knowing‘ rather that ‗Doing‘. It can be implemented by Rebalancing the curricula i.e the curricula must Gain a global perspective, must Develop leadership Skills, Integration Skills, Innovation and Creativity, Communication Skills, Critical thinking, Recognizing organization realities , effective implementation of goals, Understanding roles, responsibilities and purpose. The roles and activities suppose to carry out in MBA are Client/Customer Handling , Business Development, Business Intelligence, Management Trainee, Financial Management , Brand Management, Job rotations / Cross Functional, Training, Sales Manager, Strategy Positioning, Consultant, Product Manager, Operations Manager, Competition, Benchmarking Budgetary Activities, Research & Development, Business analyst, Executive Assistants to Senior Managers, Innovation, Accounts Executive, Project Management, Business Generation, Corporate Decision making, Human Resource Functions, Resource Optimization Territory Management, Marketing Functions, Quality Control, There are certain skill sets which required in MBA‘s are Traditional Knowledge-Skills domain, Functional/ foundational Skills, Analytical Skills, Implementation Skills, People management, Networking, Interpersonal & team building Skills, Leadership, Process-sensitivity, Humility, Receptivity to learning, Understanding of vision, Acting creatively and innovatively, Learning and adaptability, Creativity 3. Statement of the problem The study is to find out the sustainability challenges faced in the IT and ITeS industry, the Skills sets requirements of the service industry from Management graduates. The study also studies the Skills set development initiatives by Management Institutes, If there exists a gap between the Skills developed by management institutes and the actual Skills set requirements in service industries, specifically, IT and ITES industry. If there exists a Skills gap, the gap analysis will lead to a better understanding of Skills set Requirements and their improvement in management students.

Scope and limitations of study 1. The study is limited to IT or ITeS industry and management institutes 2. The respondents from industry are HR and Technical Personnel and from academic the respondents are Director, Faculty and Students 3. Time limitation is a major constraint 4. The study is limited to Management education.

Challenges for the Sustainable Development The sustainable development in IT and ITeS industry is facing challenges like Good Quality of products, Reduction in Product development cycle,long lasting product lifecycle, efficient products. The IT industry is producing the good quality product but maintaining a good

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 69

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

quality and provide a best quality service for the product is the most difficult thing to do. The production activity is continuously upgrading the product. The service to such, fast upgrading product is the most difficult thing to do for the service industry. The second most challenging thing faced in sustainable development for the said industry is Reduction in Product development cycle. The technological changes put the product development on fast track. In few months time the product can change drastically. So there is a continuous pressure to change continuously, The third most challenging thing faced in sustainable development for the said industry is long lasting product lifecycle. It can be argued that the there is a contrast between reduction in Product development cycle and long lasting product lifecycle. But the fact is that the product is continuously upgraded but at the same time the transfer from old technological product to new technological product on continuous basis is not happening. It is due to the insecurity of data loss in user mindset. So the user keep using the same product for long time. This is again put pressure on development of new product cycle. The last most challenging thing faced in sustainable development for the said industry is efficient product. Every IT product and the services are always start with the new invention and creativity but the rate of product failure is also high. it is due the the faulty and inefficient product development cycle. There are very product which are efficient yet serves for longer time without much upgrades and services.

Management Education -- Techno-Management Skills The intended study is focusing on getting a responses from two groups, namely, , 1. Director and Faculty 2. Student The Director and Faculty group was tested on following parameters from each group as follows, Skills responses details:- Table 1.0 Sr. No Parameters Remark

1 1.1 Essential Soft Skills The respondents are to rate 1.2 Essential Technical Skills their response on the essential 1.3 Essential Administrative Skills soft, technical and administrator skills expected from their students

2 2.1 Soft Skills possessed by your Students The respondents are to rate 2.2 Technical Skills possessed by your Students their response on the actual 2.3 Technical Skills possessed by your Students soft skills, technical skills and administrative skills possessed by their students

3 3.1 Efforts taken by Institute for Soft Skills The respondents are to rate development their response on the efforts 3.2 Efforts taken by Institute for Technical Skills taken by the institutes for Soft development Skills, Technical Skills and 3.3 Efforts taken by Institute for Administrative Administrative Skills Skills development development

4 4.1 Demand for Soft Skills in the industry The respondents are to rate

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 70

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

4.2 Demand for Technical Skills in the industry their response on demand of 4.3 Demand for Administrative Skills in the industry Soft Skills, Technical Skills and Administrative Skills in IT or ITeS industry.

The Student Category was tested on following parameters from each group as follows, Skills responses details:- Table 2.0 Sr. No Parameters Remark

1. 1.1 Soft Skills possessed by you The respondents are to rate 1.2 Technical Skills possessed by you themselves on the actual soft skills, 1.3 Technical Skills possessed by you technical skills and administrative skills possessed.

2. Role of institute in developing skills possessed The respondents are to rate their by you response on the role of institute in the development of skills possessed by themselves Skill Requirements of IT and ITeS industry Skills responses details:- Table 3.0 Sr. No Parameters Remark

1 1.1 Essential Soft Skills by candidate for recruitment The respondents are to rate 1.2 Essential Technical Skills by candidate for their response on the essential recruitment soft, technical and 1.3 Essential Administrative Skills by candidate for administrator skills expected recruitment from the candidate to recruit

2 2.1 Soft Skills at the time of Recruiting Candidate The respondents are to rate 2.2 Technical Skills at the time of Recruiting their response on the actual Candidate soft skills, technical skills and 2.3 Administrative Skills at the time of Recruiting administrative skills Candidate possessed by the candidate to recruit

3 3.1 Soft Skills Demand in your company at the time The respondents are to rate of Recruiting Candidate their response on the demand 3.2 Technical Skills Demand in your company at the of Soft Skills, Technical time of Recruiting Candidate Skills and Administrative 3.3 Administrative Skills Demand in your company Skills expected from at the time of Recruiting Candidate candidate at the time of recruitment. Objectives of the study 8.1 To study the sustainable challenges faced by the IT or ITeS industry. 8.2 To find the existence of gap between the skills sets offered by management institutes and skill sets required by IT/ITES. 8.3 To study the possible key factors responsible for creating gap between the skills sets offered

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 71

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

by management institutes and skill sets required by IT/ITES

Research Methodology The research methodology adopted for the study is as follows, The respondents are from the Management Education are Director, Faculty and Students and from IT and ITeS Industry are HR and Technical Personnel and other. All the respondents are responded on three major categories, namely, Soft Skills, Technical Skills, and Administration Skills. Following is the list of the sub skill sets under each category, 9.1 Soft Skills 9.1.1 Persuasive communication 9.1.2 Emotional quotient 9.1.3 Trustworthiness 9.1.4 Initiative 9.1.5 Resourcefulness 9.1.6 Written and oral communication skill 9.1.7 Logical thinking and analysis 9.1.8 Leadership 9.2 Technical Skills 9.2.1 Data Analysis 9.2.3 Coding and programming 9.2.4 Project management 9.2.5 Social media experience 9.2.6 Technical writing 9.2.7 Time management 9.2.8 Hardware and networking 9.3 Administrative Skills 9.3.1 Legal familiarity 9.3.2 Employee relations 9.3.3 Document management 9.3.4 Client relations 9.3.5 Business correspondence 9.3.6. Investigative 9.4 Sampling Details:- 9.4.1 Sampling Method:- Multistage sampling 9.4.2 Respondents category Management Institutes: - Director and Faculty, Student IT and ITES industry: - HR Personnel, Technical Personnel, other 9.4.3 Simple random sampling at each stage Sample Size: The IEEE online calculator is used for sample size calculation as follows, Director and Faculty:- 16 nos Student:- 28 nos. HR Personnel, Technical Personnel, Other:- 11 nos. Scaling method:- ‗Five Point Likert Scale‘, Data Collection Tool -- Questionnaire

Data Analysis Director and Faculty -- Soft Skills Graph 1.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 72

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Director and Faculty -- Technical Skills Graph 2.0

Director and Faculty -- Administrative Skills Graph 3.0

Student – Soft Skills, Technical Skills and Administrative Skills Graph 4.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 73

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Industry – Soft Skills Graph 5.0

Industry – Technical Skills 6.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 74

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Industry – Administrative Skills 7.0

Analysis of Skill Gap In this section it is to investigate the tools utilized during the present study of skill gap analysis amongst management students and selected service industries in Pune. The Skill gap has been assessed with the help of three questionnaire tools. First questionnaire is designed for the academic faculties and directors of management institutes. Second tool is prepared for self- assessment of management students for the skills possessed. Third questionnaire is prepared for industry responses. The three skill sets have been considered for assessment, namely, a) soft skills, b) technical skills, and c) administrative skills. Each three skills sets have various parameters and quantified with the help of ‗Five Point Likert Scale‘. The objectives and the purpose of these questionnaire tools has been prepared and presented with the help of below mentioned Table No. 1.1.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 75

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

According to the opinions of academic respondents, namely, faculties and directors, skill gap question has been asked to quantify existing level of skills possessed by the management

students (mentioned as variable ‗S01‘). Second question has been asked to quantify demand for these skills in industry (mentioned as variable ‗D01‘). The gap in skill sets has been achieved by subtracting existing level of skill (S01) from demand for skills (D01). The details have been mentioned with the help of Table No. 1.2. Table No. 1.2 Quantified Skill Gap According to Academic Respondents (Ques.-01) Average of Average of Skills Possessed Demand for Skill GAP Skills Parameters (S01) Skills (D01) (D01-S01) Soft Skills Persuasive communication 2.88 3.06 0.19 Emotional quotient 2.75 3.00 0.25 Trustworthiness 3.06 3.13 0.06 Initiative 3.13 3.19 0.06 Resourcefulness 3.38 3.00 -0.38 Written and oral communication skill 3.13 3.06 -0.06 Logical thinking and analysis 2.63 3.38 0.75 Leadership 2.88 3.06 0.19 Average-Soft Skill 2.98 3.11 0.13 Technical Data Analysis 2.81 2.38 -0.44 Skills Coding and programming 2.63 2.81 0.19 Project management 3.06 3.50 0.44 Social media experience 3.44 3.56 0.13 Technical writing 2.94 3.31 0.38

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 76

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Time management 2.75 3.06 0.31 Hardware and networking 2.38 2.81 0.44 Average 2.86 3.06 0.21 Administra Legal familiarity 2.69 2.81 0.13 tive Skills Employee relations 2.94 3.00 0.06 Document management 3.31 3.19 -0.13 Client relations 3.56 3.63 0.06 Business correspondence 3.25 3.38 0.13 Investigative 2.75 2.94 0.19 Average 3.08 3.16 0.07 (Source: Field Investigation) It need to be significantly highlighted here that, the negative results for skill gap, in fact, indicating that, these skills are possessed by the students but there is no demand in industry for that particular skill. Academic Respondents-Students (Ques.-02) Total 28 management students have been considered for pilot study and administered questionnaire-02 for canvassing existing level of skills. This questionnaire is basically a self- assessment tool and the data collected with this tool has been compared with the rating of faculty / directors and also with industry respondents. IT Industry Respondents (Ques.-03) Considering the same methodology, the opinions of IT professionals also analyzed to arrive at skill gap by asking two major questions. First question has been asked to quantify existing level of skills possessed by the management students at the time of job-interview

(mentioned as variable ‗S01‘). Second question has been asked to quantify demand for these skills in industry (mentioned as variable ‗D01‘). The gap in skill sets has been achieved by subtracting existing level of skill (S01) from demand for skills (D01). The details have been mentioned with the help of Table No. 1.3. Table No. 1.3 Quantified Skill Gap According to IT Industry Respondents (Ques.-03) Average of Average of Skills Possessed Demand for Skill GAP Skills Parameters (S01) Skills (D01) (D01-S01) Soft Skills Persuasive communication 2.45 3.00 0.55 Emotional quotient 2.82 3.27 0.45 Trustworthiness 3.36 3.45 0.09 Initiative 3.73 3.64 -0.09 Resourcefulness 3.45 3.91 0.45 Written and oral communication skill 3.27 3.45 0.18 Logical thinking and analysis 3.00 3.55 0.55 Leadership 3.55 3.82 0.27 Average-Soft Skill 3.20 3.51 0.31 Technical Data Analysis 2.82 2.55 -0.27 Skills Coding and programming 3.45 3.27 -0.18 Project management 3.73 4.18 0.45 Social media experience 3.73 3.64 -0.09

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 77

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Technical writing 3.73 3.27 -0.45 Time management 2.91 3.45 0.55 Hardware and networking 3.73 3.64 -0.09 Average 3.44 3.43 -0.01 Administra Legal familiarity 3.00 2.91 -0.09 tive Skills Employee relations 3.64 3.55 -0.09 Document management 3.91 3.91 0.00 Client relations 3.91 3.82 -0.09 Business correspondence 3.27 3.55 0.27 Investigative 2.82 3.82 1.00 Average 3.42 3.59 0.17 (Source: Field Investigation) It need to be significantly highlighted here that, the negative results for skill gap, in fact, indicating that, these skills are possessed by the students but there is no demand in industry for that particular skill. It is wondering to observe that in comparison with the academic respondents, more skill sets a observed with no demand in industry but possessed by the students.

Findings 12.1. Table 1.3 gives a skill gap average for industry for all three categories. The statistical value of Soft Skill is 0.13, Average Technical Skill is 0.21 and Average Administrative Skill is 0.07 indicates that that there exists a skill gap. 12.2. Data Analysis gives a skill gap for student category as follows, 12.2.1 Soft Skill Intermediate -- Highest -- Persuasive Communication Advanced Skill -- Highest -- Trustworthiness and Leadership No skills -- Persuasive Communication, Emotional Quotient, Logical thinking and Analysis 12.2.2 Technical Skill Intermediate -- Highest --Data Analysis No skills -- Project Management, Social Media Experience 12.2.3 Administrative Skill Basic Skill -- Highest -- Legal Familiarity Intermediate -- Highest -- Document Management, Client relations, Business Correspondence No skills -- Nil -- Document Management, Client relations, Business Correspondence 12.2.4. Table 1.3 gives a skill gap average for industry for all three categories. The statistical value of Soft Skill is 0.13, Average Technical Skill is 0.01 and Average Administrative Skill is 0.17 that there exists a skill gap.

Conceptual Model Development Skill Gap Parameter Identification Diagram 1.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 78

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable development Challenges and Identified Skill Gap Parameters Level 1

Diagram 2.0

Sustainable development Challenges and Identified Skill Gap Parameters Level 2

Diagram 3.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 79

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable development Challenges and Identified Skill Gap Parameters Level 3

Diagram 4.0

Sr. Name Short Form Particulars

1. SS Soft Skills 2. TS Technical Skills 3. AS Administrative Skills 4. GQoM Good Quality of Material 5. EP Efficient Product 6. LLPLC Long Lasting Product Life Cycle 7. RPDLC Reduced Product Development Life Cycle The three level diagrams are in a flow explains the possibility of facing and removing the challenges faced in sustainable development. At level 1 the skill gap parameters identified for available skills and expected Skills at three levels, namely, Soft Skills, Technical Skills and Administrative Skills. On broader level these three skills will play an important role the facing the sustainable development challenges. At Level 2, depend on the type of challenge, the required skills are grouped together to define the exact methodology for facing and removing the challenges. At Level 3, the solution is provided by offering the study and the implementation of the available sub skill sets, under each category, and also offers the customized Skill development program as per the type of challenge requirement.

Conclusion The study and the analysis of the skill sets required for overcoming the sustainable challenges is offering a solution which can be implemented. The IT o ITeS industry sustainability is mainly depend on the skill sets a company which needs to be develop and

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 80

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

maintain for longer time. The technical skills are to be upgraded continuously but at the same time the due the fast changes in technological tools the other skills, namely, soft skills and administrative skills are also need continuous upgrade. At Level 1 and Level 2 the identification of skill gap parameters and accordingly the strategy to face and remove the challenges are discussed. Looking at Level 3, it is must to develop a package of available Skill sets and Skill development programs for the sustainability challenges. The more the tuning with these skill sets with the challenges, more is the success rate. Any IT or ITeS industry may adopt a strategy to evaluate the responses from the probable candidates for recruitment as well as the existing employee skill sets evaluation and share it with the academic area time to time. Thus it will be a great help to academic area also to design various short term, long term programs which are designed as per industry and maintain a continuous communication channel for changes needed in the programs regularly. The coordination, cooperation among all three stakeholders to overcome the sustainability challenges is a future road map for development.

References 1. Vikhe Gautam V, 2. Preeti Agrawal (2014), ―Industry-Institute Employbility Skill Gap Analysis‖, International Journal of Research and Development - A Management Review (IJRDMR), ISSN (Print): 2319–5479, Volume-3, Issue–4, 2014 2. Mohtadi, C , McAree, O, Schlosser, J (2014) ―Bridging the Skills Gap in STEM Industries‖ published at 42nd Annual Conference, Birmingham, UK. 3. Azeez Nureni Ayofe & Azeez Raheem Ajetola (2009), ―Exploration of the Gap Between Computer Science Curriculum and Industrial I.T Skills Requirements‖ published by (IJCSIS) International Journal of Computer Science and Information Security, Vol. 4, No. 1 & 2 4. PrachiKapil (Feb. 2014), ―Bridging the Industry- Academia skill gap A conceptual investigation with special emphasis on the management education in India‖, IOSR Journal of Business and Management (IOSR-JBM), e-ISSN: 2278-487X, p-ISSN: 2319- 7668. Volume 16, Issue 3. Ver. III (Feb. 2014), PP 08-13 retrieved from www.iosrjournals.org

Bibliography 1. T. V. Rao, Siddhartha Satish Saxena, Vijaya Sherry Chand, Rajeshwari Narendran, Kandaswamy Bharathan & B. H. Jajoo (June 2014), ―What employers value in the MBAs they recruit: Rebalancing the management education curriculum‖ Published by Indian Institute Of Management, Ahmedabad India, W.P. No.2014-06-05 2. Laura Antonucci & Francesco Domenico d‘Ovidio (November 2012), ―An Informative System Based on the Skill Gap Analysis to Planning Training Courses‖ Published Online (Italy published) ―http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/am.2012.311224‖ (http://www.SciRP.org/journal/am) 3. N. Hari Prasad, Dr. J. Parasuraman (November, 2014) ―Alarming Employability Skills Deficiency among Budding Engineering Graduates–A Study on Talent Acquisition by Pedagogical Models‖, published by Advances in Economics and Business Management (AEBM) Print ISSN: 2394-1545; Online ISSN: 2394-1553; Volume 1, Number 2; pp. 51-55 4. Johanna Wallin, Olaisaksson, Andreas Larsson & Bengt-Olof Elfstrom ―Bridging The Gap Between University And Industry: Three Mechanism For Innovation

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 81

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Efficiency‖, International Journal of Innovation and Technology Management Vol. 11, No. 1 (2014) 1440005 (18 pages) ,World Scientific Publishing Company, DOI: 10.1142/S0219877014400057 5. Ans Kolk, ―The social responsibility of international business: From ethics and the environment to CSR and sustainable development”, Journal of World Business, Volume 51, Issue 1, January 2016, Pages 23-34 6. Thomas N. Gladwin, James J. Kennelly and Tara-Shelomith Krause (1 Oct 1995), ―Shifting Paradigms for Sustainable Development: Implications for Management Theory and Research‖, Published Online:retrieved from https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1995.9512280024, Academy of Management Review Vol. 20, No. 4 7. Pratima Bansal (22 December 2004), ―Evolving sustainably: a longitudinal study of corporate sustainable development‖, published online: retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.441, Willey Online Library 8. .Alexander Schatten, ―Sustainable Development: The Role of Information and Communication Technology‖, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems, Vienna University of Technology Favoritenstr. 9-11/188/1, 1040 Vienna, Austria 9. Adib Kabir Chowdhury and Shanmugam Veeramani (March 2015), ―Information Technology: Impacts on Environment and Sustainable Development‖,Pertanika Journal of Science and Technology 23(1):127-139 · 10. R.L.Ison, P.T.Maiteny and S.Carr (October 1997), ―Systems methodologies for sustainable natural resources research and development‖, Agricultural Systems, Volume 55, Issue 2, , Pages 257-272 retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1016/S0308- 521X(97)00010-3

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 82

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Smart City A Sustainable Approach towards Holistic Developmet

Dr.Lt Yashodhan P Mahajan Assistant Professor Head & Assistant Professor, Department of Accountancy BMCC Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Smart development is an urban development and transportation viewpoint suggestive of extensive sustainable planning and development. Its aspire is to attain a unique “sense of place” from end to end intense mixed-use development, a varied range of accommodation and employ choice, substitute modes of transport (transport, ambler and cycling), and evenhanded allocation of infrastructural development expenditure. The smart growth scheme is opportune though for the nationwide demographic trends, a rising infrastructure deficit, and well-built civilian importance in the quality of life and growth and development of the City. In ever more multifaceted socioeconomic progression and changes, today‟s cities as intricate systems will not be capable to counter to plentiful issues except they have a control model that can lithely adjust to external circumstances. In this regard, there is rising requirement for novel administration tools mixing solutions from diverse fields. The „smart city‟ is the right solution to the above issue. In this research paper researcher analyze the merits and environmental condition as well as hurdles and challenges to implements the smart city concept by Pune Municipal Corporation (PMC).

Keywords: Smart city, Challenges, Merits, Issues and role of PMC in implementation of Smart City Project, Holistic and Sustainable approach

Introduction : Management becomes the essential part of everyone‘s existence. Whether we it is a house, business, office, school or Government. Implied condition in above case presumes that group of people coming together for a common goal. To accomplish the common goal there is a requirement of certain aspects like time management and optimal utilization of scare resources. Implementation of smart city it is nothing but management of city. It requires holistic view and sustainable approach. We have to think globally and act locally. ‗Smart city‘ stratagem continues in several cases restrict to narrow view, ‗technological‘ approach. This approach assumes that the availability alone of smart infrastructure can resolve several metropolitan issues and made progress in the quality of urban life. Though, holistic approach, it does not deal with numerous socioeconomic factors and the genuine requirements of the populace. Accordingly, positive targets remain mainly displeased. Accomplishment of a holistic and sustainable approach imply numeral conditions, such as the capability to incorporate administration decisions taken at diverse levels and foresee how changes in one structure affect other structure; spotlighting interdisciplinary cooperation; and capability to deal with conflict to changes.1

1 The Smart City Approach as a Response to Emerging Challenges for Urban Development. Foresight and STI Governance by Boykova M., Ilina I., Salazkin M. (2016), vol. 10, no 3, pp. 65–75.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 83

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Mission for Smart Cities is an inventive and topical project by the Government of India to build up smart cities pan-India to facilitate economic development and improve the quality of life of community by enabling local development and applying smart technologies to make its people life better. This mission will cover 100 cities and its period of accomplishment will be five years i.e from the financial year 2015-16 to 2019-20. It may be continuous thereafter on the base of the output of an assessment to be done by the Ministry of Urban Development and captivating the study from the mission. It has target to set precedent which can be simulated both within and outside the Smart City, advancing the formation of like Smart Cities in a range of regions and parts of the country.2

Review Of Literature As per the Smart City Mission, this project will force economic development and get better the quality of life of citizens and facilitate growth of local areas. It will assist unite technology which will direct to smart outcome. The government plan to renew slums and switch them into better considered ones which will change the progress process and livelihood of the complete town. To channelize growing population of the town, innovative areas will also be developed around the already existing cities. Smart city project is a confluence of technology, information and data to develop framework and services. It will also generate employment opportunities to needy and disadvantaged community.3 Population residing in urban areas is rising year by year and further 60 % of the universe population will be residing in cities by the year 2050. Present day cities undergone with multiplicity challenges like as employment, economic development, ecological balance, and social change. These challenges, to some extent, can be resolved through the implementation of extensible solutions with the advent of information and communications technology (ICT). Considering the efficiencies, economy, effectiveness, and improve quality of life Cities that follows above referred approach are generally known as Smart Cities. There may be verity of dimension to recognize while defining a smart city. In layman‘s knowledge, it refers to a compressively designed city that bank on IT as facilitator to resolve several of its issues – with abridge of smart grids and data analytics on the demand of citizen.4 In India many cities has a simple illusion on the grounds of communal, dimensional, and economic. The fantasy of the depiction is through continual shift against an additional elegant, either unaware to or aggravate the manifold disagreement that have come to describe our cities. Many laws and commissions by central, state or local players are causative to rising discrimination, ghettoization, and invisibilization and peripheralization of the poor. A rise in forced expulsion, vagabondage, discrimination, and hardship are some of the ramification of this prevailing urbanizing criterion, which obtains the ‗predictability of urbanizing‘ as an indubitable truth lacking of considering its structural elements or bang on the universal ecology. 5

2 A Survey Of India‘s Smart Cities Mission by Prashant R. Lambole, Pushpanjali Chouragade, IJSER, Volume 7, Issue 2, February-2016ISSN 2229-5518 3 A Study on ―Smart City Pune‖ by Rohit Agrawal, Ruchi Doshi, ―VishwaCon'16‖, 19 March 2016, IJRAT(E-ISSN: 2321-9637) 4 Report ―Digitizing India by CISCO, CNBC TV 18, Money Control 5 India‘s Smart Cities Mission: Smart for Whom? Cities for Whom?, Housing and Land Rights Network, New Delhi, 2018

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 84

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Research Methodology Researcher used survey and questionnaire method to address the above issues. Questionnaire includes 14 questions (abstract as well as objective type questions). With the help of Google Survey Forms questionnaire was formed and emailed the same among the group of people. Researcher got the 101 respondents to the survey. The responses ware scrutinized, analyzed with the help statistical tools to draw conclusion.

Data Analysis Analysis of the responses of questions has been portrayed with graphical presentation

Do you understand the term ―sustainability?‖

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) Out of the responses 91% of the respondents are aware of the term sustainability 7% are not sure and 2% are not knowing the term. It represents that awarness about the term sustanibility and its relative impact on economic growth and development is understad as well as recognized by majority of the respondents. If your answer to the above question is ―yes‖ according to you sustainability relates to

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 85

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) 63.40% of the respondents recognize the term sustanibility as blend of logterm planning holistic approach, economic growth and inclusive development, 17.80% of the respondents recognize it as economic growth, 10.90% of the respondents considered it as long term planning, 5% of the of the respondents considered it as inclusive development. Literal understading of the term sustanibility says, avoidance of the depletion of natural resources in order to maintain an ecological balance. 3. Which of the following issues, you feel as it relates to sustainability. Rate on a scale of 1-5 where 1 is you least relate and 5 is you most relate about the following issues.

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) It seems that 70 % of the respondents feels that Resourse Utilization (highly rated) is the key issue primary relates to the sustanibility, 53 % % of the respondents feels thatWaste Management be given secondary isssue to be taken up, 45 % of the respondents considerd Roads & Traffic Conjunction should taken up next issue, from the view point of 43% of the respondents Education should have next issue to be considered as sustainability approach. 4. Whether above issues can only be solved by

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 86

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Out of the total respondents 37% are of the openion that above referred issues can be solved with PPP (Public private Partnership) model, 26% are of the openion that issues can be resolved by Public alone, 21% are of the openion that issues can be solved by Government alone and 17% responddents are not sure about how the issues can be solved. 5. Do you feel that your individual attempt may bring change(s) in the above issues?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) 85 % of the samples populations are agree on the fact that their individual attempt will bring the changes (workable solutions) in the issues related to the sustainable and holistic development of the society. 6. If your answer is yes to the above question, then rate on a scale of 1-5 where 1 is how your individual attempt will not sufficient and 5 is how your individual attempt sufficient to bring the change in the above referred issues

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) It seems that 58 % of the respondents feels that that Waste Management (highly rated) is the issue, which can be solved by the individual attempt. 52% are of the openion that issues related

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 87

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

to Resource Utilization can be solved by individual attempt. Issues related to Safety and Security as well as Education will be delt by individual attempt. 7. Do you feel personally responsible to make changes into Environmental issues?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) 58% of respondents individually strongly agree to felt responsibale for the issues related to resource mobiliztion (indirectely fails to maintain environmental or ecological balance). On the other hand 43 % of respondents agree to be held responsible individually for the issues relatred to Environment. 8. Do you feel personally responsible to make changes into Social issues?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) Again 47% of respondents strongely agree to felt individually responsible for the social issues. 50% of respondents agree on the fact that their individual behaviour causes social issues.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 88

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

9. Do you feel personally responsible to make changes into Economical Issues?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) Economic issues are the major one that causes a hurdel in the econmic developmentof the society. 59% of the respondents are agree on the fact that their individual attept will solve the economical issues for the betterment of the society. 29% are of the strongly agree to contribute individually to solve the econoic issues. 10. Out of the following which choices or activities describe your present way of life?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) Way of life (pattern of behavior of group or an individual) showcased the present state of societal conditions and will also decide the direction of futuristic growth and development of the society.69% respondents are not using plastic bags, 59% of the respondents promoting green

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 89

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

initiative, 50% of the respondents following a habit of reduce, reuse and recycle, 49% of the respondents believing in the traditions, culture and heritage of our country. 11. How would you get the more information about sustainability?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) 32% of the respondents get aware about sustainability through social media, 14% of the respondents understand about sustainability through e-mail/ website, 13% of the respondents get sensitize towards sustainability through community group activities. 12. Do you really feel that Smart City Project is the only solution for holistic and sustainable development of the society?

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) Smart City project will facilitate economic development and improve the quality of life of community by enabling local development and applying smart technologies to make its people life better. 59% of the respondents are agree on the fact that samrt city project is the key attemt for holistic and sustainable deveopment of the society. 29% of the respondents strongely agree

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 90

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

that smart city project will provide a platform for futerstic growth and development of the society. 13. You belong to which age group (Optional)

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) It is one of the most things to be noted that the people between the age group of 18-25 years are most eager, concisions about sustainability, holistic development, smart city etc. 83% of the respondents are of the age group between 18 -25 years. 14. Your gender (Optional)

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link) Again, females (56% of the respondents) are more concern than men (44% of the respondents) in understanding smart city project a tool for sustainable and holistic development of the society. Issues Faced By Pmc In Implementation Of Smart City Project Following are the most burning issues can be tackled by PMC while implementing Smart City Project:  Waste management (including all types of waste)  Sewerage system  Safety and Security  Crowed population

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 91

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

 Resource utilization  Potable Water  Uninterrupted power supply  Local Transportation  Roads & Traffic Conjunction Findings And Suggestion  Majority of pupils understand the term sustainability resulting into creating its relative impact on economic growth and development of the society.  Citizens recognize the term sustainability from all possible dimensions as a blend of log term planning and holistic approach, economic growth and inclusive development  Resources Utilization, Roads & Traffic Conjunction, Education are the key issues should be considered while thing about sustainability approach.  PPP (Public private Partnership) model, will be the most appreciated and acceptable way to solve issues faced by PMC  Citizens agreed that their individual attempt will bring the changes (workable solutions) in the issues related to the sustainable and holistic development of the society.  Waste Management, Resource Utilization and Safety and Security related issues will be solved by individual attempt of the citizens  Maintaining environmental or ecological balance is the sole responsibility of every citizen  People strongly agreed that their individual behavior causes social issues.  Pupils habits like using plastic bags, promoting green initiative, reduce, reuse and recycle represents their way of life to some extent it will help to strength the smart city initiative  Our traditions, culture and heritage is an inspirational source for being social  Social media, e-mails / websites, community groups are the medium through which citizens get sensitize towards sustainability  Smart City project will facilitate economic development and improve the quality of life of community by enabling local development and applying smart technologies to make its people life better.  Young generation are more eager, aspire and concisions about sustainability, holistic development, smart city initiative

Conclusion: Environment of Pune city represents dynamic perceptive legacy of our culture. Enlightened and educated citizens and strapping business surroundings are the additional advantage to become the best Smart City in India. It is the symbolic representation of heritage, culture, smart and leading citizenship which leads to put forth a pathway to become the most holistic and sustainable city.

References: a. The Smart City Approach as a Response to Emerging Challenges for Urban Development. Foresight and STI Governance by Boykova M., Ilina I., Salazkin M. (2016), vol. 10, no 3, pp. 65–75.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 92

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

b. A Survey Of India‘s Smart Cities Mission by Prashant R. Lambole, Pushpanjali Chouragade, IJSER, Volume 7, Issue 2, February-2016ISSN 2229-5518 c. A Study on ―Smart City Pune‖ by Rohit Agrawal, Ruchi Doshi, ―VishwaCon'16‖, 19 March 2016, IJRAT(E-ISSN: 2321-9637) d. Report ―Digitizing India by CISCO, CNBC TV 18, Money Control e. India‘s Smart Cities Mission: Smart for Whom? Cities for Whom?, Housing and Land Rights Network, New Delhi, 2018 f. https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 93

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Carbon Credits – an Enviornmentally Responsible Investment

CA Yashodhara Barhate Research Scholar Pemraj Sarda College, Ahmednagar, Maharashtra E-mail: [email protected]

Abstract: The rising awareness towards sustainable development has prompted the emergence of various global indices and agreements to encourage economic support to environmentally responsible investment. Carbon credit market has become a multi-billion dollar industry for credits issued under the Kyoto protocol. India is being heralded as the next carbon credit destination of the world. India is a Party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the objective of the Convention is to achieve stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. This paper highlights that the Local communities in Tier III cites of India could accrue benefits by reducing the carbon footprint and selling carbon sequestered by Clean Development Projects in Kyoto based markets. It is an exploratory research to understand the opportunities for investment in Ecosystem.

Key words: Sustainable development, Clean Development Mechanism, Footprint, Sequester

Introduction: There has been a rising realisation that human beings have a responsibility towards other living organisms on earth, as well as to fellow human beings and future generations. This awareness has prompted the emergence of various global indices and agreements to encourage economic support to environmentally and socially responsible investments. Environmental finance refers to a wide range of issues. It incorporates aspects of risk management, corporate finance, investment analysis, climate mitigation and pollution costs, and renewable energy and energy efficiency practices. The market for ecosystem services is so embryonic that most observers do not yet fully understand where the best opportunities lie, nor the full extent of market limitations. The investors will only start investing in the conservation, or sustainable use of ecosystem services under the following circumstances: 1. They are forced to by regulation or the pending threat of regulation in the (near) future. 2. Payments deliver a return on their investment (i.e. a business benefit). 3. Payments are made for charity or philanthropic reasons (i.e. donations). The Scope of Study is limited to the business opportunities that can be identified to enhance investment in Ecosystem  Emphasize the business benefits of investing in ecosystem services  Use the opportunities of a growing carbon market

Research Methodology: Research Problem: Lack of awareness of ecosystem benefits leads to low investment in Environmental finance. The investors are uninformed about what business benefits they would derive by

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 94

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

investing in ecosystem. It is therefore important to understand the need and opportunities or monetary benefits for managing and securing ecosystem.

Review Of Literature: Ktoto Protocol: The Kyoto Protocol is a 1997 international treaty which came into force in 2005, which binds most developed nations to a cap and trade system for the six major greenhouse gases. Emission quotas were agreed by each participating country, with the intention of reducing their overall emissions by 5.2% of their 1990 levels by the end of 2012. Under the treaty, for the 5- year compliance period from 2008 until 2012, nations that emit less than their quota will be able to sell emissions credits to nations that exceed their quota. The period for mitigating emissions by the parties under Kyoto is coming to an end by 2012. Carbon credit market has become a multi-billion dollar industry for credits issued under the Kyoto protocol. India is being heralded as the next carbon credit destination of the world. Increasing Per Capita Carbon Emission is a global problem to be tackled. According to study of environmental implications of consumption patterns across income classes in India, done by Parekh et al. (1994) the carbon emission for urban India according to the expenditure classes were given as follows: -

TABLE 1 Per capita carbon emissions by income classes (kg C/year) Urban 1989-90 2010 Bottom class 103.4 122.5 Middle class 245.7 279.4 Top class 873.6 914.7 Total 237.4 476.4 Of this consumption, 62% are due to private consumption, while 38 % is due to public or Govt.sector consumption. The direct or indirect consumption of each resource including food items, manufactured goods, energy, transport, durable goods, fuel etc. was converted to the carbon emitted during the production and consumption of that resource. Assuming a linear rise in the per capita expenditure values, we can calculate it for the intermediate years. Table 2 depicts per capita emission values by various income classes. TABLE 2 Per capita carbon emission, by income classes (kg C/year) 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Top class 873.6 894.15 914.7 935.25 955.8 Middle class 245.7 262.55 279.4 296.25 313.1 Bottom class 103.4 112.95 122.5 132.05 141.6

The emission reduction can generate income through the implementation of Clean Development Mechanism.

Clean Development Mechanism: It is a Market based approach that calls for private companies in the developed world to invest in low-GHG projects in developing countries as a means to achieve their GHG emission reduction targets. CDM has three objectives:-

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 95

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Assist Annex I parties meet part of their commitments under article 3 of the Kyoto Protocol; Assist non-Annex I parties to achieve sustainable development; and Promote the attainment of the objective of the UNFCCC (through GHG emission reduction).

Carbon Project A carbon project refers to a business initiative that receives funding because of the cut the emission of greenhouse gases (GHGs) that will result. To prove that the project will result in real, permanent, verifiable reductions in Greenhouse Gases, proof must be provided in the form of a project design document and activity reports validated by an approved third party in the case of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) or Joint Implementation (JI) projects.

Carbon Credits The primary purpose of the Kyoto Protocol was to make developed countries pay for their ways with emissions while at the same time monetarily rewarding countries with good behaviour in this regard. Since developing countries can start with clean technologies, they will be rewarded by those stuck with ‗dirty‘ ones. This system poises to become a big machine for partially transferring wealth from wealthy, industrialised countries to poor, undeveloped countries. A CER or Carbon Credit is defined as the unit related to reduction of 1 tonne of CO2 emission from the baseline of the project activity Let us say that India decided to invest in a new power station, and has decided on a particular technology at the cost of X crore. An entity from an industrialised country (which could even be a company) offers to provide India with slightly better technology, which costs more (say Y crore), but will result in lower emissions. The industrialised country will only pay the incremental cost of the project – viz. Y minus X. In return, the ‗investing‘ country will get certified emission reductions‟ (CERs), or credits, which it can use to meet its Kyoto commitment.

Research Objectives  To explore the investment Opportunities in Renewable energy projects.  To Study the Implementation of CDM projects in Ahmednagar.

Significance Of Study India is endowed with abundant renewable energy sources—solar, wind, biomass, and small hydroelectric—and the Government is working proactively to develop them. . The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), formerly the Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources (MNES), has proposed exploiting the full potential of renewable energy sources to increase generation capacity in the country. Since its inception, the renewable energy program in India has been driven by policies and promotional measures initially framed by MNRE and subsequently by the respective state governments. The promotional measures available to renewable energy projects comprise a wide range of fiscal and financial incentives, including soft loans, concessional customs duties, exemption from excise duty, tax holidays, and accelerated depreciation benefits.

Data Collection Both primary as well as secondary data was collected for the research.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 96

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The primary data was collected through focused interviews with representatives of companies that have experience of CDM projects in Ahmednagar. Experts and informants were consulted to identify potential for investment in renewable energy resources projects in Ahmednagar District. Secondary data was collected through literature survey of available scientific and non-scientific articles, case studies and reports about the subject.

Analysis And Findings Analysis of different renewable energy resources revealed the following Wind power generation projects: Among the renewable power resources available in India, wind energy is a promising source for further development. The country has 45,000 MW of gross potential and 13,000 MW of technical potential for wind power. To accelerate the promotion of renewable energy development in Maharashtra, Maharashtra Electricity Regulation Commission (MERC) will require licensed distributors operating in the state to procure 3% of total energy input from renewable energy sources in 2030, with a 1 percentage point increase each year until 2020 to reach 6% of total energy input. Companies which are licensed distributors could undertake wind power projects to comply with the requirement. The CDM project M/s Bajaj Auto Ltd. (BAL) located at Supa Taluka Parner, Ahmednagar District was studied. The estimated activity is expected to generate an average of 40 MU of electricity during each year of the crediting period. The emission rate of the selected baseline grid (Maharashtra state – western grid) where the project activity will occur would displace fossil fuel based electricity generation to the extent of the electricity generated by this wind project. Therefore, the total emitted emission reduction achieved during the 10 year crediting period aggregating to 3, 83,881 tons of CO2.

Bio-fuel projects The production and use of biofuels have been carried out on large scale in rural areas of Ahmednagar District. Surging investments in biofuels production are being driven by a variety of factors, that include the development of more efficient conversion technologies, the introduction of sound new government policies, growing international trade and of course, the rising price of oil.Underlying the growing commitment of governments to biofuels development is the desire to find new markets for farmers and their products - thereby providing employment, enhancing energy security and reducing emissions of carbon dioxide and other gases that are contributing to global warming. Bioenergy could in comparison to fossil fuels drastically reduce greenhouse-gas and air emissions if managed adequately.

Urban waste management Projects Not much has been done on the urban waste management projects in Ahmednagar. Governments and local agencies alone may find difficulty to cope with the growing demand for waste management services as these services are cost intensive. Thus, private investment, as an alternative supplement to government efforts in this sector is increasingly being thought of. This has resulted in modeling Public Private Partnerships (PPP) in providing waste management services to consumers. PPP recognizes that both public and private sectors have certain advantages relative to the other in the performance of specific tasks. By allowing

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 97

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

each sector to do what it does best, public services and infrastructure can be provided in the most economically efficient manner. PPP introduces private sector capital, brings in expertise and delivers public services. The nature of such partnerships is characterized by the sharing of investment risks, responsibilities and rewards between the public and private partners.

Solar energy projects Solar energy projects are not yet developed in Ahmednagar. For large-scale promotion of the technology, facilities should be made available to quickly assess the economics of a building‘s solar potential using each system. Study of thermal and economic impacts of absorber colour variations and selective surface use; and designing of back-up heating systems, low-cost, low pressure, long-life, and storage tanks with integral air-to-water heat exchangers, are some other pressing needs. Energy savings from concrete collector system installation on a fraction of the total building stock can contribute substantially to the total energy needs of the house at competitive costs. For many home and commercial building buyers, aesthetics is a primary consideration in the purchasing decision. Traditional looking homes and commercial buildings continue to have broad appeal in the real estate market. So designing such houses, which mimic the existing appearance of traditional roofing systems, should help their diffusion in the market. Companies can come forward to adopt the technology and contribute in the dissemination of these systems.

Sustainability Of Projects 1. The overall viability and sustainability of carbon projects is a function of: i. technical viability, ii. sociopolitical viability, and iii. financial or economic viability 2. Traditionally the up-front project investment – capital for community project design, preparation and implementation - comes from a mix of private, public and NGO sources 3. Carbon Finance (proceeds from selling carbon) can be used as a tool to improve the overall financial viability of community bio-carbon projects. Financial Viability Project financial viability depends on three points: 1. Sufficient financial provision for project design, preparation and implementation (up- front investment) 2. Sufficient project participation rates (short-term opportunity costs and benefits for producers of avoiding land degradation and establishing more sustainable land-use practices) 3. Sufficient financial provision for ongoing project management and transaction costs Carbon Finance hinges on carbon off-take and has a decisive influence on all three of the above facets of project financial viability.

Limitations The transaction costs are too high: As long as market payments remain ―one-time‖ deals, transaction costs will likely remain high. As markets reach more mature status, it is likely that transaction costs will drop, as new

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 98

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

institutions arise to fill gaps in the value chain, and as technical and institutional innovations reduce costs such as ecosystem service assessment and monitoring, and access to market information.

Lack of defined property rights: Weak property rights hamper the involvement of important groups of people who live in or near natural areas, but are poor, lack capacity and therefore have no means to enter the market.

Lack of aggregator or common regulator: In some cases when a potential private buyer is interested in securing and improving ecosystem quality, it is necessary to get many landowners on board, who function as suppliers in this respect, in order to really make a difference in changing or maintaining the quality of the resource. There is, however, often a lack of institution to serve as an aggregator or a common regulator, to ensure that conditions are met to implement a deal.

Conclusion International trade in greenhouse gas reductions is now a large and rapidly growing market. Motivated by requirements of the Kyoto Protocol and regional programs, and by voluntary initiatives, governments, private companies, and individuals have collectively committed billions of dollars to buy emission reductions. International carbon markets have resulted in new capital flows that are supporting sustainable energy and other climate protection activities. The voluntary carbon market is growing rapidly. Emerging standards could help to drive the market further, Reduction in carbon emission by Indidviduals carbon market participation can provide asubstantial boost to sustainable energy activities. The carbon market, being the most developed ecosystem service market, is increasing every year. Some observers project that it will increase to US$10-40 billion by 2020……the future for Trading in Ecosystem is thus bright.

References: 1. Parikh J., Panda M., MurthyN.S.(1994).Consumption pattern differences and Environmental 2. Implications: A case study of India., IGIDR . 3. Clean Development Mechanism and Carbon Trading in India by Jitendra Kumar Singh

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 99

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Carbon Credits; Environmental Sustainability and Economics

Akshay Ugale Assistant Professor PES‘s Modern Law College, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Man has been always indebted to the nature which he is also a part of right from the time of evolution. Although with the passage of time this relationship between the man andnature started to become more and more unbalanced and degrading for the nature and environment around. Since then the issue of environmental sustainability came forward and ways were thought upon to tackle this mess of environmental degradation. One of methods by which the issue can be tackled is of Carbon Credits system which can be used internationally. This paper tries to analyses the concept of Carbon Crediting in detail along with what lies in the future for the world. Also the situation of Carbon Credits in India and the huge Economics involved behind the working of Carbon Credits if done in the right way.

What are carbon credits? The problem of pollution started to gain attention and various countries started acting to curb the increasing menace of greenhouse gases at their individual level. The convention of climate change was agreed at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) in Rio, Brazil 1992. This convention was the very first step taken internationally to address the problem of climate change and came to be known as the Earth summit, 1992. Till date 197 parties have ratified this convention. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) has an objective to, ―stabilize greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that wold prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system‖. Later on for this convention was put in an operational status at the Kyoto Protocol in the year 1997 which made it legally binding for all the countries to follow the greenhouse emission limits set under the convention. The Kyoto Protocol was signed by the third Conference of Parties (COP) to the UNFCC in December, 1997. The concept of Carbon Credit was also discussed and finalised in the same Kyoto Protocol. The protocol requires developed and developing countries to limit their Green House Gas (GHG) emissions to individual targets. A very novel idea of carbon credits came in to practice after the Kyoto Protocol was adopted on 11 December 1997 with the objective of achieving quantified emission limitation through specific policies and measures to minimize the adverse effects of climate change. The Kyoto Protocol has created a mechanism under which countries that have been emitting more carbon and other greenhouse gases (including ozone, carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide and even water vapour) have voluntarily decided that they will bring down the level of carbon emissions to the levels of early nineties. The protocol provides for developed countries commitment to quantitative emission reduction targets, while developing countries with the opportunity of their participation to mitigate emissions through the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM). The Protocol agreed ‗caps‘ or quotas on the maximum amount of GHG emission for developed and developing countries. In turn these countries set quotas on the emission of installations run by local business and other organizations, generally

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 100

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

termed ―operators‖. The countries manage this through their own national registries, which are required to be validated and monitored for compliance by the UNFCCC. Each operator has an allowance of credits where each unit gives the owner the right to emit one metric ton of carbon dioxide or other equivalent greenhouse gas. Operators that have not used up their quota can sell their unused allowance as carbon credits, privately or in the open market. As demand for energy grows overtime, and the total emissions must still within the cap, mechanism of carbon credits allows industry some flexibility and predictability in its planning. By permitting allowance to be bought and sold, an operator can seek out the most cost effective way of reducing its emissions, either by investing in cleaner technology and practices or by purchasing emissions from other operator who already has excess capacity.

Carbon Credits and their impact on Environmental Sustainability: Positive or Negative? Now while the entire globe is behind the idea of more or less supporting the concept of Carbon Credits and Carbon Offsetting, the author would like to look at it from a more critical and sceptical point of view and if it is really helping the purpose for what it was started in the first place in 1997. Industries in developed countries buy their Carbon Credits(CC) from the industries in the developing countries. China and India are simultaneously the first and the second CC markets in the international economy. The developed countries as well as the developing countries both are in a win-win situation when it comes to carbon trading. The reason being the developed countries have to pay less for buying CC from the developing countries due to their strong currency conversion ratio. The developing countries earn a lot of money and capital from such trade which helps in their further expansion. Now the real question that stands up here is that do these carbon offsets really help in reducing the level of CO2 in the atmosphere?

Source: www.earthobservatory.nasa.gov The above graph has plotted the data compiled by NASA about the global carbon dioxide levels since the year 1960 onwards till 2010. The concept of CC was implemented since the Kyoto Protocol in the year 1997, although in the graph it can clearly be seen that yet from the year 1998 onwards till today there has not been any decrease in the global CO2 levels but insteada constant increase. Not only there has been a constant increase in the CO2 levels but also the global average mean temperature. The years 2016 and 2017 are simultaneously the first and

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 101

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

the second hottest year on earth since the 18806. The real cause of concern that we humans now to reflect upon ourselves is that, if the concept of reducing the CC has been implemented since 1997 and till today there has not even been a minimal reduction in the global carbon levels then are we going in the wrong direction? There are a number of issues in the concept of CC and in this paper the author will like to shed some light on them. To start with the fundamentals of CC, that if you are not following the emission levels in your own country you can buy the coupons of carbon trading from some other country who are comparatively better than you and then youbalance out your own sheet of carbon emission. This whole thing feels like postponing your own death by taking a strong dose of medications which will make you feel good for a day but cannot avoid your ultimate death. Right now because of CC the entities in developed countries are continuing to leave the same levels of carbon footprints they were leaving earlier. For that they buy the carbon credits from outside. But here one thing needs to be paid attention to is that in the Earth‘s atmosphere that extra carbon footprint has already entered. Due to the CC that the company/industry has purchased doesn‘t reduce the current levels of total carbon on the earth right then in that particular year. To clear this out I‘d like to give a simple example that let‘s assume that there is a large bath tub and the carbon emissions are the water filled in that water tub. Now if you‘re anentrepreneur in a developed country and you‘ve not followed the emission limits in your own country so you buy CC and balance out your own imbalances, that is you take out some water from your own water tub and pour it in someone else‘s tub. That means the level or the quantity of water doesn‘t reduce at all but just gets transferred from one tub to another. Same thing is happening with carbon quantities right now, that the total level of carbon on the earth is increasing considerably every passing day instead of decreasing. Second issue is that CC or carbon trading is not a solution which can immediately start reducing the level of Carbon on the face of the Earth. This strategy to work is going to take some time and no one is sure whether the earth can sustain this carbon pressure till then or will it collapse before that? No complex set of calculations can answer this question as there are a lot of variables involved in this and getting an exact answer to it is very difficult. Definitely converting to renewable energy sources, creating carbon sinks are going to reduce the levels of carbon in the future but what about the deteriorating life on the earth right now today at this moment. Carbon trading is not the immediate remedy to handle this problem and hence something more focussed and impactful steps needs to be taken which will give immediate results. Thirdly, the measures adopted for reducing the levels of carbon should be taken on a very larger scale only then it will create a forceful impact. For example, it is often suggested that more and more trees should be planted as well as the existing levels of forests should be protected because they act as the biggest carbon sinks on the earth. Planting trees will not absorb the CO2 in the atmosphere till it is at least 10 years old. Also how much a trees absorbs depend on a lot of factors such as the age, soil type, tree type, water quality etc. so just planting trees is not going to help but planting them in large proportions and caring for them till they grow old is going to make a difference. Fourthly, for the carbon trade to happen a lot of government employees, consulting bodies/ NGO‘s, carbon brokers of international level are involved. This business of carbon trading has been reported of some very high levels of corruption and irresponsibility where the NGO‘s, regulatory bodies or consultants have copied one report prepared for somebody being pasted and given for some xyz firm.That creates a big problem because if the carbon accounting is not happening properly in the developing countries then these ignored and unaccounted high levels of carbon getting accumulated on the earth will draw some very serious implications even earlier than predicted by studies.

6https://qz.com/1183099/climate-change-nasa-ranks-2017-the-second-hottest-year-on-earth-despite-no-el-nino/

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 102

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Carbon Credits; their huge costs and Economics behind it, The Indian Scenario India comes under the third category of signatories to the UNFCC. India signed and ratified the Kyoto Protocol in Aug, 2002. India has around 1/3rd of the projects registered under the Clean Development Mission(CDM) of the UNFCC. This means that India has a huge market in front of it as a provider of Certified Emission Reduction(CER‘s) to the defaulter nations. The number of expected annual CER‘s in India is hovering around 28 million and considering that each of these CER‘s is sold for an average of 24-30 Euro, the expected value is going tobe around 2400-3000 crores. According to a report on National Action Plan for operationalising CDM by planningcommission, Government of India, the total CO2 equivalent emissions in 1990 were 10,01,352 Gigagrams, which was approximately 3% of global emissions. If India can capture a 10% share of the global CDM market, annual CER revenue to the country could range from USD 10 million to 300 million. According to the simple rule of Economics of demand and supply which states that whenever the demand rises of any commodity its prices also rise along with that. Hence when the deadline dates for complying the Kyoto Protocol will come nearer all the nations will like to project their country following the emission limits and hence they will demand more of the CC in the international market which will ultimately push up the prices for the credits giving more profits for India and source of international currency. This will prove to be a very juicy economic profits for the nation as India currently with its ever increasing renewable source of energy aswell as increasing its solar power generations to all time high7 numbers won't be needing to buy CC.

Conclusion In the end looking back at all the things till now it needs to be alerted that the Kyoto Protocol or the concept of Carbon Credits and Carbon Offsetting is just one of the ways to save or beautiful planet which is abundant of life on it. We cannot just stop on these initiatives but keep on developing new mechanisms to tackle the problem of carbon emissions and protecting our planet. This is long way process but if started now then definitely we can save our planet from all the bad actions we have done till now. One of the greatest things that the Kyoto Protocol has achieved is bringing many countries on the same page and making them realise the seriousness of the problem of climate change. Now this consensus built by the Kyoto Protocol needs to be further solidified in a stronger body to fight climate change and come up with more and more concepts for successful environmental sustainability.

References 1. Reddy, R. and Suvikram, Y. (2012). Carbon Credits – A Step to Sustainable Future of the World. Research Journal of Recent Sciences, 1(ISC-2011), 388-397 (2012), pp.388-389. 2. Nair, S. and Nandkumar, P. (2013). Environmental carbon trading scenario in India: A Global issue of 21 st Century: A Review. International Journal of Advancements in Research & Technology, 2(9), pp.110-118. 3. Sherwood Call, C. (2008). The Benefits and Drawbacks of Carbon Offsets. [online] Greenbiz. Available at: http://www.greenbiz.com/news/2008/04/01/benefits-and- drawbacks-carbon-offsets [Accessed 17 Dec. 2018]. 4. Böhm, S. (2013). Why are carbon markets failing? The Guardian. [online] Available at: https://www.theguardian.com/sustainable-business/blog/why-are-carbon-markets-failing [Accessed 21 Dec. 2018]. 5. Tiwari, M., &Dhar, M. (2016). Carbon Credit and Finance: A Contrivance in the attainment of Sustainable Development. Bharati Law Review, 249-260.

7https://www.businesstoday.in/sectors/energy/india-renewable-energy-target-227-gw-solar-wind- government/story/278594.html

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 103

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable Environment : Carbon Credit

Alaksha Pandit Assistant Professor, MES Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

Abstract: With increasing human population, we are already seeing increase in the use of natural resources such as fuel, trees etc. which are nonrenewable natural resources and may not last forever. The depletion of natural resources threatens our planet and the future generations. Sustainable environment is the need of today. We all know that carbon dioxide is the most important greenhouse gas (GHG) and undoubtedly becoming the cause of global panic. The concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases is increasing in the atmosphere due to various activities like deforestation, burning of fossil fuels like coal, oil and natural gas etc. This has given an opportunity to trade of carbon credit globally. The main objective of the paper is to study about the carbon market in India and in International market. This paper involves the descriptive study about emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases, carbon credit and their role in sustainable environment, carbon credit and carbon trading promoting the sustainable environmental development by reducing emission of carbon dioxide and greenhouse gases. Carbon credits are certificates issued to countries to limit their emission of Carbon and greenhouse gases which are responsible for global warming severe climate change. Paper also includes Kyoto protocol and Kyoto mechanism. It explains the effect of emission of harmful gases on human, environment and other living things. Now emission of carbon is treated as a new market commodity, therefore it is easy for businesses to control their level of emission and the concept of carbon credit offered incentives for producing less carbon to the companies, individuals and countries.

Key Words: Carbon emission, Greenhouse gases, Kyoto Protocol, Kyoto mechanism, sustainable environment, global warming, climate change, carbon dioxide, non renewable, natural resources,carbon credit.

Introduction: Somewhere in the 20th century we saw our planet earth first time from the space. What we saw then was a fragile and small ball covered with patterns of clouds, oceans, mountains, greenery and soils and not at all dominated by human activities. But today, we see that human activities are not able to fit in this pattern and destroying and changing fundamentals of planetary system. Most of these changes are very severe and come along with life threatening hazard. This is a reality and there is no escape and must be identified and managed. With increasing population and industrialization, the consumption of nonrenewable resources, fossil fuel combustion, deforestation etc is also increasing, which results in global warming. Our earth is warming and undoubtedly this is because of emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. Greenhouse gases are the reason for climate change and global

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 104

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

warming. To save our economy, our land, and ourselves from the dangerous effects of climatic changes, the emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases must be reduced. We must specially save and protect our environment because environment is one of the public assets we have from the human system. Sustainable environment is one of the main pillars of sustainable development. A healthy environment is necessary for humans and other living organisms.

Objective: Objective of this research paper is ● Meaning of carbon credit ● Working with carbon credit ● Kyoto Protocol ● Carbon credit in India ● Effect of emission of carbon and other greenhouse gases on environment ● Case Study ● Responsibility of a common man towards sustainable environment

Carbon Credit: What is carbon credit: Carbon credit is an element of national and international experiments to reduce the growth of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. The major source of emission of greenhouse gas is the burning of fossil fuels. Industries such steel, fertilizer, textile, cement and many others are dependent on fossil fuels. Fossil fuels like coal, electricity produced from coal, natural gas are the main ingredients for all above companies. The major greenhouse gases are carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbon etc. All of these gases are responsible for global warming and for changing climate. The basic phenomenon of carbon credit is the result of increasing understanding or alertness towards the need for reducing and controlling emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. It encourages firms and industries to reduce their emission and get more environment friendly in order to operate their business. One carbon credit is equal to emission of one ton of carbon dioxide or other harmful gases. An industry that surpasses this limit can purchase credit from the one whose emission is below the given limit. This transaction of carbon credit strengthen the concept of carbon trading globally. Carbon trading is an open market therefore it is very easy and simple to purchase carbon credit from a number of companies like any other budgetary article. The concept of carbon credit encourages companies to keep their carbon emission level up to a permissive limit and this motivation helps them to sustain their business in ecological manner. Businesses come up with ecologically sustainable ways for operating their business.

Working with carbon credit: ● Company A produces less CO2 therefore A can sell credits to company B. ● Company B is producing more than the limit CO2 therefore it can purchase credits from company A. Example: If a group of environmental lovers plant sufficient trees to decrease the carbon emission by 1 ton the group will get a credit as an award. If a manufacturer has an emission limit

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 105

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

of 10 tons, but it produces 11 tons, it can purchase one ton carbon credit from environment lovers group. The carbon credit system gives incentives for reducing emissions and honour the country.

Kyoto Protocol: Kyoto protocol is an agreement initiated by UNFCCC (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change) and confide it‘s parties the target of reducing the emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases internationally. It was initiated in Kyoto japan on 11th December 1997 and applied on 16th February 2005. In 2001, Marrakesh in Morocco adopted and implemented detailed rules of protocol therefore it is referred to as ―Marrakesh Accord‖. First commitment period of protocol started in 2008 and ended in 2012. It is recognized that with more than 150 years of industrialization, the developed countries are mainly responsible for current high levels of greenhouse gases and CO2 emission in the atmosphere. The Kyoto protocol puts a substantial presser on developed countries under the concept of ―common but differentiated responsibility‖. This protocol was introduced by the international association to decrease greenhouse gas emissions responsible for climate change globally. According to protocol it was mandatory for businesses to reduce their emission level to prescribed limit or they can purchase carbon credits from the other industries or they can pay charge for excessive emission which is referred to carbon tax. In the middle of first commitment period European countries and 37 other industrialized countries have made the commitment to decrease the level of greenhouse gases and carbon emission by 5% as compared to 1990 levels. During the second commitment period that is a eight year period from 2013 to 2020 participated countries committed to reduce the emission by 18%, however the parties involved in the second period are different from first commitment period.

Kyoto protocol divides the countries into two groups: Annex I countries: All the developed countries are involved in this group. This is the group of the countries who have accepted the obligation to reduce emission. (Ex. USA) Non Annex I countries: All the developing countries are involved in this group. This is the group of the countries who have not accepted any obligation to reduce the level of emission but may participate. (Ex. India)

The Kyoto mechanism: The Kyoto protocol works on three main mechanisms, which facilitate developed countries to manage their emission limitation and reduction commitments to achieve carbon credits. International Emission Trading: According to this mechanism of international trading, companies can trade in the international carbon market if they are short in allowances. Countries with additional credits can sell their credits to the companies exceeding their emission. Clean Development Mechanism: In a developing country, the atmospheric effect of greenhouse gases is equivalent to the developed countries but the cost of greenhouse gas reduction project is lower than the developed countries. According to CDM a developed country can support a greenhouse gas reduction

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 106

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

project in developing country so that developed country will get credits for achieving its emission reduction target and developing country will receive clean technology and capital investment. Joint Implementation: Investment According to JI a develop country owing comparatively huge cost of greenhouse reduction project will start a project in the other developed country.

Global warming potential of different greenhouse gases:

Green Houses Gases GWP Carbon dioxide 1 Methane 21 Nitrous Oxide 310 Hydrofluorocarbons 140-11,700 Perfluorocarbons 7,000-9,200 Sulfur Hexafluoride 23,900

Carbon Credit in India: In India carbon trading market is growing very fast. According to Clean Development Mechanism India is one of the largest beneficiaries of the world total carbon trade. India has the second largest volume of carbon credit in the world approximately 30 million. The greenhouse gas emission is lower than the limit or under control in India. It is essential to sell the surplus credits to the international market. India is the preferred location for carbon credit buyers. It is assumed that India will earn approximately $5 billion to $10 billion from carbon trading. With an investment of Rs. 650,000 million nearly 850 projects are already in pipeline. India joined Kyoto protocol in the year 2002 in August. India‘s contribution was 25% of overall carbon trade in the world. The first Indian company started Carbon trading was Shree Pandurang Cooperative Sugar Factory Ltd., Shirpur. Total earning of the company was 3.97 Cr. From UNFCCC. The Fluorochemicals company in Gujarat was one of the early registered companies for CDM project. Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) has the regenerative braking system. It is the first rail project in the world which is using this braking system and earning carbon credit because it reduces 30% electricity consumptions.

Carbon offset and Carbon Footprint: Carbon offset also works on the similar method. It is another financial strategy to reduce carbon and greenhouse gas emission. A carbon offset credit is equivalent to one metric ton of CO2 or other harmful gas. it promotes renewable and green energy like wind and tidal energy and projects like natural conservation and reforestation. Carbon footprint is the total amount of carbon or GHG generated by an individual, an event or an organisation. Case study: (Telecom Sector) With an objective is to reduce the emission of CO2 from the developing telecom sector in India, the Telecom department has demanded their service providers to start a carbon credit policy. The directions were issued on January 4 2015. The department also demanded service providers to use technologies of renewable energy for at least 50% of all rural towers and at least 20% of all urban towers by 2015. And by 2020 further 75% of rural and 33% of urban towers.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 107

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The service providers have to submit a half yearly report of their carbon footprint to TRAI. Department also instructed to their technical body (telecommunication engineering center) certify all the products and machines by 2015. The officer of TRAI Robert J Ravi says that they have been asked to decrease CO2 emission 5% by 2013, 8% by 2015, 12% by 2017 and 17% by 2019. According to TRAI India has around 3,10,000 telecom towers of which 70% are in villages. Telecom industry needs electric power also conventional sources emit GHS. Moreover in rural area electricity is uncertain and use of diesel is use to generate power. Currently, 40% power required is generated by conventional energy and 60% by diesel. The telecommunication industry alone is responsible for about 2% or 860 million tonnes of the world‘s CO2 emission. CO2 emission by different sources: Sources % Effect Electricity 35% Transportation 32% Industry 15% Residential 10%

Effect of emission of carbon dioxide and GHG on sustainability of environment: arbon dioxide is present in the atmosphere for 50 to 200 years now. Emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases is highly responsible for climate change and global warming. It affects human and their environment. The burning of fossil fuels (petroleum, coal, oil, natural gas) discharge carbon dioxide and other green harmful gases. Carbon emission is the cause of global warming. It increases the global temperature by trapping solar energy into atmosphere Climate change raises the extreme conditions it increases the demand of water but supply of water decreases. Climate change is responsible for excessive rainfall in some areas and some areas face draught. It increases the level of sea it causes saltwater and increases the need of more desalination and drinking water treatments. also it creates dangerous situation for people living in coastal areas. According to NASA with increasing global warming possibilities of more wildfires, draughts, and tropical storms also increasing. this damage to infrastructure results in severe health issues and a huge loss of human life. Frequent change in climate desturbs agriculture industry and food supply.

Responsibility of a common man towards sustainable environment: We should understand that reducing carbon dioxide is not only the responsibility of industries and businesses it is our responsibility too. We can make some small changes in our day to day life and make our environment clean and sustainable. We all should try to reduce our carbon footprint by some changes in our lives. We can observe some basic practices like switching off the light and any electronic equipment when not in use, opt for renewable fuel and use of low energy lights LED for lighting. If a person drives 400 km in a car then he should plant 19 trees to compunset the whole carbon created by him it will offset all his carbon emissions as long as he lives. By doing a few easy things, we can certainly reduce emission such as

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 108

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

carpooling, eating vegetarian food, reducing the size of our landfills, not buying anything which is not reusable. A few simple changes can really make a big difference.

Conclusion : Carbon credit, GHG and carbon trading are still not common concepts for a common man. Mass Awareness on this issue is the need of the time. It is observed that carbon credit is an essential tool for earning extra income for developing countries. It improves environmental stability by reducing GHG emission. It can be concluded that India is emerging as a leader for developing country in the huge market of carbon trading. India is opting designing innovative strategies and effective portfolios in carbon trading. Carbon credit has a very important role in fight against global warming.

References: 1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_credit 2. http://updatepublishing.com/journal/index.php/rrst/article/view/1152/1137 3. https://globaljournals.org/GJMBR_Volume11/3-Carbon-Credit.pdf 4. https://www.slideshare.net/shabinlalu/carbon-credit-for-sustainable-development 5. http://www.legalservicesindia.com/article/264/Carbon-Trading-In-India.html 6. https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/carbon-credit-policy-for-telecom-sector--35732 7. http://scholarworks.rit.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.co.in/&httpsr edir=1&article=1007&context=jes 8. https://education.seattlepi.com/consequences-carbon-emissions-humans- 4138.htmlhttp://www.icmrindia.org/casestudies/catalogue/Business%20Ethics/BECG095 .htm 9. www.jstor.org/stable/24091866?seq=1#page_scan_tab_contents 10. https://unfccc.int/process-and-meetings/the-kyoto-protocol/what-is-the-kyoto-protocol/w hat-is-the-kyoto-protocol

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 109

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Assessment and Estimation of Water Consumption by Using Rooftop Rain Water Harvesting System : A Case Study of Selected Societies in Pune Municipal Corporation

Ashalata Amol Vidyasagar Research Scholar S.P.College, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Water, the need of life, is likely to pose the greatest challenge on account of an increased demand with population rise and economic development, and shrinking supplies due to over- exploitation and pollution. Although water is an abundant and renewable natural resource covering two thirds of the planet, a very small proportion of this is effectively available for human use. The study is focusing on the current scenario of water supply, demand and the potential of rain water harvesting system on water problems. The researcher has used survey and experiment based research methodology to carry out this research. In this research, peripheral wards has been selected because while studying various aspects of the water supply and water shortage it is observed that the area which are lying to the outskirt are suffering from much problems due to the further from core area.

Key words: Rain water harvesting, Rooftop RWH, Runoff coefficient, Sustainability

Introduction Rain is the Earth‘s predominant source of fresh water and rainwater harvesting has an important role to play in integrated water resource management. Rainwater Harvesting acts as an important measure to conserve, develop and utilize the water resources. An efficient conservation and scientific management of harvested water is crucial for optimum utilization of water for crop production, domestic use and industrial purposes. It should be noted at this stage that the returns from developing Rainwater Harvesting are not only of an economic nature but may include a diversity of secondary benefits such as generation of new jobs, the improvement of health standards and the prevention of migration to urban areas. In general, Rainwater Harvesting is the activity of direct collection of rainwater. The rainwater collected can be stored for direct use or can be recharged into the groundwater. Rain water harvesting means 3R (Recharge, Retention & Reuse). It is a technique of collection and storage of rainwater into natural reservoirs or tanks, or the infiltration of surface water into subsurface aquifers (before it is lost as surface runoff). One method of rainwater harvesting is rooftop harvesting. With rooftop harvesting, any surface — tiles, metal sheets, plastics, but not grass or palm leaf — can be used to intercept the flow of rainwater and provide a household with high-quality drinking water and year-round storage. Other uses include water for gardens, livestock, and irrigation, etc. Rainwater harvesting will improve water supply, food production, and ultimately food security. Water insecure households or individuals in rural areas will benefit the most from rainwater harvesting systems. Since rainwater harvesting leads to water supply which, eventually leads to food security. This will greatly contribute to income generation and economic welfare.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 110

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Objectives 1. To study the extent of utilization of Domestic Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting structures implemented by the Pune Municipal Corporation. 2. To analyze the impact of Domestic Rooftop rainwater Harvesting program on water conservation and water collection.

Research Methodology The research is related to the current scenario of water conservation system and the water problems. The researcher has used survey and experiment based research methodology to carry out this research. In this research, random sampling method has been used for the purpose of data collection at required strata. Primary Data: Primary data is obtained through a survey. Such data is first hand and original in nature. Several methods are used for collecting primary data like telephone survey, mail questionnaire, Google forms, personal observation and interviews. Particularly in survey, the important ones are – observation, interview, questionnaire, schedules, telephone survey etc. Secondary data: Secondary data regarding citizen‘s population, infrastructure facility of water supply department (Pipeline, Pumping stations, Valves) has been collected from reliable sources. Also, secondary data regarding Natural resources, Water Purification Plant, water distribution network, Water connection, tankers, and reservoirs is also collected relevant to current water supply scenario.

The Nature and the Source of Data : Data was collected using field survey data collection tool: a survey questionnaire, checklist and mock interviews. The survey questionnaire focused on water supply and demographic characteristics of the respondent‘s society, practice of RWH, type of RWH technique, water saving techniques of the society, economic analysis of RWH, etc. The survey questionnaire was pretested amongst five societies. The checklist designed by the researchers with input from experts in the field and a checklist used in an earlier study, provided a tool for assessing the state of the RWH system. Field survey was conducted from following societies, Pinnac Memories, Phase I, near Konkan express, Kothrud, Pune 411038. Pinnac Garden Co-Op Housing Society, Behind Konkan express hotel, Kothrud, Pune 411038. Icchamani Homes Co-Op Housing Society LTD. Survey no. 134, near Karve Statue, Kothrud, Pune 411038. Uttam Twon Scapes Elite, S. No. 154, Opp. Serene Hospital, Off. Airport Road, Pune, Maharashtra 411006. • Mont Vert Avion, Pashan-Sus road, Pune 411021. Analysis of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in Pune Municipal Corporation The Pune Municipal Corporation (PMC) has taken various steps to improve its services with water supply but has not taken that much effort for water conservation as it is very important for water conservation and an effective measure on water wastage and water loss. RWH would play a dual role by way of solving water crisis on the one hand and mitigating the havoc often caused by heavy rains, on the other. It is estimated that 31 lakh liters of water can be collected a year if RWH is adopted on one acre of land in Pune city. Therefore, if RWH is carried out in an area of 60283 acres of land, about

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 111

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

18685 Crore liters of water could be collected a year. In view of its inherent advantages, RWH has to be made mandatory for societies, row houses, and small households in Pune city so the coverage of RWH system will increase. As of how, only 1.46 % societies have installed Rain Water Harvesting System. Several scientists and architects have worked on the methods to be adopted in respect of RWH. 5. 1. Total number of Rainwater Harvesting Properties in the Pune city. Table no.1- Total number of Rainwater Harvesting Properties in the Pune City. Sr. No. Description Total Numbers In % 1. Total Properties 872348 100 2. Residential Properties 717015 82 3. Total properties having Rain 10485 1.46 water harvesting system (Source: Property Tax Department, Pune Municipal Corporation, 2017-18) Graph No. 1.- Total number of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in the Pune City.

(Source: Property Tax Department, Pune Municipal Corporation, 2017-18) Only 10485 properties are practicing RWH system in Pune Municipal Corporation which is very less in number. 5.2. Estimation of water conservation due to Rainwater Harvesting Systems. The area of PMC is 243.84 Km2 is almost 60283 acre so if we do not waste a single drop of water then we can conserve 9723 Crore Litres of water which almost fulfill our water requirement. Only residential area also saves 7643 Crore Litres of water with the help of rain water harvesting only. This is not an easy task. Each and every person should be educated about it and efforts should be made to installed RWH system in their own societies. Table no.2. - Estimation of Rain Water Collection by Using Rainwater Harvesting System of PMC.

Sr. No. Area in Area in Acre Average rainfall in a Estimation of Km2 year (2017) in Inches water conservation 1. 243.84 60283 (Total PMC area) 30" 9723* Crore Litres 2. 100 24710 (Total residential 30" 7643* Crore Litres area) (Source: Property Tax Department, Pune Municipal Corporation, 2017-18, Estimated figures are by Researcher)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 112

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

* Converted figures in TMC are as follow * Converted figures in TMC are as follow Sr. No. Figures in TMC 1. 6.65 2. 2.7 5. 3. Analysis of rain water conservation by using Rainwater Harvesting Technology in selected Societies. The table given below explains itself the gap between water demand and water supply by PMC and quantity of water conservation by RWH. The entire analysis is based on the field survey. Hence, all values are estimated values. The individuals interviewed could not provide information and they were not 100 % sure about all the values. Table no. 3. - Analysis of Rain Water Conservation by Using Rainwater Harvesting Technology in Selected Societies. Sr. Society name Total Water Corporation Estimated Harvested No. population requirement water water rain of Society / Year in supply / demand and water / litres Year in supply gap year litres in litres 1. Pinnac 200 1,11,60,000 1, 10,00,000 1, 40,000 80,000 Memories Phase I, Karve nagar Remark: 60,000 water deficit seen but they have 2 bore wells of 40,000 litres water and rest of rain water is flowing in nearest Nala. 3. Pinnac Garden, 200 1,50, 00,000 1, 47,00,000 3,00,000 1,50,000 Karve nagar

Remark: Still one lakh water gap seen, they are store water in 2 bore wells of around 50,000 and 100000 litres and 2 recharge pits water scarcity is strong in summer but they manage this collected water. 4. Icchhamani Co. 280 2,08,32,000 2,06,000,00 2,32,000 1,50,000 Society, to 200000 Kothrud Remark: PMC water storage capacity is good so water scarcity is mostly some times in summer only, two underground bore wells and 5 recharge pits are use to collect rain water.

5. Uttam 1700 10,60,80,000 9,50,20,000 1,10,60,000 1,00,000 Twonscape, Vishrantwadi Remark: This society getting water from two hugh bore wells for almost 24 hours. This is new society, establish in 2014, this society getting plenty of water by PMC, and four hugh bore wells. So no water scarcity is seen in this society but for getting benefit in property tax they are installed RWH and maximum peoples are highly educated and enthusiastic so various eco- friendly project are seen in this society. Saving water is using for gardening.

6. Mont Vert 2120 15,77,28,000 8,50,00,000 7,27,28,000 300000 to Avion, Pashan- 500000 sus road, Pashan Remark: Too much water problem seen in this society as this society is located at higher

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 113

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

elevation so PMC water is at low pressure which is not enough. So they are collecting almost two lakh of rain water and again they are having STP so one lakh water recycled and that is use for toilet. They having centralized water softening plant, and for remaining water they call water tanker. (Source: Collected Data from Self Survey) Graph no. 2. Amount of Rain Water Conservation by Using Rainwater Harvesting Technology in Selected Societies.

(Source: Collected Data from Field Survey) The following things are observed during field visit, Harvested rain water is not sufficient to meet water demand but this is beneficial for decreasing water stress This is the best technology for water conservation and ground water recharge. Some societies suffered from water problem for almost four months so during that period they have to call for tanker though they have RWH system. It means RWH system also needs good technology with high capacity of rain water collection. Societies which are located at high elevation actually do not have any better option than rain water harvesting but people are not interested in doing that. It means indirectly we are wasting much amount of water again. Only 1.5 % properties of PMC have installed Rain Water Harvesting System. Maximum societies are seen collecting water from 10000 feet2 roof area but the water collection quantity is very less. Many people are not going through proper education and management (Refer table no. 4.). Societies do not get any subsidies for rain water harvesting system from Pune Corporation, which is one reason for less coverage of RWH. People are not willingly investing money in the RWH. 5.4. Estimation of rain water collection by using rain water collection calculator

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 114

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Table no. 4. - Estimation of rain water collection by using rain water collection calculator * The average rainfall is considered 30 inches * The average rainfall is considered 30 inches Sr. no. Name of the Society Roof area Estimated collected Actual collected rain (in feet2) rain water (in Litres) water (in Litres) 1. Pinnac Memories 10000 6,91,530 80,000 Phase I, Karve nagar 2. Pinnac Garden, 13000 8,98,989 1,50,000 Kothrud 3. Icchamani Co. 15000 10,37,295 1,50,000 society, Mayur to 200000 colony 4. Uttam townsape, 20000 13,83,060 1,00,000 Vishrantwadi 5. Mont Vert Avion, 25000 17,28,825 300000 Pashan- Sus road, Pashan (Source: Rainwater Catchment Calculator, Innovative water Solutions) The amount of harvested rainwater depends on the area of the rooftop and annual precipitation in that area. From the field visit, it has been observed that the area from where rain water is collected is in-between 10,000 to 25,000 feet2 at 30" average annual rainfall. Rainwater which will be collected is in between 7 lakhs to 17 lakhs in a year. But actually, only 60 thousand to 3 lakhs water collected from RWH which is 10 to 20 times less than estimated values. This shows that proper knowledge and guidance is required for installing RWH system which in turn will give us good results as we have expected. 5.5. Findings 1. The rainwater harvesting system was specifically chosen because of its potential to be used to help those in developing regions who do not have easy access to clean and local water sources. 2. The water quality shows that the water is clean for non-consumption purposes; although, a simple filtration system may have the ability to take the water into the potable range. The water collected from the harvesting system is actually cleaner than many water sources found in developing regions. 3. Ninety five peoples on site with RWH structures were surveyed. The built area on these sites varied from 10000 sq feet to 35000 sq feet. Almost all households (99 percent) surveyed have PMC water connection. Residents of this area experience water shortage even though such situations do occur mostly during the summer, forcing people to postpone some of the household chores for a day or two. Dependency on Tankers is found insignificant.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 115

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

4. Respondents who have installed RWH structures have done so mainly because of the shortage of water rather than on their own interest. Only one society found installed RWH because of its own interest. 5. Citizens feel that the RWH, if made mandatory during the time of construction would be less cumbersome than when insisted at a later stage. A significant number of households have adopted underground recharge method. 6. If the citizens collected maximum potential of rain water by RWHS then they would conserve rain water more than requirement. Now they are conserving below than 15 % of the potential of this system.

References 1. Amos Caleb C., Rahman A., Gathenya John M. (2016). Economic Analysis and Feasibility of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in Urban and Peri-Urban Environments: A Review of the Global Situation with a Special Focus on Australia and Kenya,1- 21. 2. Umamani K. S., Manasi S. (2013). Rainwater Harvesting Initiative in Bangalore City: Problems and Prospects, the institute for social and economic change, 1 - 24. 3. Burt M. & Keiru B. (2009). Innovative rainwater harvesting techniques for emergencies: Lessons from the field. Water Sanitation and Hygiene: Sustainable Development and Multisectoral Approaches; Kenya, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 1 - 4. 4. A special issue on ―water conservation & rainwater harvesting for brihan-mumbai‖ Released on 15th Oct. 2003. 1 - 11. 5. Caleb C. A., Ataur R., John M. G.(2016). Economic Analysis and Feasibility of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in Urban and Peri-Urban Environments: A Review of the Global Situation with a Special Focus on Australia and Kenya. 1 - 21. 6. Pune corporations online open data source. (2018).

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 116

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Study of Application of Coase Theorem for Controlling and Compensating for Pollution Havens in Asia and Africa to Enquire and Improve Socio-Economic Status of the Citizens

Dr. Asha Khilare, Associate Professor, Dept. of Economics, MES Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. E-mail: [email protected]

Ms. Ankita Sangle. Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, Pune Maharashtra. E-mail: [email protected]

Abstract: Out of 17 Sustainable development goals set up in “Agenda 2030”, 5 of then explicitly and others implicitly have idea to create cleaner and safer environment for everyone.The major problem at hand is global warming with greenhouse gases being biggest culprits in way to achieve sustainable development. The solution arrived by the economists to the carbon emissions problem is carbon crediting and it‟s trading. Carbon credit system has been established in Kyoto protocol which allows countries to trade for any tradable certificate or permit representing the right to emit one tonne of carbon dioxide or the mass of another greenhouse gas with a carbon dioxide equivalent to one tonne of carbon dioxide. On one hand it is believed it could reduce the emission and on the other, it will be benefiting developing and under-developed countries with already lower emission to compensate for their economic loss. The paper discuss about Coase theorem as an addition to carbon crediting system. The paper is based comparison of Coase theorem and outcome of its Pareto-efficiency with the cost of creation of pollution havens in Asian and African countries. Research has found that by 2050, the standard of living of more than half of the population of developing and under-developed countries across the world will decline by 25% and hence the paper shall also touch upon the impact of carbon crediting system on the socio-economic status of developing and under-developed countries in the short and long- run.

Introduction Pollution is the process of making land, water, air or other parts of the environment dirty and not safe or suitable to use. This can be done through the introduction of a contaminant into a natural environment, but the contaminant doesn't need to be tangible. Pollution disturbs the balance of our ecosystems, affect our normal lifestyles and gives rise to human illnesses and global warming. Pollution has reached its peak due to the development and modernization in our lives. With the development of science and technology, there has been a huge growth of human potentials. Air pollution is one of the most dangerous forms of pollution. A biological, chemical, and physical alteration of the air occurs when smoke, dust, and any harmful gases enter into the atmosphere and make it difficult for all living beings to survive as the air becomes contaminated. Burning of fossil fuels, agriculture related activities, mining operations, exhaust from industries and factories, and household cleaning products entail air pollution. The effects of air pollution are alarming. Soil pollution occurs when the presence of pollutants, contaminants, and toxic

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 117

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

chemicals in the soil is in high concentration that has negative effect on wildlife, plants, humans, and ground water. Industrial activity, waste disposal, agricultural activities, acid rain, and accidental oil spill are the main causes of soil pollution. Water is one of the greatest natural resources of the whole humanity. The key causes of the water pollution are: industrial waste, mining activities, sewage and waste water, accidental oil leakage, marine dumping, chemical pesticides and fertilizers, burning of fossil fuels, animal waste, urban development, global warming, radioactive waste, and leakage from sewer lines. Apart from this a major cause of rising pollution level in the modern world are international trade through growth of e-commerce, shifting of industries to developing and underdeveloped world due to loose environmental policies and trade liberalization. Trade Liberalization affects the quality of the environment but the extent of the affect cannot be ascertained easily. The advocates of free trade assert that it helps in the improvement of environment quality. The critics assert that international trade allows a rich country to avoid responsibility for the environmental consequences of its high consumption by shifting the burden to the poor country. Trade may create pollution havens in countries with weak environmental policies. Trade liberalization leads to reduction in trade barriers, which leads to increase in trade opportunities. Trade frictions create a wedge between domestic and foreign prices but it does not generate government revenue. Increase in Trade Friction moves a Country closer to autarky. Reduction in trade friction leads to liberalization. This effect has been clearly shown by the ‗iceberg model‘. The impact of trade liberalization on the domestic price of the dirty good depends on whether the country is an importer or exporter of the dirty good. It reduces the domestic relative price of the import good and increases the domestic relative price of the export good. This dynamic leads to the formation of ‗pollution havens‘. Haven means ―Refuge‖ For given levels of environmental policy, liberalizing trade or foreign investment rules causes polluting industry (or firms / production facilities) to relocate to countries with weaker environmental policy. The ―pollution haven‖ view asserts that globalisation draws industries to countries with lax environmental regulation. When large industrialized nations seek to set up factories or offices abroad, they will often look for the cheapest option in terms of resources and labour that offers the land and material access they require. So far many solutions have been worked on to reduce the aggregate pollution levels in terms of carbon crediting between individuals, companies as well as the countries. Despite one cannot see a significant fall in the emission rather it has imbibed an understanding that ‗money can buy everything‘ wrapped into the packaging of so called ‗efficiency‘. Nobel Prize laureate British economist, Ronald Coase has drawn a close to efficient solution for pollution management. Coase, who believed economists should study real markets and not theoretical ones, established the case for the corporation as a means to pay the costs of operating a marketplace. Coase is best known for two articles in particular: "The Nature of the Firm" (1937), which introduces the concept of transaction costs to explain the nature and limits of firms; and "The Problem of Social Cost" (1960), which suggests that well-defined property rights could overcome the problems of externalities. Additionally, Coase's transaction costs approach is currently influential in modern organizational economics. One has to think of the air we breathe as a right which is non-attenuated by the individual. Here, we reach to the concept of environmental property rights and then Coasian

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 118

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

bargaining through the theorem. The Coase theorem states that given non-attenuated property rights, trade among involved parties will eliminate Pareto-relevant externalities, resulting in an efficient solution. In other words, when there are two types of individuals, the victims and those who cause annoyance in the form of pollution. If the victims have non-attenuated rights over the environment, the annoyance must be compensated for by the polluter. As an example, consider a chemicals factory producing useful products but also polluting smoke. If the initial legal framework gives people the right to breathe clean air, they could make the factory produce less or nothing at all. However, assume that the factory is willing to pay up to USD 5 per unit for the right to pollute enough to produce its output. If this amount is considered of greater value than that of clean air, people will take the money and put up with (the economically optimal level of) pollution. On the other hand, if the right to pollute lies with the firm, people can bribe the firm to pollute less.

Objectives: 1. To utilize Coasian market solution for emission (the externality) 2. To determine the viability of environmental social cost(as by Coase) as an alternative/addition to carbon credits. 3. To analyze the impact of pollution havens on the socio-economic condition of the citizens of exporting country.

Research Methodology: Cost Benefit analysis, application of coase theorem, taxes and subsidies under study Consider a Pareto-relevant diseconomy involving two parties, one is acting say, a multinational company‘s production outlet and another is affected say, the local people whose air, water and surrounding biodiversity is affected. This system is in legal environment and nonattenuated property rights with transaction cost zero and no visible income effect. The further process is for abatement of pollution which is the externality. An externality is a external effect (cost) of a private action or transaction that is not taken into account by the private actor. Social costs = private costs + external costs. Social benefits = private benefits + external benefits When there are external costs or benefits, a free market produces too much or too little of the good. Policies for externalities that make prices right (that is, reflect social costs and benefits) 1. regulation: allow the externality to the point where MSC = MSB 2. taxes or subsidies: levied on polluting activities to make MPC = MSC 3. pollution permits: firms are required to possess permits for each unit of pollution emitted and these permits can be bought and sold. The total number of permits is chosen so that MSC = MSB 4. assign property rights (e.g., to air quality): the Coase theorem says that costless bargaining leads to the efficient level of the externality if there are few sellers, few buyers, and low (zero) transaction costs. So we have well developed ideas about how to deal with local pollution when there is no trade (and a competitive market and information about how to estimate the SMC curve). If prices are right, then gains from trade analysis is standard. For the cost benefit analysis, potential parato-improvement(PPI) test is to be carried out. PPI is a change that could make, after compensation, at least one person better off and no one worse-off. It is identical to the maximum value of social product criterion.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 119

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

There are certain principles of PPI as follows:  Principal of Consumer sovereignty where test at individual level is carried out.  Pareto-safety rule in valuation: Individuals have set of rights like right to status quo and veto.  Aggregate rule: Collective decision ie summation of all individual gains and losses.  Efficiency is a necessary condition. Consider a complex environment E

producing services S=(s1,..sk,..,sm) value by people both marketed and non-marketed supplied at time t which is a function of relationships between ecological factors ie.

A=(a1,..ar,..as) of environment.

S1T=F1(A1) SMT=FM(AT)

People enter the system as modifiers of resource attributes. So,

A1t=g1(NT,XT) ASt=gs(NT,XT) Where, N is a natural systems output X is human controlled input activities

Consider a value of resource services. Ujt=Ujt[Sajt,Zbjt,(Sjt)b,Zajt) utility enjoyed by individual j in time t. Z valued goods and services not provided by environment Sb is the input for Zb likewise for Sa and Za .

Present value determination- t PV(E)=∑t∑jVjt(Sjt)/(1+r) Where, Vjt(Sjt) is the valuation of environmental services. Sjt is found by minimizing expenditure sub to utility maintained at initial level.

Consider a project ∆ Where X to X∆ E to E∆ At some conversion cost, C∆=∑tCt∆/(1+r)t Where S to S∆ are the changes from without to with the project. The net present value, ∆ ∆ t PV(∆)=PV[(E∆-C∆)-E]=∑t[Vt(St )-Ct -Vt(St)]/(1+r) Where,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 120

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

j ∆ ∆ j Vt(St)=∑ Vjt(S jt) and V(S t)=∑ Vjt(Sjt) If PV(∆)>0 then the project pass PPI by paying the compensation amount.

Analysis The Coase theorem states that the most efficient solution to resolving interdependent uses of the environment, including pollution cases, is a bargaining process among relevant property holders. If property rights are given to polluters, victims can pay them not to pollute, creating a market-like solution akin to a scheme for payments for ecosystem services. Alternatively, if property rights are given to the victims, the polluters may compensate the victim or buy the right to pollute. Thus, the cost of the negotiated outcome is shared between the parties without any external intervention. If transaction costs are minimal, the resulting allocation of resources will be efficient (that is, the resource will be dedicated to its highest valued use) regardless of the initial allocation of property rights. The creation of a market in the Coase solution internalizes externalities; however, it does not necessarily bring pollution to a zero level. In addition, obviously it cannot be applied to externalities affecting future generations or other species. However, one could expect that the pollution level would significantly be lowered if the ‗polluter pays principle‘ is applied. Apart from this, pollution havens are causing severe threat to socio-economic status of the citizens. Empirical studies show that if China's manufacturing is raising Hong Kong's particulate levels by 60 micrograms per cubic meter per year, then 6*55*1.25 = 412 infants in Hong Kong are dying each year because of China's cross-boundary pollution exports to Hong Kong. Even India, with 2.51 million deaths in 2015, India has been ranked No. 1 in pollution related deaths, according to a report by The Lancet Commission on pollution and health. Six hundred million Indians could see a dip in living standards by 2050 if temperatures continue to rise at their current pace, according to an analysis by the World Bank. Rising instances of Asthma, Bronchitis and the more dangerous lung cancer, mainly in the metro cities across the developing world is a common observation. The hope could be seen in case of Mexico, once a place where residents‘ courted asthma with every step outside, Mexico City approved what is generally regarded as one of the best and most comprehensive approaches to air pollution in 1990. The measures included everything from new fuel composition standards to new emission standards for vehicles. As a result, Mexico City halved some forms of air pollution in only five years. Another approach that could lower the pollution is Coasian oriented policy framework since it gives a marketed incentive for companies to not pollute. Recent studies on behavioral economics throw light on the fact that pain from loss is greater that pleasure from gain and hence this mechanism of polluter paying for pollution is ought to work optimally well.

Results 1. The Coasian bargaining approach is an attractive one to some: an economy may be able to achieve Pareto-efficient resource allocation (that is, no individuals can be made better off without making someone else worse off) without pervasive government regulation. 2. Environmental social cost: Moreover, Coasian bargaining solutions can be particularly interesting for international externalities, since there is no supranational environmental

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 121

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

protection agency with the necessary authority to impose abatement directives or pollution taxes. 3. Coasian solution is applicable to deal with socio-economic degradation of masses 4. Coasian bargaining also provides a scope for the victims to make the polluter pay for other losses like water pollution, landfills and biodiversity loss unlike the carbon crediting that focuses only on greenhouse gases emission. 5. This solution is viability even for local pollution caused by domestic industries within and not just pollution havens.

Conclusion Environmental Management issues are quickly becoming critical issues for business seeking to comply with environmental regulations and, going beyond compliance, to achieve the cost savings and quality improvements associated with adopting creative approaches to industrial ecology. In the near future, the rapidly globalizing world economy will offer diminishing opportunities for polluting companies to be environmental ―free riders‖ and to locate plants that generate hazardous emissions in developing countries with weak environmental regulations. The enforcement of environmental policies or eco-friendly market should be developed, that do not continue to be pollution havens. The problem of pollution havens is serious and the legal set up must be modified such the polluter could be punished and the victims be compensated. As truly suggested by a migrant family who flee Hong Kong due to pollution from China, ―you can drink bottled water but with air, you have to breath it‖

Reference 1. Coase, R., Problem of social cost https://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/coase- problem.pdf 2. Environmental justice organization, Libilities and trade, http://www.ejolt.org/2015/09/coasian-bargaining-2/ 3. Abimanyu, A. 1996. Impact of Free Trade on Industrial Pollution: Do Pollution Havens Exist? ASEAN Economic Bulletin Vol.13, No.1. 4. Ackerman, F., and Gallagher, K. 2000. Pollution Haven Trade Liberalization and Pollution Intensive Industry in Developing Countries- A Partial Equilibrium Approach. Global Development and Environment Institute Working Paper 00-03. 5. Low, P. and Yeats, A. 1992. Do dirty industries migrate? In Low, P., ed., International trade and the environment. World Bank, Washington, DC, USA. Discussion Paper 159. 6. Lu, H., and Huang, H., 2008. Dirty Industry Migration Globally and to China— an Empirical Study. International Review of Business Research Papers Vol. 4 No.2 March 2008 Pp.176-202. 7. United Nations, http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/WPP2004/2004Highlightsfinalrevised.pdf 8. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Science Policy Council February, 1995., http://www.epa.gov/spc/pdfs/rcguide.pdf 9. Fall in standard of living, the hindu. https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/rising- temperature-to-cut-living-standards/article24282337.ece 10. Matthew E. Kahn , Professor of Economics at USC Environmental and urban economics, http://greeneconomics.blogspot.com/2006/10/hong-kong-air-pollution-and-coase.html

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 122

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable Life Style with Special Reference to Gandhian Alternatives

Shubhada Chandavale Assistant Professor, Tilak Maharashtra Vidyapeeth, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Mahatma Gandhi has touched all spheres of life. Religion, ethics, politics, social, economics, education, health, law, agriculture; he has touched all the fields. While thinking about the meaning of the life of a human being, he did not depend on imported philosophy. He had deep faith in religion. He always thought about how the various processes in the society would turn to well being of the humanity and the universe. That is why irrespective of caste, class, religion, nationality, many thinkers in the world were influenced by Mahatma Gandhi. Mahatma Gandhi tried to provide an option to the materialism, extreme individualism and capitalism. At the same time, he was against communism, as communism destroys individual liberty and there is an extreme concentration of power in the state. According to Mahatma Gandhi, extreme individualism in capitalism and concentration of power in communism both have destroyed dialogue and biological harmonious composition in the society. The result is the creation of alienation, unemployment and poverty. Hence he tried to replace the devastating trends and tendencies to positive, constructive trends and tendencies. He questioned the very basics of western civilization. He was against modern western lifestyle featuring preference to luxury, aggressiveness, secularism, emphasis and dependence on technology, huge machines and industrialization, atomization etc. As the western industrial civilization is based on these principles and exploitation of weak nations it contradicts with ethical, moral values. The western civilization is based on the extreme accumulation of commodities, destruction of nature. Hence, the degradation of ethical human values becomes unavoidable. Here the point of sustainable development comes. Definition of sustainable development with 3 elements stresses the need for balanced economic and social development with environmental protection. According to Mahatma Gandhi, the culture which is in tune with nature, having a harmonious relationship with nature can substitute the present materialistic lifestyle. While suggesting the alternatives he has provided new ideas which are in tune with the concept of sustainable development.

Introduction After industrial revolution, the economic sector changed in total. It lead to industrialization, large scale production, exploitation of laborers, unemployment, urbanization. The mad race and competition lead to psychological problems such as tensions, unrest, increase in crimes and so on. The major reason of First and Second World War was to capture market and for that colonies for excessively produced goods. Present trade war between USA and China is also for protecting their economic interests i.e. trade war for market. On the other hand, there is weak movement for sustainable development by some environmentalists and scholars. Their studies are pointing out the reasons of ecological imbalance as greater industrialization, pollution, greater use of commodities, increasing materialism and exploitation. Exploitation on two levels : 1) exploitation of natural resources 2) exploitation of human resources, i.e. human beings.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 123

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Mahatma Gandhi who experienced both world wars, had expressed his views on large scale industrialization, its bad effects and its irrelevance to India. He also has suggested alternatives to large scale industrialization. It will be a great homage to Mahatma Gandhi to discuss his ideas on the eve of his 150th Birth Anniversary. The effort also has been made to put his ideas on international Dias through this seminar to find out how his ideas can be implemented in reality.

Research Method Research method used for this paper is library method. Primary data was available in Mahatma Gandhi‘s original writings and speeches, published in book form; which was made available in Tilak Maharashtra Vidyapeeth‘s Library. Secondary data used is books on Gandhian thoughts written by other scholars.

Objectives: The purpose of making this research paper is :- i) To know the economic ideas of Mahatma Gandhi. ii) To make an effort to find out whether his ideas can provide an alternative to present artificial lifestyle mostly dependent on use of machines. iii) To discuss about the feasibility of Gandhian alternatives in modern times. First, in this article we will see Gandhian philosophy, his ideas in brief. Secondly, criticism of Gandhian philosophy and feasibility of Gandhian alternatives. Finally the article will end with concluding remarks.

Economic Ideas Of Mahatma Gandhiji 1. Industrialization or Curse of Industrialization : According to Gandhiji industrialization is a curse. Gandhiji is against industrialization. In his article, Curse of Industrialization1 (CÚmoJdmXH m A{^emn) Gandhiji says, the reason of today‘s crisis situation is madness of large-scale production. In such system, production is not made taking into consideration the needs of the consumer. If majority of the countries in the world make such a large production, they will not be able to get market, and there will be a crisis. The reason of present situation of anarchy according to Gandhiji, is exploitation. Gandhiji observes that huge production is leading the European nations and USA to exploitation of other countries. While opposing the large industrialization, Gandhiji argues that there should not be a war between machines and people living in the villages in India. Machines should support human labour. Instead, presently machines are used in such a way that they are depriving people from their day to day bread. The aim of industrialization is concentration of wealth in few hands. Concentration of wealth leads to exploitation of people and villages. This exploitation may be direct or indirect or both.

Decentralization : Centralization is violence. Decentralization is necessary for individuals intellectual, moral, spiritual development. If a system is centralized use of violence becomes unavoidable to protect it.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 124

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

To avoid this, we must make our villages self-sufficient. All basic needs of the villagers should be fulfilled in the village itself. The machines should be created in such a way that they would be useful in those self sufficient villages. Small machines would provide employment to the people. Though, few large industries are essential for state, the ownership of those should be with state. If large industries are owned by private rich individuals, they should not be taken away from them forcefully or violently. The rich persons should voluntarily handover those industries to state. According to Gandhiji, industrialization is less necessary for any country, especially in India. Our life will bloom upto the full extent only then when we will think high and spend high level of life2.

Collection is not sign of Gentlemanship but is theft : Gandhiji says that, collection of things is against morality. Collection has close relationship with theft. Collection of more things than necessity is theft. collection leads to unequality and related woos in the world. If individual keeps the things according to his need there will not be shortage of anything. Poverty and hunger will not exist as a result. According to Gandhiji, a person should get amenities and luxury upto the extent. Beyond limitation, the amenities and luxury becomes hindrance in the development of an individual. Hence, the basic feature of true civilization is not to increase but decrease the needs thoughtfully. As we start decreasing luxuries and collection, our inner happiness, satisfaction increases automatically.

Idea of Trusteeship : Mahatma Gandhiji put forth idea of trusteeship. The idea is that the rich persons in society should use their own property not as its owner but as trustee. He should not spend a pai more than ordinary common people for him or his family. Rich persons should become trustee of their property, on behalf of the society he should work. He should feel himself as servant of society. When an individual would feel himself as servant of the society, he will earn money for the society, will spend the earned money for society. His earning will be automatically pure. His functions, actions would become non-violent. This will bring non- violent revolution in society.

Gandhiji and Sarvodaya views on Communism : "g~ ^y{‗ JmonmbH s' All land belongs to God. Here Gopal means people. Gandhiji says that our ancestors have given us real socialism i.e. ―Sarvodaya‘, uprising of all, well being of all. He is against communism, against class struggle in communism. Before classless society; the class – struggle, class war is unavoidable where blood shading, revolution takes place. Violence is there. Gandhiji opposes this. He argues, we should try to find out the solution of the issue of property and labour based on traditions and concepts in our culture and tradition. We should not follow western concepts blindly.

Less Governance ; In India, after independence, the Government should be least. The government will be four tierd. At the bottom level Gram Panchayats will exist. The whole village will be ruled by Gram Panchayats. Then there will be second tier on district level. The members will be elected by Gram Panchayats. 3rd tier will be at regional level. Here the members will be elected by

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 125

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

district level. At the apex there will be central government. More powers will be enjoyed by bottom level Gram Panchyats. The central level body will take decisions only which are essential for national level. Such as defense, foreign affairs etc.

Plan for India : Small Scale Industries (‘ooaooaoooo gnZm||H||H m ^maV) Khadi is a symbol of cottage industries. Khadi is a symbol of self sufficiency. Cottage industries should be there in villages or towns. The needs of people living in the village should be fulfilled in that village only. Gandhiji argues that when the commodities made in cottage industries from the same town will be likened and preferred by us, and we will use them with priority, then only poverty, starving, laziness, unemployment will come to an end. Free Bharat will come into existence. This is a dream of Mahatma Gandhiji.

Life Style for Welfare of all (gd©©©© H ë¶mUH mar OrdZnÕVr) There should be such type of economic system, not only in India but all over in world that nobody will face deficiency of food and clothes. This will become possible only then when all the means of production will be controlled by the people. Gandhiji says, I do not defer between ethics and economics. The economics allowing one nation to exploite another is unethical .The people not giving proper wages to their workers and make their exploitation is sinful. How to bring economic equality through non-violence? Gandhiji‘s answer is, each individual should reduce his needs. Live controlled life. Then only it is possible.

Feasibility Of Gandhian Alternatives During Gandhiji‘s time, the terminology of ‗sustainable development did not exist. But if you go to the ancient Indian culture, you will find that the system was eco friendly. The life of the people was in tune with the mother nature. There was no term ‗sustainable development‘ because there was no imbalance between human being and nature. The problem of sustainable development emerged only after industrialization. After the large scale industrialization, its sins came to surface. The discussion on sustainable development began. During Gandhian period also, there was no discussion on the term called ‗sustainable development‘. Even though, his thinking is in tune with the idea of sustainable development. In the book ‗India in My Dreams (‗oao gnZm|H m ^maV), various articles and speeches from Gandhiji are collected where he has explained his ideas on future of India. While discussing about industrialization he says ‗curse of industrialization‘. The title of article starts with word ‗curse‘. In this article he says that currently scholar‘s term modernization for material development which results in conflict and war. According to Gandhiji, the reason of the crisis is madness of huge production. If majority of the nations in the world start huge production there will be shortage of market and crisis and conflict will exist. (Here one can refer to present crisis between USA and China). While explaining the Psychology behind this, Gandhiji says the reason of present anarchy is exploitation. Exploitation of other nations because of industrialization. Use of machines are leading few people in becoming rich, exploiting millions of people. The purpose of industrialization, Gandhiji says, is not welfare of people but the fascination of few people to become rich and more rich.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 126

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Mahatma Gandhiji raises a question on imitation of western model of development in India. He questions, in India, do we really need western culture? His reply is ‗no‘ to this question. The explanation is, western culture is basically an ‗urban‘ culture which is suitable for Europe and America. India should not follow model of western culture. There is no need to opt this model. To explain this point more, Gandhiji gives an example. On south and North pole of the earth, the climate is icy and cold. Hence, people there, wear warm woolen clothes. But in our hot climate, same clothes are unfit. In the same way in our county, over use of large machines is unnecessary, unfit. Instead of heavy industries he emphasis‘s on small scale industries. For this he promotes idea of self sufficient village system. In those villages people will be having less needs. Those needs will be fulfilled by the village artisans. With promoting idea of simple living and high thinking, Gandhiji wants to enhance high level of moral in the individuals. Idea of trusteeship also needs high level morality. Gandhiji is against violence. Hence he opposes blood shading and revolution and communism. He wants to have a society without exploitation. Capitalism is based on exploitation. Hence he opposes it. He wants to see his dream model not only in India but all over in world so that the world can have non-violence, peace and co-existence.

Critism Of Gandhian Thoughts Simple living high thinking : The real problem is whether those thoughts could be implemented in reality. The common people are so use to with mechanization and artificially created needs, that it is difficult for them (not impossible) to switch over to simple living with minimum necessities. Self-sufficient Villages : The old design of self-sufficient villages is changed. Today‘s villages are copying mostly the urban culture and lifestyle. Is it possible to reverse them? Idea of Trusteeship : All the rich persons using their own wealth only to fulfill their minimum day to day need. They will not spend luxurious life. This seems impossible. Because the actual trend which is observed is exactly against this.

Less Governance : Gandhiji is in favour of less governance. Minimum role of state in day to day life. But in modern days role of state is increasing and a person depends more and more on government. Hence is it possible?

Conclusion Yes, in self sufficient villages, where the use of machines is minimum, the life is simple uncomplicated. Minimum role of government is possible. Where persons living simple life the needs will be automatically less. Tensions, competition will be least. There will be little space for jealousy, enemity etc. This will reduce role of police, courts, governance. For all these changes high level of morale is necessary. In the idea of trusteeship also, rich persons using all their wealth for society, living simple life as a trustee of the wealth of society; surely needs high morality. Is it possible for all is a real question.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 127

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

It can be suggested that on experimental level some villages, towns can be created or selected. where Ghandhian dream model can be implemented. But for whole nation in current international senario it is not feasible.

Keywords : Trusteeship : Where a person is appointed and works on behalf of somebody else. In Gandhian view, for society. Governance : Rule, control, authority, coercive power of the polity or state. Curse : Imprecation, malediction, malism Decentralization : Distribution of power among many instead of concentration.

References: 1. Flag Henry, (2002), A study of Gandhi‘s Basic Education, New Delhi, National Book Trust. 2. Gandhi Mohandas Karmchand, (1969), Mere Sapanoka Bharat (Hindi), Varanasi, Sarva Seva Sangha Prakashan. 3. Gandhi Mohandas Karamchand, (1948), Sankshipta Atmakatha (Hindi), (A Brief Autobiography), edited by Desai Mahadeobhai, Upadhyay Haribhau, New Delhi, Sasta Sahitya Mandal. 4. Nanda B.R. (1985), Gandhi and His Critics, Delhi, Oxford university Press

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 128

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Developing A Potential For Sustainability of Medical Tourism in India

Dr. Harish B. Badwaik Assistant Professor, Smt. L.R.T. College of Commerce, Akola. Maharashtra E mail :[email protected]

Abstract Sound health is of paramount importance for the human being.Since centuries, people travelled across the countries for the purpose ofmedical treatment. As India, on one side, is the mother of traditional medical system like Ayurveda and Naturopathy etc., it is also developed in modernmedical treatment including complex surgeries at affordable cost compared to developed countries. The statistical data shows that tourism industry in India is one of the foremost growth centre in the world. India‟s share in tourist arrival is improving and tourist coming for medical treatment is also one of the major reasons making it one of the largest net earner of foreign exchange. In terms of job creation also,this sector creates more jobs per million rupees of investment plan, than any other sector of economy. Hence, tourismsector in general and medical tourismin particular can bring win –win situation to the economy in 21st Century. But sustainability of the environment and development of tourism are not separate challenges. All the stakeholders are forced to concern themselves with the impacts of ecological stress upon the prospects of tourism. Ecology, environment and tourism are becoming ever-more interrelated as far as causes and effects on the social and economic sustainability. In this context, some related issues concerning environment conservation, social responsibility of tourismsector, increasing global competition and sustainability of medical tourism become very crucial for development of Health-care sector on one side and protection of environment on the other. The above criteria is a prerequisite for India to become a popular Medical tourism destination in the world, which can be fulfilled with efforts of Government and Non-government organizations. The present study,focus on various issues comprising development and sustainability of this emerging sector in India.

Key Words: Medical Tourism, Forex Earnings, Global Competition, Sustainability and Environmental issues, Economic Development.

Introduction:- Medical tourism is the travel of people to another country for the purpose of getting medical treatment. Traditionally, peopletravel from less developed countries to major medical centers in highly developed countries for medical treatment because of unavailability in their own country. But, the recent decade has shown a different trend in which people travel from developed countries to third world countries for medical treatments because of cost consideration- though the traditional pattern is still going. The medical servicesmay typically include elective procedures, complex specialized surgeries viz., hip replacement, cosmetic surgeries, heart surgery anddental procedure. Apart from this, many foreigners are attracted towards traditional medical system like Ayurveda and Naturopathy etc.

Tourism in India: - Tourism is perceived as an integral part in the modern day social life. The tourism phenomenon has attracted almost the entire world. Along with industrialization and rapid advancement in technology, Tourism industry has grown rapidly throughout the world.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 129

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Table 1: Share of India in International Tourist Arrivals &Foreign Exchange Earnings. Sr. Year International FTAs in Percentage share and Foreign Exchange Tourist India rank of India in Earnings from Arrivals of (in Million) World FTAs Tourism world. % Share Rank in India (US $ (in Million) Million) 1 2003 691.0 2.73 0.39 51st 4463 2 2006 846.0 4.45 0.53 44th 8634 3 2009 883.0 5.17 0.59 41st 11136 4 2013 1087.0 6.97 0.64 42nd 18445 5 2017 1323 10.04 1.17 26th 27310 (Source: Incredible India, Ministry of Tourism, GoI, 2009, July 2014 &www.tourism.gov.in/Indiatourismstatistics2018) From the above data it can be said that growth in Foreign Tourist Arrivals and Foreign Exchange Earnings through tourism go hand in hand and that the increase in Foreign Tourist Arrivals results in increase in Foreign Exchange Earnings. In developed as well as in developing economies all over the world especially the European and South East Asian countries, rapid economic development could take place because of foreign tourist inflow which increased continuously. Promotion of tourism thus offers a key to economic growth. According to a report of World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) Report India‘s Travel and Tourism sector ranks 7th in the world in terms of contribution to country‘s GDP. According to data, the World Travel and Tourism sector generated Rs. 14.1 trillion (USD 208.9 billion) in 2016, which is world‘s 7th largest in terms of absolute size, the sum is equivalent to 9.6 % of India‘s GDP2.

Problem Statement: The present research work is titled as ―Developing a Potential for Sustainability of Medical Tourism in India‖ The facets that aroused the curiosity and led to formulation of the present problem were status of medical tourism sector, efforts undertaken by many stakeholders including government and non-government organizationsetc.. Researches in some of the evolving sectors of service industry are the need of the time and so are in vogue. The study of development efforts of a specific sector at national level, with some aspects leaving significant impact can address the problems and challenges of the industry at different levels and ensures sustainability. In order to study the potential for development of medical tourism in India, a research was conducted with the following objectives:

Objectives of the Study: 1) To study potential of medical tourism sector of India for sustainable development in global context. 2) To study the environment for development of medical tourism. 3) To study the prospects in tourism for ensuring social and environmental sustainability.

Research Methodology: The present research paper adopted a descriptive research methodology which is based on the secondary data sources. The present study is based on the facts and figures available to

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 130

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

secondary data sources.This paper examines the role of Government and other stakeholders in fostering or constraining development of medical tourism.

Global Scenario of Medical Tourism:- Globally compared, there exist significant cost differences among US, UK and South Asian countries. A reasonable medical treatment gives India a competitive edge. The price comparison tablebelow, prove the financial viability of Indian healthcare industry. Table 2: Price Comparison of Selected Surgeries in Different Economies: Medical USA India S. Israel Thailan Malaysi Singapor procedure Korea d a e Heart Bypass $123,0 $7,900 $26,000 $28,000 $15,000 $12,100 $17,200 00 Angioplasty $28,20 $5,700 $17,700 $7,500 $4,200 $8,000 $13,400 0 Heart Valve $170,0 $9,500 $39,900 $28,500 $17,200 $13,500 $16,900 Replacement 00 Hip $40,36 $7,200 $21,000 $36,000 $17,000 $8,000 $13,900 Replacement 4 Hip $28,00 $9,700 $19,500 $20,100 $13,500 $12,500 $16,350 Resurfacing 0 Knee $35,00 $6,600 $17,500 $25,000 $14,000 $7,700 $16,000 Replacement 0 Spinal Fusion $110,0 $10,300 $16,900 $33,500 $9,500 $6,000 $12,800 00 Dental $2,500 $900 $1,350 $1,200 $1,720 $1,500 $2,700 Implant Lap Band $14,00 $7,300 $10,200 $17,300 $11,500 $8,150 $9,200 0 Gastric $25,00 $7,000 $10,900 $24,000 $16,800 $9,900 $13,700 Bypass 0 Hysterectomy $15,40 $3,200 $10,400 $14,500 $3,650 $4,200 $10,400 0 Breast $6,400 $3,000 $3,800 $3,800 $3,500 $3,800 $8,400 Implants Rhinoplasty $6,500 $2,400 $3,980 $4,600 $3,300 $2,200 $2,200 Face Lift $11,00 $3,500 $6,000 $6,800 $3,950 $3,550 $440 0 Liposuction $5,500 $2,800 $2,900 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,900 Lasik (both $4,000 $1,000 $1,700 $3,800 $2,310 $3,450 $3,800 eyes) Cornea (per $17,50 $2,800 N/A N/A $3,600 N/A $9,000 eye) 0 Cataract $3,500 $1,500 $3,700 $1,800 $3,000 $3,250 surgery (per eye) IVF $12,40 $2,500 $7,900 $5,500 $4,100 $6,900 $14,900 Treatment 0 Source: https:// medicaltourism.com/ Forms/price-comparison.aspx Note : Approximate prices are as of year 2018

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 131

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The data from the above table explains us that medical tourists save 75% to 95% of healthcare costs in India which makes India more competent. In fact, the above data shows that India is least expensive when compared to European as well as other Asian countries.

Current Status of Medical Tourism in India: In the past few years, Asia has taken the lead as one of the most preferred destination for medical value travel. Primary growth levers in this regard include low priced treatment options, availability of variety of treatments, improved infrastructure in terms of healthcare facilities, the emergence of the private sector which comprises of hospitals and allied services with the advance technology and skilled doctors and attractive locations for spending time after treatment.Medical Tourism has also grown consistently in India. The following table shows number of medical tourists visiting India for health and wellness since few years. Table 3 : Number of Medical Tourists visiting India Years 2012 * 2013 * 2014 * 2015 ** 2016 ** 2017 ** No. of tourists 1.71 2.36 1.84 2.34 4.27 4.95 ( in lakhs)

Source:*en.m.wikipedia.org , **www.ficci.in/ficci-in-news-page-The Hindu July 24,2018. The total number of such visitors in 2017 was 4.95 lakh. This number had stood at around 2.34 lakh in 2015 and 4.27 lakh in 2016.On other side Foreign Exchange Earnings, for year 2015 was 135193 crore, for year 2016 was 154146 crore and for year 2017 was 177874 crore1. Thus, the growth inForeign medical tourists arrivals increases Foreign Exchange Earnings i.e., the increase in Foreign medical Tourist Arrivals results in increase in Foreign Exchange Earnings. According to the report Medical Value Travel in India by KPMG and FICCI, in Asia, India, Thailand and Singapore are the three countries that receive maximum medical tourists. These three countries together accounted for about 60 per cent of the total Asian revenue in 2012. In research conducted in India and other Asian countries between July- August 2014 which interviewed public sector stakeholders and CEOs of renowned hospitals. This study found that with $78.6 billion as of 2012, the sector has emerged as one of the largest sectors in India8.As per Tourism Minister, Government of India, the value of medical tourism in India is likely to reach a whopping USD 9 billion by 2020 as compared to the USD 3 billion in 2015 and according to a Ministry of Commerce report published in 2016, India is among the top six medical value travel destinations of the world9.However it is worth to note thatForeign tourists arrival on medical visa has increased by about 140% from year 2013 to 2015. Close to2/3rd of these tourists came from just three countries of Bangladesh, Afganistan and Nigeria4. The key role is also played by groups of private hospitals in development of medical tourism in India. They earn foreignexchange, generate a good number ofemployment opportunities for large number of people with different skills. Some renowned private hospitals attracting medical tourists in India are listed as follows. Table 4 : Renowned Private Hospitals attracting medical tourists in India Sr. No. Name of Hospital Group No. of Hospitals 1 Fortis Healthcare Limited 50 2 Apollo Hospitals Group 40 3 Narayan Health 32 4 HCG Hospitals 27

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 132

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

5 VaatsalyaHealthcare 17 6 ManipalHospitals 15 7 WockhardtHospitals 12 8 MewarHospitals 12 9 Max Healthcare 10 10 Sterling Hospitals 06 11 Tata Memorial Hospitals 03 12 MedantaMedicity 02

Source: www.quora.com Evenremote areas of country with goodinfrastructure can become good centers ofmedical tourism. Medical practitionersat these hospitals are havinggood competence in their profession ascompared with their foreign counterparts.So, India havea competitive advantage in medical tourism. Visa Policy: An important issue of travel convenience is related with visa requirement. The National Tourism Policy 2002 stated that medical tourism has emerged as one of the important segments of the tourism industry. Initiatives taken for promoting this include financial assistance to service providers under the Market Development Assistance Scheme and issuance of Medical visas for patients and their attendants coming to India for medical treatment. This policy identifies that a complex and lengthy application process for visas for the patient and companion/family may create a big hurdle in consideration of the India for treatment. SoGovernment of India is trying to overcome this problem and the Indian government has removed visa restrictions on tourist visas that required a two-month gap between consecutive visits for people from Gulf countries which is likely to boost medical tourism. A visa-on-arrival scheme for tourists from Japan and South Korea. Currently e-visas for India are valid for 60 days for medical procedures from date of arrival3.

Medical TourismPromotionThroughIndian System : India possess some unique medicinal practices that look at health, disease and causes thereof in completely different ways. It is popularly known as the Indian System of Medicine or Alternative Medicine, which focuses on holistic health and well-being of society. There is a clear domination of AYUSH (Ayurveda, Yoga and Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homoeopathy)in medical tourism and medical tourism in India started with AYUSH.The Indian Systems of Medicine and Homoeopathy (ISM&H) were given an independent identity in the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare by creating a separate department AYUSH, which means long life, the department is entrusted with the responsibility of developing and propagating officially recognized systems - Ayurveda, Yoga, Naturopathy, Siddha, Unani, and Homoeopathy. This was done due to the explicit recognition of the contributions these ancient and holistic systems can make towards human health. These systems have a marked superiority in addressing chronic conditions and offer a package of health promotion and prevention interventions.India has a potential to attract one million health tourists and more than 70% for alternative medicines. Patients from various countries are becoming medical tourists to India for low-cost and health- restorative alternative treatments through a combination of Ayurveda, Yoga, acupuncture, herbal oil massage, nature therapies, and some ancient Indian healthcare methods - such as Vedic care, an alternate healthcare service. Cost advantage is the attractive aspect of Indian modern medicine

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 133

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

which is 10-15 times lower than anywhere in the world. Government has also taken the initiative to promote AYUSH as a part of medical tourism.

Accreditation Policy for Medical& Wellness Tourism:- To promote Medical& Wellness Tourism, Department of AYUSH (Ayurveda, Yoga, Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy) under the Ministry of Health and Agriculture (MoHA) and Quality Council of India (QCI) has introduced an accreditation policy for centers practicing and offering AYUSH treatments across India. The accreditation policy is effective from October 1, 2009. The accreditation is a proof of certain quality standards maintained by centers across India and this help to attract medical tourists, as well as leisure tourists to India. International healthcare accreditation organizations viz., Accreditation Canada, formerly known as the Canadian Council on Health Services Accreditation,Joint Commission International (USA)etc., certify a level of quality for healthcare providers in multiple countries. These organizations certify a wide range of healthcare services of hospitals, primary care centers, medical transport, and ambulance services helps this sector in establishing credibility and as such attract foreign patients in large numbers.

Medical Waste and Environment:- Although,medical tourism sector contributes to economic development of India it raises some issues related to environment, it is also necessary to dispose-off medical waste in proper manner. According to study conducted by ASSOCHAM and Velocity reveals that India is likely to generate about 775.5 tons of medical waste per day by year 2022 from the current level of 550.9 tons per day growing at CAGR of about 7%10. However, currently there are around 157 CBWTF s in operation in different parts of country12. The study also focused on lack of staff and infrastructure as a major constraint in the implementation of rules regarding medical waste management. Study also stressed that country needs stringent monitoring and evaluation framework to ensure safe and effective management of medical waste. Lack of concern, motivation, awareness and cost factor are some of the problems faced in the proper biomedical waste management. It should be noted that safe and effective management of medical waste is not a legal necessity but also a social responsibility.

Expected Contribution of Tourism TowardsEnvironment Sustainability:- Medical tourism involves numerous types of activities hence environment becomes a key component, of this industry.As such activities involved in medical tourism, exerts certain pressure on environment.If the wastes discarded by hospitals, get accumulated in huge amount, it willpose grave danger to the very existence of that area.Hence the policy makers attempt should be to anticipate such likely pressures. Disposal of medical wastages should not remain at philosophical level only, but it should generate a deep environmental concern in all stakeholders. The interaction between tourism and environment should be viewed as an important consideration in designing apolicy by tourism departments at government level. Healthcare is one of the largest sector in India both in terms of revenue and employment and medical tourism industry is almost certain to become a major sector in international trade for Indian economy in years to come and arrival of foreign patients to India is increasing, an in- depth review of its impact on environment is urgently required.A genuine holistic ecologically responsive planning and management is needed to take care of conservation and protection of the nature.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 134

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Findings: Thestudy comes out with following findings. 1) A Medical tourism market has grown rapidly in recent years but it is facing formidable competition from Singapore, Indonesia, Malaysia and other countries. India needs measures to strengthen the potential of medical tourism market and to build India‘s position as a leading medical tourism destination. 2) It is needful to identify strengths of this sector and address to number of problems that may reduce the growth opportunity of this industry. These include low awareness of the opportunities among potential service providers. It is also needful to strengthen the belief of the prospective medical tourists that Indian hospitals can perform critical surgeries as well as can provide high quality medical care service. 3) Indian Medical Travel Association or IMTA - a unified voice of the Indian healthcare (modern medicine as well as traditional Indian medicine) should approach to Ministry of Tourism at center and state level for preparing India to face the challenges of global competition. It is also needful to monitor the overall system for holistic management and remove lacunas. 4) India has the negative image of poor hygiene and sanitation. In terms of infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, roads, accommodation, power backup and public utility services much more is needed for the country to become a medical tourism destination. 5) India receives most of the medical tourists from Bangladesh, Afganistan and Nigeria therefore it is needful to reach prospectivepatients through a focused promotion to the international market. 6) Interactive communication with whole treatmentplan is needed to attract the patients who are ona medical traveling program. 7) Optimum use of ICT is needed to help the patients acquire correct and valuableinformation in their language and to make correct decision. 8) Training and skills development centers are needed to cater needs of human resources at various levels. 9) The CBWTF‘s are not enough to treat the quantum of medical waste generated by hospitals. 10) Thegovernment, healthcare fraternity, investorsneeds to focus on Medical waste management and disposal system considering future needs and challenges ahead. 11) It is needful to ensure the implementation ofBio-Medical Waste ManagementRules, 2016 by concerned organizations.

Conclusion: In recent years, the medical tourism industry in India is growing in spiteof the high competition. But, the other countries of Asia are taking the lead as preferred destination for medical value travel. This study identifies number of other issues related to further promotion and expansion of the medical tourism business in India to the other economies which include the need for practical government support, adoption of appropriate laws and regulation, accreditation procedure and facilitation in visa requirement. As the competition is getting heated up and the success in future will largely be determined by development as well as implementation of a joint strategy by various contributors of the industry. India have some challenges that the country has to overcome to become a tourist destination with competent health care industry keeping the healthy environment in focus also. The need for more qualified specialists and staff, language translators, cross-cultural training are important, the government should take step for development of many fields concerned. Such efforts will help India in building a significant advantage and leadership position in the medical tourism industry.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 135

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

References: 1) Bhargava Yuthika, (2018, July 23), medical tourists flocking to India, The Hindu, New Delhi, www.ficci.in/ficci-in-news-page-The Hindu July 24,2018. 2) Chaturvedi Anumeha, (2017 Apr,04), India is worlds 7th largest tourism economyin terms of GDP, says WTTC‘ ET Bureau,https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/ 3) Chaturvedi Anumeha, (2018Nov.,06), India should have long term visas like US : K.J.Alphons‘ET Bureau,https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/ 4) Dubbudu Rakesh, (2016 July 27), Foreign tourist arrivalsmedicalvisaincreased by 140% https://factly.in/foreign -tourist-arrivals-medical-visa-increased-140% 5) Nair, R.S., Medical Tourism in India, Manorama, Kochi, India, 2009, PP- 572-577 6) National Tourism Policy (2002), Ministry of Tourism, GoI, New Delhi 7) Negi Jaganmohan, International Tourism & Travel, First edi. (2004), S. Chand &Co.Ltd., New Delhi. 8) PTI, (2014, Sep 01) India ranks among top 3 medical tourism destinationsin Asia, ET, Bureau,https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/ 9) PTI, (2017, Dec. 18)medical tourism value in India to touch USD 9 billion by 2020, Government,https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/medicaltourism-value-in-india-to-touch-usd-9-bn-by-2020-govt/articleshow/62124646.cms 10) PTI, (2018, Mar. 23)‘India togenerate775.5 tons of medical waste per day by year 2022‘ET Bureau, https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/ 11) Pran Seth, Successful Tourism Management,(2004), Sterling Publishers Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi. 12) www.bmwmindia.org/index 13) www.tourism.gov.inTourism statistics at a glance 2009, New Delhi, India 14) www.tourism.gov.inMinistry of Tourism, Government of India, 2010 15) www.patientsbeyondborders.com 16) http://www.medicaltourismresourceguide.com 17) http://www.medicaltourismresourceguide.com 18) www.indiaprofile.com

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 136

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Homestay an Important Tool for Sustainable Tourism Development in India

Sachin Shivaji Kale Research Scholar Indian Institute of Tourism and Travel Management Gwalior - Madhya Pradesh [email protected]

Abstract: This review paper focused on the importance of homestay accommodation in sustainable tourism development. India has seen a 14.4% year on year increase in Foreign Tourist Arrivals and homestay market will reach 4bn dollar in 2020. Studies show that by 2020, almost 50% of the Indian customer will book there accommodation online. Homestay is easy to start and easy to communicate between hosts and guest so many homeowners attracted towards homestay business. More than 4.5 billion homeowners registered their homes only with one Airbnb Company, who is just started in 2008 and it is also increasing at 115% per year. The main objective of this paper is to review the research papers on Homestay published in renowned International Journals; Articles published in newspapers and discuss the contribution of Homestay in sustainable Tourism development. This paper concluded that today bed and breakfast/ homestay is not a need of traveler but it‟s an experience-based tourism activity. It provides the best opportunity to stay with local people and know their real culture. Homestay protects the environment in all the forms and also gives the first prominent priority to local to participate in tourism and get economic benefits. Strong participation of the community, short- term training and some policies of government will help to develop sustainable Homestay accommodation in India.

Keywords: Homestay, Sustainable tourism development, Community based tourism.

Introduction: Today the whole world is looking for sustainable growth in all sectors. UNWTO also participated in Sustainable development Goals (SDG) 2030 journey of United Nation. Homestay has a potential to contribute in 12 goals out of all 17 sustainable development goals. Homestay is an increase in high rate in the world from last decade. The main reason is the number of online companies like Airbnb, Widu, 9flat.com, and Booking.com etc. promoting your property to all corner of the world. They are providing a very good platform for host and guest to book and sell Homestay. Many countries adding Homestay in there National policy as it generates employment mostly in a rural area and help to reduce poverty. India is known for its one of the most diversified and colorful culture and its tradition of ―Atithi Devo Bhav‖ (Guest is God) in the world. Cultural-heritage and its geographical structure make India one of the famous destinations for homestay tourism. India has 5.94 lack inhabited villages and 72.2% of the Indian population is living in the rural area (Government of India, 2018). It makes India an upcoming Homestay market in the world. Every year the foreign tourist arrival increasing at an average of more than 10% in India and the Indian government is come up with the e-online visa system for 166 countries (Government of India, 2018). This initiative has given a boost for foreign tourist arrival. India also has its own domestic market which is 100 times more than inbound tourism. Homestay program has taken booming in 2010 as the government has launched a homestay scheme for commonwealth sports held in Delhi. Then many state taken initiative in their state for bed and breakfast schemes like Kerala, Himachal

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 137

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Pradesh, Delhi, Maharashtra, and West Bengal but it not developed as per expectation. The major issue is that local people were not aware of the scheme, less promotion and low response of traveler to government websites. But there is a drastic change done in the last 6-7 year as major online companies enter in Homestay. Within 5 years more than 30000 homeowners register their homes with Airbnb and growing with 115% per year (Laghate, 2018). Travleguru brand of Yatra.com more than 7000 registered homestay with them, both booking.com and Make my trip each have more than 6000 homestays with them. The Indian tourism industry is growing day by day but when tourism is growing fast it is important to develop in a sustainable way so its benefits will share by all participants as much as possible. Homestay is shown a very successful solution for building sustainable tourism and contributing to locals involved in other countries. The homestay concept offers an opportunity to hosts to use their local resources. This gives the resources importance thereby locals preserve them. Although, there is a good scope for studies on how the homestay concept can contribute to sustainable tourism development and how the concept is implemented in India. In this paper, several challenges for implementing the homestay concept in a sustainable way have been identified and given suggestions on the same. The biggest challenge identified is that hosts do not have the skills and knowledge for the purpose of the homestay concept, less involvement of community and not have a strong network between all tourism stakeholders.

Methodology: A literature review was based on different disciplines including Homestay, community- based tourism, and sustainable tourism. Computerized searches were conducted using online databases from Google scholar, SAGE, Science Direct, and Articles in the newspaper. Homestay Program, sustainable tourism development, and Community based tourism were the keywords to guide this paper. The literature that related to this study was selected to give a reflective understanding of homestay and tourism development. The journals were selected in this paper published in 2000 to 2018. The review highlights the Homestay important in sustainability in tourism.

Homestay: The main aim of the Homestay Programme is to offer accommodation to tourists and discover the local, cultural and natural lifestyle (Kayat, 2009). There are many different definitions given by authors According to (Lynch, 2005) ‗" homestay" is a specialist term referring to types of accommodation where tourists or guests pay to stay in private homes, where interaction takes place with a host and/or family usually living upon the premises, and with whom public space is, to a degree, shared'. (Lynch, McIntosh, & Trucker, 2009) Homestays are referred to as ―commercial homes whereby visitors or guests pay to stay in private homes where interaction takes place with a host or family‖. The associations of the homestay such as private homes, host families who becomes public by sharing their culture to the guest, interaction between the host family and the guest are the significant aspects of the homestay which may be enough to distinguish homestay tourism from other forms of accommodation, such as those hotels resorts etc. where the hosts are the professional staffs. (Lynch P. 2003) "Homestay venues as a private home in which unused rooms are rented for the purposes of supplementing income and meeting people‖ (Lanier & Berman 1993, Ismail & Islam 2011 ). In several other countries in the world, the similar concept of Homestay is being known as farm stay, home visit system,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 138

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

agricultural Homestay or bed, and breakfast whereby the guest is being offered accommodation and breakfast by the host (Getz & Carlsen, 2000). Homestay tourism visitors get a chance to spend time with the family observing their customs values and culture, which gives them the opportunity to feel the taste of rural life (Devkota, 2010).

Community-Based Tourism (Cbt): The CBT is tourism that is closely related to nature, culture and local custom. It is designed to attract the tourist market that needs authentic experiences, enhancing community development, poverty alleviation, and conservation. Having the participatory approach, the local community will gain the opportunities and benefits from the tourist which is taking place in their areas (Tosun, 2006). The development of CBT increases the number of facilities, roads, parks, and recreational and cultural attractions, which benefits residents‘ quality of life and respects their culture (Brunt & Courtney, 1999). Through planning and management, CBT could improve the quality of life of residents, elicit greater respect for local cultures, and maintain biodiversity (Gurang & Seeland, 2008). Review by Kayat (2007) Concluded that community involvement in the homestay program is influenced by motivational factors. Homestays, as collaborative initiatives, are designed and operated by the community with a functional mechanism to achieve economic, social and environmental development However, not all the members of the community benefit from the homestay. As a consequence, this form of tourism consumption may create more inequalities and structures of power among the members of a community (Kontogeorgopoulos et al., 2013). The sustainability of community-based tourism development depends on the abilities and capabilities of the local people to plan and manage the tourism activities. Empowerment process done by the community is hopefully forming them become dependent people, having an ability to take a decision and implementing all decisions individually or in a group, in utilizing local resources to improve their welfare. Empowerment is done step by step with the right perceptions and interpretations in order to avoid wrong empowerment that is not supporting sustainable empowerment principals. All issues on tourism development that create negative impact must be handled by all concerned stakeholders, i.e. government, NGO, Local people/community (Gusti Kade, 2012).

Sustainable Tourism: Tourism which can sustain local economies without damaging the environment on which it depends (Countryside Commission, 1995). In the context of tourism, an appropriate definition of sustainable tourism is 'tourism which is in a form which can maintain its viability in an area for an indefinite period of time' (Butler, 1993). The general definition of sustainable development that is widely used for tourism-based communities is the so-called "triple bottom- line‖, in which policies and actions attempt to balance social, economic and environmental costs and benefits (Hall & Lew, 2011). Sustainable tourism is responsible tourism (Bramwell, et al., 1996). According to The World Commission on Economic Development (WCED), sustainable development is a ―development that meets the needs for the present without compromising the ability for future generations to meet their own needs." UNEP (2002) defines sustainable tourism as follows: Sustainable tourism development meets the needs of present tourists and host regions while protecting and enhancing opportunities for the future. It is envisaged as leading to management of all resources in such a way that economic, social and aesthetic needs can be fulfilled while maintaining cultural integrity, essential ecological processes, and biological

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 139

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

diversity. Travelism tomorrow‟ will have to be based on sustainable mobility, sustainable destination, and sustainable lifestyle‟. All travel products 18 will be (accommodation, transportations, everything) sustainable and at the end of the day, it will be destination controlled because that‘s where the impacts are left (ITB World Trend Report, 2011-12).

Discussion: India is one of the fastest economically growing countries in the world. In the same way, the travel mindset of the traveler in India is also changing fast. They want to travel a lot and explore the new culture and uncovered places with a minimum budget. Homestay has that power to complete their wish. Just from last six years Airbnb has contributed and motivated a lot to homestay program in India and created a genuine alternative accommodation option in the consumer mind. The government of India and more than 10 states also focusing on Homestay program from last ten years in their state. Since Homestay market came on-line, it provided more transparency to the consumer. In the process of booking such as visibility of the Home, reviews from prior guests, and the ability to match like-minded hosts and guests to enrich the overall travel experience. The marketplace also provides more efficiency to the booking process by simplifying the process of booking for both guest and host (wired.com, 2014). Indian Homestay program will increase on high percentage in the coming decade but the major concern is long- term sustainable growth is important to any sector. In the discussion we are going to focused on three pillars of sustainability – economically, socially and environmentally – various advantages are bringing by homestay. The first pillar Economic sustainability is important to help the efficiency of the economy and to support future generations. Moreover, no major investments are required to run a homestay, which makes the programme accessible to households across economic classes. (Anand, Chandan, & Singh, 2012) Homestay has also provided the opportunity for the creation of sub-business or ancillary opportunities for those who are not directly involved in Homestay. The equal amount of economical distribution from tourism is an important factor in sustainable tourism. It motivates them to do positive work towards tourism. Not only Homestay has seen as a way to help generate income for the community, but it also assists in fulfilling the Government's agenda to reduce poverty and create job opportunities for the communities involved. Homestays are appraised to bring tourism revenues directly to the host family without monopolized affluent outside actors (Anand, Chandan, & Singh, 2012) which help locals to maintain the sustainable income. Now come to second social pillar some village communities experience a culture shock when they open up their rural homes to international tourists (Pursian & Xiao, 2013). Homestay Program facing problems to attract the local community to participate in the program (Liu, 2006). The main reason for that is Lack of awareness and general knowledge about tourism are seen as the main factor that contributes to the failure of the community-based tourism development, but it can be solved by creating awareness in the community and the strong participation of local people. The involvement of several stakeholders and local communities in the decision-making process is the most important strategy to postulate the sustainable tourism development. (Augustyn, 1998) The main purpose of Sustainable tourism development is making the balance between positive and negative impact to ensure the quality lifestyle of the host community. Community empowerment serves as a fundamental to enable active

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 140

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

participation in tourism development at the community. The key success factors in Homestay Programme are leadership and commitment. (Amran & Zainab, 2009; Yahaya & Abdul Rasid, 2010). Empowerment of the community will become the main step to sustainable tourism development. Beside the direct advantages, there are some indirect impacts that are received by community of the village related with village tourism development, such as transportation infrastructure improvement, development of utilities and facilities of health and sanitation, development of micro industry in the village, indirect impact of village tourism event more importance compared to direct impact to maintain long-term sustainability. The community cannot be totally dependent on government and external bodies. They must be self-reliant and cannot depend on funds or regular supervisions all the time. The Homestay programme helps the local community to sustain by themselves and earn income to improve their quality of life. The last pillar Nature is the most important resources in tourism. Nature destruction is a threat for sustainable tourism in a destination; therefore tourism development must include the environment as part of tourism resources that need to be developed in term of quality and its variety. Ecologically, Homestays create the advantage of facilitating older building to host visitors; they can reside in already existing empty rooms. Expansions of facilities often lead to pollution and exploitation of resources. (Mirbabayev and Shagazatova, 2005), homestay initiatives can be considered more environmental-friendly. Moreover, this program creates recognition to protect the natural environment among the inhabitants, as natural beauty accounts as a tourist attraction for visitors. (Alampay, 2005) The local communities and homestay operator from these places try to attract visitors by promoting natural beauty with its large scale of conservation of forest, heritage site which is situated in the community level. Such activities help to save the ecology for the future generation and it also generates economic activities and increases healthy and wealthy lifestyles.

Recommendations: There is some basic recommendation come out from the review of the literature by scholar and submitted as below: 1. As homestay on its initial stage needs to develop new comprehensive short and long-term policies and regulations for future sustainable homestay development in India on an immediate basis. 2. The strong network between homestay owner, local community, online homestay operator, Government departments and different related stakeholders is an essential part of homestay development need bound together and the government should take initiative. 3. Need Separate dedicated department in each state tourism board who will solve homestay owner problem and help them in all legal process and should have one officer or representative for each district. 4. Need to form district level or regional level association of homestay operator which will help them and organize them locally. 5. Develop Special short-term training programme centers or modules for each stakeholder like homestay operator, Local community (awareness program) and local manpower to upgrade their knowledge and skills. 6. Quick Mid range loan should be available with a minimum rate of interest so it will help homestay operator to renovate, buy new furniture or upgrade the rooms.

Conclusion: India has ample scope for homestay development in future and which will contribute to sustainable tourism growth. Ministry of tourism also revised the gradation system for Homestay

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 141

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

in Dec 2018 only, but need to take more effort in creating awareness about homestay. The government has to keep some point in focus like an equal amount of economic contribution in the local community is an important factor in a homestay for sustainable tourism development. The cultural sustainability is important to create sustainable rural development and preserve the cultural values for future generations. To increasing, Community empowerment in decision making is also a requirement to develop sustainable tourism. A tourism development issue that needs concern of all stakeholders is to maintain the sustainability of tourism so that tourism could be also enjoyed by next generation. The success of the homestay programme depends upon constant collaboration amongst the partners, including local community members, line agencies, and various levels of government. The biggest challenge in the homestay program is to maintain sustainable development among the participant and for that youth participation is crucial to homestay programmes in the future sustainable development. (Pusiran and Xiao, 2013) Future research should be done on an establishment of a comprehensive model for sustainable development in rural tourism that comprises local community resiliency elements.

Bibliography 1. Abdul, R., Abdul, R., Mohamad, Z. M., Ali, S., & Razali, H. (2012, July 19). Community capacity building for sustainable tourism development. Business and Management Review, 2(5), 10. 2. Ahmad Fitri, A. *., & Ammar Abd, G. (2014). Sustainable tourism development: A case study on community resilience for rural tourism in Malaysia. Science Direct. 3. Alampay, R. B. (2005). Sustainable tourism. Challenges for the Philippines. Makati City: Philippine APEC Study Center Network. 4. Anand, A., Chandan, P., & Singh, R. B. (2012). Homestays at Korzok: Supplementing rural livelihood and supporting green tourism n Indian Himalayas. Mountain Research and Development, 126-136. 5. Arif, K. P., & Honggen, X. (2013). Challenges and Community Development: A Case Study of Homestay. Asian Social Science, 9(5). 6. Augustyn, M. (1998). National Strategies for Rural Tourism Development and Sustainability: The Polish Experience. Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 6(2), 191-209. 7. Aziz, A., & Yahaya, I. (2015, May). Model of Sustainable Community Participation in the Homestay Program. 6(3), 539. 8. Badal, H. (2018, May 16). https://www.investindia.gov.in/team-india-blogs. Retrieved 11 30, 2018, from https://www.investindia.gov.in: https://www.investindia.gov.in/team- india-blogs/alternative-accommodation-homestay 9. Bhan, S., & Singh, L. (2014). Homestay Tourism in India: Opportunities and Challenges. African Journal of Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 3(2). 10. Bramwell, B., Henry, I., Jackson, G., Prat, A. G., Richards, G., & Van der, J. (1996). Sustainable Tourism Management: Principles and Practice. Tilburg Unversity press. 11. Brunt, P., & Courtney, P. (1999). Host perception of Socio-cultural impacts. Annals of Tourism Research, 26(3), 493-515. 12. Butler, R. W. (1993). Tourism - an evolutionary perspective. In Tourism and Sustainable development: Monitoring Planning, Managing, 27-44. 13. Cooper, C., Fletcher, J., Fyall, A., & Gilbert, D. (2008). Tourism Principal and Practice (4th ed.). England: Personal Education Ltd, Edinburg Gate. 14. Countryside Commission. (1995). Sustaining Rural Tourism Cheltenham, UK: 15. Devkota, T. (2010). Gorkhaparta-„The Rising Nepal‟ Retrieved on February 2011, Retrieved from http://www.gorkhapatra.org.np/rising.detail.php?article_id=45767&cat_id=7

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 142

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

16. Getz, D., & Carlsen, J. (2000). Characteristics and goals of family and owner-operated businesses in the rural tourism and hospitality sector. Tourism Management, 21, 547-560. 17. The government of India. (2018, 11 30). http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census. Retrieved 12 3, 2018, from http://censusindia.gov.in: http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/population_enumeration.html 18. The government of India. (2018). https://indianvisaonline.gov.in/evisa. Retrieved 12 2, 2018, from https://indianvisaonline.gov.in: https://indianvisaonline.gov.in/evisa/tvoa.html 19. Gurang, D. B., & Seeland, K. (2008). Ecotourism in Bhutan: Extending its benefits to rural. Annals of tourism research, 35(2), 489-508. 20. Gusti Kade, S. (2012). Issues on Bali Tourism Development and Community Empowerment support sustainable tourism development. Science Direct. 21. Hall, C. M., & Lew, A. A. (2011, December). Understanding and Managing Tourism Impacts: An Integrated Approach. Journal of Hospitality and Tourism, 8(1). 22. Ibraham, Y. (2004). Homestay program in Malaysia - development, and prospect. ASEAN Journal on Hospitality and Tourism, 65-75. 23. ITB World Trend Report. (2011-12). ITB World Travel Trend Report. Retrieved from http://www.itbkongress.de/media/itbk/itbk_media/itbk_pdf/WTTR_Report_komplett _web.pdf. 24. Kayat, K. (2007). Exploring Factors Influencing Individual Participation in Community- Based Tourism: The case of Kampung Relau Homestay program, Malaysia. Asia Pacific Jurnal of Tourism Research, 7(2), 19-27. 25. Kayat, K. (2009). Community-based tourism in developing countries. Paper presented at the International Seminar on Community. 26. Laghate, G. ( 2018, 6 10). https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/hotels- /-restaurants/airbnb. Retrieved 10 30, 2018, from https://economictimes.indiatimes.com: https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/hotels-/-restaurants/airbnb-has- had-incredible-growth-among-indian-guests-and-hosts-nathan- blecharczyk/articleshow/63088869.cms 27. Liu, A. (2006). Tourism in rural areas: Kedah, Malaysia. Tourism Management, 27, 878- 889. 28. Lynch, P. (2003). Resource Guide: Homestay Accommodation Sector. LTSN Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism, 1. 29. Lynch, P. (2005). Sociological impressionism in a hospitality context. Annals of Tourism Research, 32(3), 527-548. 30. Lynch, P. A., McIntosh, A. J., & Trucker, H. (2009). Commercial Homes in Tourism: An International Perspective. Routledge London & New York. 31. Minki, L. (2013, Oct). Community homestay programmes as a form of Sustainable tourism development in Nepal. Nepal: Centaria university of Applied Science. 32. Pursian, A. K., & Xiao, H. (2013). Challenges and Community Development: A Case Study of Homestay in Malaysia. Asian Social Science, 9(5), 1. 33. Sood, J., Lynch, P., & Constantia, A. (2017). Community non-participation in homestays in Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. Tourism Managment, 60, 332-347. 34. Tosun, C. (2006). Expected Nature of Community Participation in Tourism Development. Tourism Management., 493-504. 35. wired.com. (2014, 11 27). https://www.wired.com/insights. Retrieved 2018, from https://www.wired.com: https://www.wired.com/insights/2014/06/homestay-lodging- next-disruption-travel

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 143

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Consumer Awareness about Insurance Services

Ankita Rajendra Ojha Research Scholar, Bhartiy Mahavidya College, Amarawati, Maharashtra, E-mail Id:[email protected]

Abstract: - Consumer‟s awareness about insurance in India is growing day by day and many consumer associations and government‟s legislation are working to protect the interest and rights of the consumer. But unfortunately this has not been working fully in all areas. The consumer protection act 1986 has been enacted for consumers to protect them from exploitation. All the procedures for filing complaint, relief available and appeals etc. have been fully explained in the above said act. To study the awareness of consumer, my research work deals with such 100 respondents from Amravati district.

Keywords: - consumer, awareness, Amravati district, filing complaint, relief available

Objectives of The Study: - 1. Main objective of the study is to know the awareness in consumer about deficiency in insurance services. 2. To know the general awareness amongst people regarding various rights of insurer as consumer under Consumer Protection Act. 3. To analysis the various deficiencies in insurance services provided by insurance companies in Amravati district. 4. To know insurer knowledge and view about remedy available regarding deficiency in insurance services provided by under the Consumer Protection Act. 5. To suggest remedy for the present deficiencies in insurance services.

The Hypothesis of Study 1. Most of the consumers of the Insurance Company are aware about deficiency in Insurance services and have knowledge about their rights relating to it. 2. It is assumed that majority of respondents know that the remedies are available against deficiency in insurance services under Consumer Protection Act, 1986. 3. It is assumed that most of the respondents know that they can go to District Forum, State Commission or National Commission for their right against deficiency in insurance services. 4. It is assumed that most of the consumers file complaint and demand compensation against the Insurance Company.

Research Methodology: - Research method used in this project is a questionnaire method. Questionnaire method is one of the most suitable methods for the investigation of problems. According to Goode and Hatt Questionnaire is a device to searching answers to questions by using a form which the respondents fills in themselves. Personal interviews were held with the employees to collect necessary information.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 144

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Analysis And Interpretation: - A. Following table shows the awareness about deficiency in insurance services in Amravati district.

Sr. No. Particulars Frequency Percentage 1 YES 57 57 2 NO 43 43 TOTAL 100 100% Source: Primary data The above table shows that out of 100 respondents 57 think that the services which are being rendered to them are deficient whereas 43 do not. The percentage of respondents those are aware about deficiency in insurance services are only 57% whereas the percentage of respondents those are not aware about deficiency in insurance services are 43%.

60 FREQUENCY

FREQUENCY 20

0 YES NO B. Following table shows the awareness about remedies available against deficiency in insurance services under consumer protection act, 1986 in Amravati district.

Sr. No. Particulars Frequency Percentages 1 YES 39 39 2 NO 61 61 Total 100 100% Source: Primary data The above table shows that out of 100 respondents 39 are aware about remedies available against deficiency in insurance services under consumer protection act, 1986 whereas 61 do not. The percentage of respondents those are aware about remedies available against deficiency in insurance services under consumer protection act, 1986 are only 39% whereas the percentage of respondents those are not aware about deficiency in insurance services are 61%.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 145

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

C. Following table shows awareness about right to file a complaint in district forum in Amravati district. Sr. No. Particulars Frequency Percentage 1 YES 75 75% 2 NO 25 25% TOTAL 100 100% Source: Primary data From the above table shows that out of 100 respondent 75 are aware about their rights of tight to file a complaint in district forum. Which has 75% and 25 aren‘t which has 25%. Though maximum numbers of consumers are aware about rights to file a complaint in district forum but only few of them filed complaint.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 146

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

FREQUENCY 80 70 60 50 40 FREQUENCY 30 20 10 0 YES NO

D. Following table shows awareness about right to claim compensation against deficiency in service in Amravati district.

Sr. No. Particulars Frequency Percentage 1 YES 70 70% 2 NO 30 30% TOTAL 100 100% Source: Primary data

80 70 70

40 30 30

0 YES NO Frequency

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 147

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The above table shows that out of 100 respondents 70 are aware about their rights of claiming compensation against deficiency in services from Insurance Company and 30 are not. It means that the percentage of respondents who are aware is 70% and of those who are not aware is 30%.

Findings: - 1. Majority of the respondents from Amravati district are aware about deficiency in insurance service (Table A). This means that very less number of respondents from Amravati district is not aware about deficiency in insurance services (Table A). 2. Majority of the respondents are not aware about remedies available against deficiency in insurance services under Consumer Protection Act, 1986 in Amravati district (Table B). This means that very less number of respondents from Amravati district is aware about remedies available against deficiency in insurance services under Consumer Protection Act, 1986 in Amravati district (Table B). 3. Majority of the respondents are aware about right to file a complaint in district forum in Amravati district (Table C). This means that very less number of respondents from Amravati district is not aware about right to file a complaint in district forum (Table C). 4. Majority of respondents from Amravati district are aware about right to claim to compensate against deficiency in insurance services. (Table D). This means that very less respondents from Amravati district are aware about right to claim to compensate against deficiency in insurance services (Table D).

Conclusion: After analyzing the data the researcher has come to the conclusion that 1. Most of the consumer respondents are aware about deficiency in insurance services. They have knowledge that they can file a complaint if they exploit by insurance company and they can also claim compensation against deficiency in insurance service. 2. But very less consumer respondents are aware about remedies available against deficiency in insurance service under Consumer Protection Act,1986. 3. Most of the consumers are not aware about their rights relating to services by the insurance company because of non-awareness of the consumers as they are exploited by the insurance company by providing deficient services to them. 4. Even though after independence, our government, directed attention faced by various categories of citizens, it is very unfortunate that till the Consumer Protection Act, 1986 was passed, the interests of consumers suffered from utter neglect. 5. Even after the consumer protection act has been passed the implementation of it appears very lowtoday. 6. The consumer Redressal Forum was not activated in every part of the country. 7. When the attention of the Supreme Court was drawn towards this aspect of the problem the Supreme Court in clear terms directed and also strengthening the working of the state consumer Redressal forum. 8. Till the recent past the concept of the consumer protection in our division mainly centered onfew fields, protection against excessive pricing and protection from short measures. But gradually, consumer awareness has been growing in our division.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 148

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

9. The problem that has been created now is due to pendency of cases and insufficient staffs the part-time presiding authorities are unable to decide the consumer disputes within the period of 90/150 days.

Suggestions: - 1. It is generally also observed that policy holder does not go through the entire clauses of policy. Simplification of clauses of policy is needed. If the clauses come in vernacular language, then these are more readable because the legal language is thought to understand. 2. Language used in the advertisements should be understandable especially to the rural population. The symbols, dialogues etc. used in the advertisements should be easier to understand for the rural people. 3. The rural population is mostly unaware about the insurance plans; therefore, care should be taken to provide maximum information so that they can understand the same. 4. Being a service, the products in life insurance are intangible. Hence, individual agents of LIC who work at root level and have direct contacts with the customers should enhance their knowledge about the products and procedures so as to answer the doubts of customers satisfactorily. 5. It is recommended to launch a TV channel to create awareness about need of life insurance and provide information about the insurance products. 6. There should be quick settlement of claims. The insurance company should improve organization efficiency and value delivered to client. So that problem in first step can easily solve. 7. Claims processing should be systematized with trained officers and staff of company for different classes of insurance as they can solve the problem of insurer without any confusion as they are expert in their field. 8. Insurance company has to give facility of internet or online premium payment in any city or village. It has to cover metro area and wide area network. As due to this, knowledge among consumers, spread from one to another and other literate person may give directions to another illiterate person through seminars, surveys etc. 9. So far as the nature of consumer protection act is concerned it is a part of administrative law of land and is expected to help consumers where no other relief may be available it becomes impurities that no facts suppressed while enrooting the jurisdiction and any special act. 10. When consumers disclose the full background then endeavour have to make, by firstly insurance agent to solve the problem, for this all agent of insurance company have to meet under one roof with their respective area and take meetings, seminars, discussions and solve the problem of insurer/consumer.

References: - 1. Shashi Khurana and Parveen Khurana, "Consumer Awareness Regarding Consumer Protection And Consumer Protection Act 1986 – An Empirical Study", International Journal of Research in Finance & Marketing, Vol 2, Issue 2 (February 2012) (ISSN 2231-5985), pp.279-289

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 149

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2. Sewanand, "Consumer Awareness and Consumer Protection Act–A Study", International Journal of Transformations in Business Management, Vol. No. 1, Issue No. 6, Apr - Jun 2012, ISSN: 2231-6868 3. Rudra, Saibaba. (2002). Perception And Attitude of Women Towards Life Insurance Policies, Indian Journal of Marketing,Vol.No.12 ,xxxii, October, pp 1. 4. Shah, R. M.(2008). "―Creating Consumer Awareness in Life Insurance "." Paper Presented at the C.D.Deshmukh Seminar, Bimaquest Vol. VIII (Issue I). 5. Balaji, C. (2015). "Customer awareness and satisfaction of life insurance policy holders with reference to Mayiladuthurai town." International Journal of Multidisciplinary Research and Development. 6. Chaudhary P., ―Awareness and satisfaction level of consumers towards insurance products – a case study of Panipat city‖, International Journal of Research in IT & Management (2012), 2(7), 68-74. 7. Jain & Goyal, ―An empirical study of the level of awareness towards various rights and duties among the insured households in Rajasthan, India‖, International Refereed Research Journal (2012), 3(2), 40-49. 8. Narendar & Sampath, ―Consumer awareness towards life insurance sector in India‖, ABHINAV International Monthly Refereed Journal of Research in Management & Technology (2014), 3(3), 45-51. 9. G. Savarkar, ―Consumer Awareness: A Survey analysis,‖ Indian Journal of Marketing, vol. 25, (Nos 10-12) October-December, 1996, pp. 13-21.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 150

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable Tourism challenges and issues in India with Travel Agent / Tour Operator perspective

Arvind Mahajan Assistant Professor, Government Polytechnic, Thane, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract The main objective of the proposed study finds challenges and issues in Sustainable tourism in India with travel agent perspective. The current study consisted of a finding the challenges and issues in the promotion of sustainable tourism in India. Tourism is the fastest developing industry in the world in terms of many items such as employment generation and addition to national income. No. of foreign Tourist arrivals in India 10.04 Million and annual growth rate was 14.0%, No. of Domestic Tourist Visits to all States/UTs was 1652.49 Million and annual growth rate recorded 2.3% for the year 2017. to explore the status of sustainable tourism and finding challenges and issues regarding development in the Indian context. While emphasis has been on all stakeholders contributions in promoting sustainable tourism, the focus has been on the role of Travel agents /Tour Operators- the main service providers in the tourism supply chain. Primary data collected from Travel agents / Tour Operators by questionnaire and interviews. Secondary data collected from various website, analysis of data for finding the conclusion from this study. Sustainability principlesare based on three main aspects like environmental, economic, and socio-culturaltourism development, and a suitable balance must be established between these three dimensions to ensure its long-term sustainability. Finally, recommendation and suggestion for the development of sustainable tourism are proposed from the service provider‟s (tour operators) perspective based on the findings of the research.

Keywords:- India; Sustainable tourism, Socio-culture, tour operators/ Travel agents

Introduction:- In India, there is lots of tour operator who operate tour at so many tours destination in India. And Government of India include advancing some of the niche tourism products such as Adventure, Medical, Wellness, Golf, Polo, Cruise, Meetings Incentives Conferences & Exhibitions (MICE), Pilgrimage, Film Tourism, Eco/ Wildlife As per United Nations, World Tourism organizationdefined sustainable tourism as ‗leading to management of all resources in such a way that economic, social and aesthetic needs can be fulfilled while maintaining cultural integrity, essential ecological processes, biological diversity,and lifesupport systems‘ in 1988.The ‗Earth Summit‘ in Rio 1992 established the three principles of environmental, economic and social sustainability. Onward the principles of sustainable tourism have been used by the tourism industry worldwide. In India, the tourism sector is based on its in this sector lie in successfully preserving these in their original form, and making them accessible to domestic and international travelers, together with protecting the economic interest and cultural heritage of local communities. The importance of Sustainable Tourism globally has increased significantly because of the impact of

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 151

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

increased human activity on the environment. It is important that the negative impact or effect of the Tourism industry is not enlarged unrealistically Research Questions and Hypothesis:- As per the aim of this study, one research questions were developed with two hypotheses. The quantitative hypothesiswas developed tofind out challenges and issues of Sustainable Tourism in India with Travel Agent / Tour Operator perspective The following hypothesis was developed for the research question: Which are challenges and issues of Sustainable Tourism in India with Travel Agent / Tour Operator perspective Which are the topmost challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operators perspective in India of sustainable tourism? The below hypothesis was developed for the research: H0. The topmost challenges will be faced by Travel agent/tour operator perspective are Hiring Local Guide, Work With Local Operator,Carrying capacity of Destination, Visitors fulfillment and issues will be Environmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality.

3 Definitions:- As per UNWTO Sustainable tourism is tourism that taking care of its present and future three basic principal economic, social and environmental impacts, focusing onthe needs of visitors, the industry, and the environment and local communities. Sustainable tourism should makeless or appropriate use of environmental resources, respect host communities and ensure viable, long-term economic operations, providing benefits that are distributed fairly among all stakeholders. (UNEP and UNWTO, 2005) 3.1Travel Agents A Travel Agent is one who makes arrangements of tickets for travel by air, rail, ship, passport, visa, etc. As perMinistry of Tourism,Italso does an arrangement of accommodation, tours, entertainment and other tourism-related services. 3.2Inbound Tour Operators As perMinistry of Tourism,An Inbound tour operator is who makes arrangements for transport, accommodation, sightseeing, entertainment and other tourism-related services for foreign tourists. 3.3 Tourist Transport Operators Who offering tourist transportation like cars, coaches, boats etc. to tourists for transfers, sightseeing,and journeys to tourist places it's known asTourist Transport Operators as defined by Ministry of Tourism Government of India. 3.4Adventure Tour Operators One who is engaged in activities related to Adventure Tourism in India namely, water sports, aero sports, mountaineering, trekking and safari of various kinds, etc. In addition to that, he may also make arrangements for transport, accommodation known as Adventure Tour Operators(Ministry of Tourism Government of India,2018) 3.5 Domestic Tour Operators A domestic tour operator is providing services like arrangementsof transport, accommodation, sightseeing, entertainment and other tourism-related services for domestic tourists belongs to its own country (Ministry of Tourism Government of India,2018)

4 Importance of the Study:-

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 152

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

India has taken a lead in this field. Tourism experiences all over the country now provide quality time visits and services for participatory settings, where the takeaway includes the enduring way of life, art, heritage and culture that are community-ownedand environmentally sustainable. There is concurrently benefit for local communities with the enriching connection between visitor and host. The tourist Attitudes and mindsets are transformed, imparting local pride and visitor appreciation. The visitor thus comes face to front with India‘s vernacular traditions as they vibe with the present. UNWTO and Government of India stared focused on sustainable tourism so some challenges and issues in the development of sustainable tourism. Its need of future to sustain all tourist destination and it's required for balancing of various aspect of society and need of tourist and destination. If we find out which are the challenges and issues face by Travel agent/tour operator, how they can contribute for the development of sustainable tourism in India. And we can recommend a solution to them for better sustainable tourism in India Sustainable tourism offers an answer to the issues of inclusive growth and its roots in tourism, is interconnected with increased access to information, increase interest in heritage and culture, enhanced accessibility and climate change concerns with the environment.

5 Literature Review:- According to survey by Netherland base E-commerce company booking .com 97% Indians travelers wants sustainable in 2018 with 88% of then willing to pay extra premium to ensure the same around 32% travelers willing to pay at list 15% more to ensure as low an impact on the environment as possible (Times of India,booking.com, 2018) According to CRITERIA AND INDICATORS gave by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India for accommodation and tour operator Sector. Tourism is one of the potential economic sectors in India that growing at a high rate and ensures the development of infrastructure at touristdestinations. It has the capability to country‘s success in the services sector and provides sustainable models of long term growth.The travel and tourism sector is approximately to create 78 jobs per million rupees of investment, compared to 45 jobs in the manufacturing sector for similar investment including construction Industry, it is one of the largest sectors of the The service industry in India. Tourism Industry not only providing employment to a wide spectrum of job seekers from the unskilled to the skill specialized, a higher proportion of tourism benefits (jobs, MSME trade opportunities), accrue to women. Furthermore, the forcewould increasingly be given to organizing more short-term courses forthe unskilled workforce, as well as unemployed youth, on the pattern of ‗Hunar-se-Rozgar‘ and ‗skill certification of service providers‘. With reference to the11thyear,Plan of Ministry of tourism GOI may have to be suitably premeasured to take care of the challenges from competing countries and to harness the fullpotential of Indian tourism. A study conducted by the Ministry of Tourism,Government of India at important tourist destinations, reveals that lack of hygiene and sanitation is a major irritant for foreign and domestic tourists. That‘s why to create an awarenessas well as making the requisite facilities available, will be given high importance during 12th Five Year Plan through the given below measures: Major social awareness campaign under the ‗Atithi Devo Bhavah‘ initiative Involving schools, NGOs, industry associations, etc. for sustainedhygiene and cleanlinessdrive at important tourist destinations. Incentives and awards will be provided to all organizations andindividuals involved and take initiative in this sustainable tourism.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 153

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Priority will be given for sanctioning Central Financial Assistancefor setting up of way- side amenities, bio-degradable toilets, etc. (to CRITERIA AND INDICATORS given by Ministry of Tourism

With reference to the World Tourism OrganizationMeasuring Sustainable Tourism, the concept of sustainable tourism has been advancing for over 20 years, becoming increasingly relevant in national and international agendas. In the year 2017 UN declaration, The United Nations General Assembly has adopted several resolutions acknowledging its importance as a tool for development, poverty eradication,and environmental protection. The UN has decided the future 2030 sustainable development agenda in 17 sectors as a Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). . The UNWTO has launched the initiative Towards a Statistical Framework for Measuring the Sustainability of Tourism (MST). The purpose is to develop an international statistical framework for measuring tourism‘s role in sustainable development with three dimensions like economic, environmental and social. Its objective to provide a common communication and organizing a structure for exploiting the richness of data already available and for more effective data production, management,and integration. The paradigm help to the credibility, comparability,and outreach of various measurement and monitoring programmes pertaining to sustainable tourism, including the derivation of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) indicators and those of UNWTO‘s International Network of Sustainable Tourism Observatories (INSTO). (UNWTO, 2018). The statistical framework from the MST will provide an integrated information base to better inform on sustainable tourism, to facilitate dialogue between different sectors and to encourage integrated, locally relevant decision making.

Figure 1. Some key building blocks for a statistical framework for measuring sustainable tourism

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 154

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

6. Research Methodology and data collection Quantitative research methodology is used for the study. Primary data collected from travel agency by survey and interview by mobile calling for saving time and finding the result of study total 10 question designing done. in questionnaire. And out of 10 questions, 1 is an open ended question and 9 are close-ended question selected as per the purpose of the study. 6.1 Selection of Participants and data collection:- The developed Questionnaire for the survey distributed to 50 travel agents/tour operated and filled by them and same question ask another 50 offline travel agent / Tour Operators (staff/proprietor) by mobile calling interview. The questionnairealso distributed to offline travel agent by sending email & using WhatsApp and filled by them and the same way they responded answer secondary data collected from various website and magazine statistic as per reference list given. The question no 1 to 9 are close-ended and question no.10 open-ended forthe collection of related information with topic and question 1to 6 is asked for check awareness of sustainable tourism. Question no.7 to 8 to find out challenges and issues ofsustainable tourism Travel Agent / Tour Operator perspective. Question 9 for finding the contribution of travel agents and tour operator in the development of sustainable tourism open-ended 6.2Data analysis:- For the main objective of the study, both descriptive and inferential statistical data analyses were performed. At starting, descriptive statistics were computed for all study variables. This consisted of means for all continuous variables and frequencies and percentages for all variables. The null hypotheses of this study, inferential analyses done on the percentageof all variables using between 1 to 5%the research question of this study was: Which are the topmost challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operators perspective in India of sustainable tourism? H0.The topmost challenges will be faced by Travel agent/tour operator perspective are Hiring Local Guide, Work With Local Operator , Carrying capacity of Destination, Visitors fulfillment and issues will be Environmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality. The independent variable for this hypothesis was topmost challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operator‘s perspective in India of sustainable tourism. The analysisof data done on the basis of response received by survey and secondary data regarding statistical information about internet and portal users also done.

7 Results:- 7.1 Sample organization type The targeted sample size is 100. But out of 100 total respondents are 88 only including interviews and questionnaire percentage of the respondent is 88% including Tour operators and travel agents in Mumbai, Pune, Aurangabad, and Goa. 7.2 Awareness of Sustainable Tourism among Travel Agents and Tour Operators With reference to the following Table no 1. 55% (Question No. 1 Result ) Travel Agents and Tour Operators responded, thatthey know about what is sustainable tourism and 60%(Question No. 2 Result ) respondent aware about forms of Sustainable tourism and these are Eco-Tourism, Accessible Tourism, Island Tourism, Wildlife Tourism. But they 100%(Question No. 3 Result ) respondents given preference to Eco-Tourism and Accessible Tourism.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 155

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

90%(Question No. 4 Result ) Travel Agents and Tour Operators organized a tour at Sustainable Tourist Destination. As per response of question no 5, only 31% respondents knows Government of India‘s policy on Sustainable Tourism and 15 % respondent doing contribution for sustainable tourism development (Question No. 6 Result ) Table No.1 –(Result Question No.1 to 6) Awarenessof Sustainable Tourism among Travel Agents and Tour Operators

7.3Which are the topmost challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operator’s perspective in India of sustainable tourism? With reference to result in table, no.02 is very important for the research question of this paper to find out topmost challenges and issues of sustainable tourism in India with Travel Agents and Tour operators perspective. With reference to the result of question No. 07What are the challenges face by you as Tour operator / Travel agent in Sustainable Tourism Caring Capacity of Destination is a big challenge for them as per 86% Travel Agents and Tour Operators and working with Local operator is challenge for 82% respondents. Visitors fulfillment is a challenge as per 77% respondents and Hiring local guide is a challenge for 74% travel agents and tour operator and other challenges are Purchase Local Product,Limited Group sizeis as per less than 50% responded face the challenge. With reference to the result of question, no 08 topmost issues face by travel agents and tour operators areEnvironmental (67%), Social and cultural impact (86%), Employment Quality (82%) so as per result these are issues faced by travel agents and tour operators

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 156

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Table No.2- Result of challenges and Issues face by Tour operator / Travel agent in Sustainable Tourism

Q. Question Frequency Percentage No. Do you want to give a suggestion for minimizing challenges and issues in sustainable tourism? (Please tic or Write) a) Organize a training program for local guide and operator 65 74 b) Create awareness of What is sustainable tourism 76 86 c) Do advertisement for Advantages of Sustainable tourism 81 92 to local people d) The government should provide the incentive to an 78 89 organization who are working for sustainable tourism e) any other------4 5 10 Any other related information if you want to share with 3 3 reference to title please write

Table No. 3- Result Regarding Suggestion given by Travel Agents and Tours Operators As per the result of Table, No 3, 92% Travel agents and Tour operators create awareness by advertisement amongst local people regarding the benefits of sustainable tourism. 89% Travel Agents / Tour Operators suggestthe Government should provide an incentive to an organization who are working for sustainable tourism. Create awareness of what is sustainable tourism by 86% and 74% told to organize training programmed for the guide and local tour operators for the development and promotion of Sustainable Tourism in India. With reference to question no10 no valuable information given by respondents, with regards to the topic.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 157

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Discussion:- As perthe purposeof the study. A questionnaire survey conducted, the same question discussed in mobile phone calling interviews and as per response total result in Table No 1 to 3. All the respondent responded all 9 questions out of 100 targeted from 88 respondents given a response to the survey questionnaire. The finding of topmost issues and challenges faced by travel agents and tour operatorswith travel agent perspective and which is very important for the development of sustainable tourism in India. And it will develop local people and in the upcoming future new generation can see a tourist destination with sustainable tourism. So it is necessary to finding a solution on issues and challenges and it may be minimized, because we can use their perspective regarding issues and challenges in this study.

Conclusions:- Based on the results of this study, primary conclusions were drawn. First, in relation to the null hypothesis tests,The topmost challenges will be faced by Travel agent/tour operator perspective are Hiring Local Guide , Work With Local Operator,Carrying capacity of Destination, Visitors fulfillment and issues will be Environmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality. What are the challenges face by you as Tour operator / Travel agent in Sustainable Tourism in India? An answer is Carrying capacity of Destination is a big challenge for them its effect on Accommodation, Transportation, and other travel related services at the destination as well as on tour cost. Working with Local operator lack of training and awareness co-ordination with operators is difficult from them and its difficult to the fulfillmentof visitors is a challenge. Most of the tourist destination no authorized tour guide is available so hiring a local guide is a challenge for travel agents and tour operator. With reference to the result of the question, no 08 topmost issues face by travel agents and tour operators areEnvironmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality so as per result these are issues faced by travel agents and tour operators. Travel agents and Tour operator are an important part of the tourism industry so their perspective regarding challenges and issues in sustainable tourism in India is useful for future development.

Recommendationsfor Professional Practice It is recommended that create awareness by advertisement amongst local people, Travel agents, tour guide regarding the benefits of sustainable tourism. Its suggested that Government should provide an incentive to such tourist organization, who is working for the development of sustainable tourism in India. Also, make themawareabout what is sustainable tourism. and organize training programmed, Workshops for the guide, employee and local tour operators for development and promotion of Sustainable Tourism in India. Travel agents and Tour operator can play an important role in the development of sustainable tourism in India their perspective regarding challenges and issues in sustainable tourism in India are useful for future development. All of the participants in this study were currently working in the Mumbai, Pune, and Panjim Based on these limits to the generalizedability of the findings from this study, the study can be applied at another geographic location for future research with travel agents from different sampling pools so that the extent to which the study present findings can b apply to other groups can be determined.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 158

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

References:- 1. .http://tourism.gov.in/sustainable-tourism-criteria-india-principles-and-indicators-tour- operator-and-accommodation-secto-0 2. .http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/63867379.cms?utm_source=contentofint erest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst 3. .https://www.academia.edu/8505736/Impacts_and_responsibilities_for_sustainable_touri sm_a_tour_operators_perspective 4. .https://tourismni.com/globalassets/grow-your-business/sustainable-tourism/the-future-ofsustainable-tourism.pdf 5. http://portal.unesco.org/en/files/45338/12417872579Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.p df/Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.pdf 6. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/12023Kulshreshtha.pdf 7. https://www.omicsonline.org/open-access/sustainable-tourism-development-an- empirical-survey-of-tour-operatorsin-india-2167-0269- 1000183.php?aid=66778&view=mobile Sustainable Tourism Development: An Empirical Survey of Tour Operators in India 8. http://icr.unwto.org/content/background-sustainable-tourism-development 9. http://sdt.unwto.org/content/about-us-5

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 159

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Role of Human Resource Management Function in Driving Sustainability

Dr. Girish Bakshi HR Professional, S. B. Patil Institute of Management, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: The research paper highlights the various sustainability initiatives in which Human Resource Management function (HRM) is involved from the business growth perspective. The research highlights the concepts, meaning, and the relationship between HRM and Sustainability, Role and contribution of HRM in sustainability initiatives - the functional areas of HRM which are involved in sustainable initiatives. The paper highlights barriers, challenges, benefits, critical success factor etc. of the use of sustainability initiatives for the business growth perspective, the CSR and the CSR provision in the new Companies Act, 2013 with experience, examples etc. from the corporate world.

Introduction: In the 21st century, sustainability and sustainable development become buzzword in business world. Change is inevitable in business and accordingly modern organizations started focusing on working with 3Cs – Customer, Competition and Change. The change means replacing the existing methods, principles, rules and regulations according to new strategies of the organization. With the changing market the business units have to change and keep up as per the expectations of the external environment. It is known fact that people hesitate to change and hence the challenge with the organizations is implementation of the change. People have in their priority towards routine working, standardized management style and fixed working methods - routine work. For this organization has to search for a successful method to implement the concept of change. Companies have found themselves in need to develop more sustainable business models, in which the HR function has a key role to play. ―If sustainability measures are not among an organization‘s key performance indicators, it won‘t get done.‖ Hank Cauley.

Literature Review: The sustainability and HRM was studied with to see the theoretical aspects and this has been the basic purpose of this paper. A review of the literature concerning this topic reveals a need for such development but also provides the bases for such Sustainable development, which involves combining the socio-economic aspects with the environment, is a topic increasingly discussed internationally and also the future of humanity because it depends on natural capital and of the importance that people attach to it. It was observed that there was no literature which was identified which dealt with the subject matter of issue of HRM and the sustainability in their own organisation. Pfeffer (2010) sighted that by focusing on human sustainability at workplace on the topic of HRM and sustainability. While Malik, McKie, Beattie and Hogg (2008) attracted attention towards work life balance (WLB) issues between HRM and sustainability. The work life balance and occupational health and safety are the vital concerns of HRM with sustainability. The study indicates show that the HRM and sustainability are focused on targeting on organisational goals. It is strange observation that the sustainability of workers has been

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 160

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

neglected in the literature study on HRM and sustainability. From the literature review, a focus upon the use of HRM as a technique for developing both organisational and environmental sustainability has been identified.

Sustainability The term sustainability means today meeting the needs and demands of people unaffected the prospective future generations‘ requirements are meat. Sustainability has also been explained as - balancing social, environmental and economic factors for short and long term perspective it is a critical issue for the world as well as for the business. Sustainability means balancing social, environmental and economic factors for short and long term perspective it is a critical issue for the world as well as for the business. (BSR and Aurosoorya) Sustainability - defined as the ability ―to meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs.‖ It is said that the word ―sustainability‖ is difficult to define since sustainability is a dynamic and evolving concept. The concept can take on many different meanings and represents different things to different people. (BSR and Aurosoorya). In many organizations sustainability has become an important factor due to the regulatory pressures and societal demands for environmental and social responsibility. A sustainable organization is defined as an enterprise that contributes towards the social, environment and economic benefits (known as the ―triple bottom line‖) to the society while the organization ensuring its own long-term sustainability. ‗The human consciousness that human beings and the ecosystem are interconnected can be said as ‗Sustainability‘. (Dunphy quoted in Russell, 2010, p10). The expression sustainability is more often thought the ‗triple bottom line‘ (popularized by Elkington 1997 as an accounting and reporting system incorporating economic, social and environmental outcomes) in the business situation and was criticised for lack of clarity towards the social or ‗people‘ dimension (Miller, Buys & Summerville, 2007, p 225). Kramar and Jones (2010) argue that the utility of the TBL approach to sustainability is limited in ―identifying the nature of HRM sustainability issues… as it focuses on external impacts, without looking inwards to the internal dynamics that contributes to those impacts‖ (p86). The ‗people‘ aspect of TBL‘s ‗people, planet, profit‘ is often used at a meso-level (concerning general HRM policies) Although concept of sustainability has evolved over the past three decades (Dyllick & Hockerts, 2002) and the word ―sustainability‖ is today one of the most widely used words in the scientific field (Leal Filho, 2000), the full potential of the concept for HRM has not been till nowadays revealed (Ehnert, 2009).

Human Resource Management (Hrm) It is said that if a cat leads the group of tigers, those tigers act as cats and if a tiger leads the group of cats, those cats act as tigers. The objective of Human Resource Management functions of any organization is to have a right person at right place at right time in the organisation. To have right person at right place at right time, the organization should plan prior, which is famously known as Human Resource Planning (HRP). This needs to have role clarity, job description and job specification at place. Accordingly the company‘s strategies the HR manager has to plan properly to have good HRP. HRP may be viewed as a forecasting of future human resource requirements of a company. HRP tries to fill the gap between existing availability of HR to future requirements of the HR. Without proper workforce plan the firm may not achieve the objective of right person at right place at right time. Also HRM has to ensure the

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 161

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

legal requirements of recruitment, in India particularly in public sector reservation system, priority to ―Sons of the soil‖ etc. are to be taken care. The availability of human resources and various sources of human resources are also influence the recruitment requirement. The recruitment, selection, remuneration, employment conditions, training & development and other aspects were the Human Resources Management processes of the employment relationship. In an organization Human Resources Management is the function which focuses on recruitment of Management and providing direction for the people who work in the organization. The issues related to people such as compensation, hiring, growth management, organization development, safety, wellness, benefits, employee motivation, communication, administration and training in an organization is considered as the organizational function known as the Human Resource Management. This can also be viewed as administrative activities which included other activities associated with planning, recruitment, selection, orientation, training, appraisal motivation and remuneration (Storey, 1992). Productivity of the organization based on efficiency and effective utilization of human resources. Human resource management aims at developing people through work (Bratton and Gold, 2001). ―In which organization you want to work? A good HRM is ―A firm in which there is scope for development and where the carrier growth is clear. The people‘s opinion was that they are ready to work where, their boss know their work‖. ―HR plays a role in connecting people to responsible business practices.‖ Grace Lee.

Return on Investment in Sustainability The key drivers of investment in sustainability are identified as Environmental considerations, Health, safety and environment considerations, Contribution to society, saving money on operational costs and Competitive financial advantage. For most organizations in today‘s economy, there is a need to make difficult business decisions and justify expenditures. Even though determining the return on investment (ROI) for sustainability-related activities may be extremely difficult, there is no reason for organizations to ignore outcome-based measurement tools. Among the survey conducted the respondents who calculate sustainability‘s return on investment (ROI) 47% reported a positive ROI, 46 % said it was too early to determine their ROI, 6% said they were breaking even on sustainability and no organization reported a negative ROI.

Csr and Csr Under Companies Act, 2013 ―Find employees who will be ambassadors [for CSR] and will influence their own organizations. Everyone in the company owns CSR, not just the CSR department.‖ Dan Henkle. The term Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has been used to illustrate an organisation‘s commitment to the environment, society and the economy through training and development, employee autonomy, E-HRM and the Charity programs play a significant role in promoting sustainable development in the organization. The expected complication in sustainability are the implemented through TBL or CSR or any other mechanism, is subject to organizational politics and may conflict with other views of management and business (Colbert & Kurucz, 2006; Kramar & Jones, 2010). In 2013 amendment was made to the Companies Act and Section 135 was made applicable companies for CSR under Companies Act, 2013. The companies like every company having net worth of Rs. 500 crore or more, or turnover of Rs. 1000 crore or more, or a net profit of Rs. 5 crore or more - during any financial year, have to contribute at-least 2% of the average net profits of the company made during the three immediately preceding financial years.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 162

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Company were allowed to give preference to the local / surrounding area where it operates for spending the amount earmarked for CSR activities. If company fails to spend such amount, the Board in its report has to justify the same. There shall be CSR policy, mode of spending and reporting etc. as per the Act. For sustainability / CSR to take hold in an organization, it must be ―woven into the fabric.‖ Bradley Googins. Because sustainability must be woven into an organization‘s fabric, it is very much an HR issue. ―We see CSR as just making good business sense. But a key part of why we practice CSR is to attract people.‖ Mark Hough.

Sustainability and Hrm Human resource is the real asset of any business unit. The strength of the firm lies in the composition of human resources. The main aim of any Human Resource Management is to recruit the people, motivate the people and to retain the people. The use of tools of HR to create a workforce that has the trust, values, skills and motivation to achieve a profitable triple bottom line is defined as Sustainable human resource management. (Cohen, Taylor, and Muller) The emerging concept of sustainable HR practices has important implications both for organizational performance and for the HR function. Corporate sustainability strategy needs the HR support in the development and implementation to sustainable business success. HR must align its practices by recognizing the new sustainability context of organizations. For a sustainable organization as well as manage the HR function the HR solutions are required in a sustainable way. The adoption of process for embedding sustainability values, understanding and engaging HR stakeholders, reviewing and developing HR policies and practices, and tracking and reporting performance and effects is the recommended approach. Through this process, HR will demonstrate how its sustainability performance aligns with leading global frameworks and supports the overall business sustainability strategy. Now the time has arrived when all HR managers have to sit down together and re-plan and redefine there HR practices for the sustainable growth and development of the organization. Sustainability initiatives are mostly define as new strategy for improving the environment and human activities. Sustainability has been subject of thought and reflection in the field of management for a long time, only recently, however that the link between sustainability and HRM issues, seem to have received attention, where sustainable human resource management has developed different approaches, in identifying the benefit of the perception, against the traditional HRM, which is a drive towards a Sustainable development (Ehnert, 2006). As per the research report by the Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) Human resource professionals has to play a significant role in their organization by developing and implementing sustainability strategies sustainability. Strategies can have a big impact on employee morale, business processes and an organization‘s public image, according to the report, Advancing Sustainability: HR‘s Role, which was released April 11 2011. Areas in which HR was or could be making a contribution to support human capital for the sustainability of the companies include workforce engagement ethics and governance, collaboration and teamwork, leadership development, training and development, talent management, change management, creating and inculcating values, diversity and multiculturalism and health, safety and environment. Examples of sustainable HR practices include encouraging employees, through training and compensation, designing a company‘s HRM system to reflect equity, development and wellbeing, thus contributing to the long-term health and sustainability of both internal (employees)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 163

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

and external communities, emphasizing long-term employment security to avoid disruption for employees, their families and communities. In business the sustainable HRM is about its role, sustainability of the HR function. The business strategy must be dynamic with possibility for revision the HR‘s own mandates as per requirements. It must ensure HR managers become enablers of an organization aligned with sustainability, which means taking on new roles and perspectives that have not traditionally been part of the HR brief. For example the HR function must expand its view of who the company‘s stakeholders are and ensure that the HRM system enables their sustainability. Sustainability is a continual practice that is more likely to be effective when integrated into the company‘s strategic framework. Sustainability can help the organizations to attract, retain and develop employees. HR managers now have a major role to play in designing efficient strategies which align with the company‘s values and culture, investors‟ expectations, meeting government rules and regulations, and most importantly, initiate environmental friendly practices and awareness among employees. By emphasizing the people dimensions of sustainability, HR can demonstrate that sustainability goes beyond the environment. It includes subjects such as poverty, AIDS, water and other social issues. HR can develop a culture of sustainability that permeates the organization. As a keeper of the organizational culture, HR can help develop sustainability strategies that will most effectively filter through the organization and will support organizational values. Sometimes HR does not play their role in an effective way as we expect from them mostly when strategy management in HR practices, but HR at the same time should do good jobs at recruitment, training and developments HR should provide programmes and services that result in a measurable increase in employee productivity, revenue and ROI. It will build a strong business case outlining its financial impact. HR should play an important role in ensuring that an organization has productive employees and effective people management programmes. Only by ensuring that all managers, management systems, measures and rewards work together ―in unison‖ can an organization ensure that it optimizes its performance. HR must take the lead in building and maintaining this performance culture and in ensuring it permeates the organization. (Krishnan, Rishikesha). The tool for proper implementation of sustainability is the HRM through its activity separate from other functional areas of the Business / organisation, is not properly examined. In an environment of increasing staff turnover, declining firm loyalty, increasing work hours & stress levels the declining satisfaction levels, the pressure from within the organisational associated with the sustainability of human resources. Wilkinson, Hill and Gollan (2001 p1494). The analysis of how HRM functions and strategies might assist in developing a workforce better equipped to address and progress issues of sustainability as observed by researchers of HRM and sustainability. Wirtenburg et al (2007), showed the detailed account of how various HRM functions can be achieve for more sustainable organisations. Before looking at how sustainability affects HR, first look at sustainability‘s impact on the business. Senior business leader‘s view making a profit as their primary responsibility. Therefore, for sustainability to get on the corporate agenda and become a priority there must be a compelling business case. The facilities to employees includes maternity leaves, better working conditions, part time jobs and harmonious relationship between HR and employees, moving ahead we have to discuss on the CSR means corporate social responsibilities, every organization in this world operates in the society and should be responsible for its degradations or depletions of it there organization should compensated the

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 164

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

society in the manner of giving employment to the local people and improving the area around it which it is operating.

Industrial Examples  Few TV advertisements which are very much connected to the topic of sustainable growth and development. In one of the TV advertisement a small kid asks his father that when he grows up and become a man in future he will open an bicycle store at the roadside, his father asks him why son and the son answered - if you all people use so much fuel and power unnecessarily then nothing will be left out for our generation and hence only bicycle will be the only options left out for us to travel. Another TV advertisement by Tata Steels saying a lot about contribution to community and at the end says ―we also manufacture Steel‖. …the core of these advertisements are sustainable growth and developments same goes here with our topic also that how sustainability can be achieved by an organization or firms with its human beings or employees.  The Aditya Birla group and the RPG group are two prominent business houses which are the examples of making sustainability through HRM. The implementation of many visible and substantive interventions in HR function like bringing more professionalization, better decision-making process and the transparency in performance measurement and market-linked compensation.  Tata group also recognized the HR initiatives were a powerful way for the group to create value – they were the first to start many activities which later become a statutory matter in India. The group also contributed by creation and running of the TMTC, the Tata Administrative Service, support for TISS & XLRI and an industry renowned graduate engineer and apprenticeship training schemes at Tata Steel and Tata Motors.  The examples of Mc Donalds or Google etc. The store like Mc Donalds, Microsoft, Google, Apple and many more to name generally started recreation programs for their employees like yoga, dance, meditations, painting, music and many more things so that they can release their tension at their working station and also at their personal life.  Hindustan Unilever Ltd. (HUL) contributes around 110 crores in improving the infrastructure areas of Odissa and small company like Aircel is just selling on its products due to its incentive taken by it to save the tiger project with NDTV which is appreciated by the people of the country.  To overcome the image of being a relatively poor paymaster and merely a passport to the US Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) is making a transition to hiring experienced people from the top business schools with competitive salaries.

Conclusion: The effects of the positive outcomes of sustainable HRM are stronger public image, better employee loyalty, improved employee morale and more efficient business processes. There are barriers in implementing sustainable strategies or practices, such as the cost of launching, the return on investment measurement difficulties, inadequate support from leaders, the costs of maintaining sustainable practices and a lack of internal capacity or knowledge. The sustainability‘s contribution is workplace flexibility as it is considered as a major concern for employees. Herrmann felt that ―It‘s not just a matter of making your employees happy.‖ ―It‘s an

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 165

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

opportunity to sale, offer what the company stands for.‖ The combined development of information technology and human resources are on top priorities for successful growing organizations. (Sleezer, Wentling, Cude). Sustainability is a huge factor in recruiting and engaging employees - Workers want purpose and meaning in their work; individuals are looking for employers that ―get it‖ and care about sustainability. This can provide an opportunity for HR to provide strategic leadership in this area. On the whole, the HR profession is unprepared - The HR professional do not yet possess the kinds of knowledge, skills or tools they will need to lead in this area. While HR does not necessarily have to be the owner of sustainability, HR has a critical role to play in driving the culture change required for organizations to make sustainability a priority. In the business community, sustainability lacks leadership - They see sustainability as a ―nice to do‖ versus a ―need to do.‖ Sustainability is very much an HR issue, though it‘s not necessary that HR ―own‖ sustainability - Sustainability is a people issue. It affects company‘s culture and behaviour. HR must be deeply involved in any organization‘s sustainability activities. Sustainability is a natural fit for HR - many in the profession are not yet ready to seize this mantle. They lack knowledge around sustainability, the ability to formulate a compelling business case and tools and resources to change an organization‘s culture. ―This is a place where HR led the initiative, with no mandate to do so. HR just took it. This shows that HR can lead, and on sustainability, HR should lead.‖ Gerlinde Herrmann. HR can help define what sustainability means in their organizations. HR can demonstrate that sustainability is more than compliance. ―The role of HR, is leadership. HR can play a key role in transforming companies and even industries.‖ Rita Bennett Many HR professionals are not yet ready to lead on sustainability - ―Sustainability starts with the business … the CEO and board have to make it a priority.‖ Rita Bennett. One can compared the sustainability wave to the quality movement of a few decades ago. For organizations to truly become quality organizations, quality ―had to be driven into the organization.‖ Quality wasn‘t a standalone project or a department, it permeated the entire company. He believed this would eventually also be the case with sustainability. Sustainability is still largely seen as ‗nice to do‘ and is not yet in the domain of most serious business people.‖ Rajeev Dubey. Hence HR players have got to be business people and play a very important role. Organizations must take the role of pertinent aspects for the people and technology issues with the help of human resource professionals to create an effective e- workplace. Companies want employees who ―can get together with friends and say with pride, ‗I work for XYZ Company.‘ ‖ Sustainability isn‘t just a nice thing to do; it makes good business sense. This can affect a company‘s brand and its bottom line. The attempt made in this research paper is that it provides a solid conceptual and practical foundation for assessing the contribution of HRM to sustainability. ―There is a big opportunity for HR because no one is owning sustainability.‖ Steve Williams.

References 1. Barbara Mazur (2014) Sustainable Human Resource Management in Theory and Practice. Economics and Management 1/2014 page 158 – 170. 2. Dr. J. Pandu Rangarao, Smt. J.V. Jayanthi Kumari & Dr. S. Ravi Dharma Raju (2014) Role of Human Resource Management in Sustainable Development. International

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 166

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Journal on Recent and Innovation Trends in Computing and Communication Vol. 2 Issue 9 page 2969 – 2972. 3. Dr. J. Venkatesh, Prof. Lissy TA & Prof. Vaishnavi Bhatt (2014). Sustainable Development and the Role of HRM : An Empirical Study of the IT Sector in India, International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, Vol. 3, Issue 8, August, 2014. 4. Keri Spooner & Saran Kaine (2010). Defining Sustainability and Human Resource Management. International Employment Relations Review 2010 page 70 – 81. 5. Nazneen (MBA: 2011-2013) Best HR Practices for Sustainable Organisational Growth, A research Report by the Society for Human Resource Management, BSR and Aurosoorya. http://www.shrm.org/application Advancing Sustainability: HR‘s Role. 6. Nyamch Jerome (2013) Impact of Sustainable Human Resource Management and Organizational Performance. International Journal of Asian Social Science, 2013 3(6) page 1287 – 1293. 7. Robin Kramar (2014). Beyond Strategic Human Resource Management : Is Sustainable Human Resource Management the Next Approach ? The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 25:8, 1069-1089. Online journal http://www.tandfonline.com/loi/rijh20. 8. Sorin P. Angheluta, Oleg Margina, Alina Zaharia & Gabriela Arionesei (2014). The Role of Human Resources In Sustainable Development of The Energy Sector. Ecoforum Vol. 3, Issue 1 (4), 2014. 9. Tabatabaci S.A.N., Omran F.S., Hashemi S. & Sedaghat M. (2017). Presenting Sustainable HRM Model Based on Balanced Scorecard in Knowledge – based ICT Companies (The Case of Iran). Economics & Sociology Vol. 10 No. 2 2017 page 107 – 124. 10. Zivile Stankeviciute & Asta Savaneviciene (2013). Sustainability as A concept For Human Resource Management. Economics and Management 2013 18(4) page 837 846. 11. HR Has Key Role in Sustainability Strategy, Report Finds. http://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/behavioural-competencies/ethical- practice/pages/sustainabilitystrategy.aspx 12. 2013 Role of HR in driving Sustainable business practices. Ernst & Young & NHRD. 13. 2008 Exécutive Round table Symposium on Sustaniability and Human Resource Management – Strategy. Executive Summary. May 29, 2008 Alexandria, Virginia. Society for Human Resource Management.

Sustainability and Hrm: ―How is sustainability influencing the HR profession?‖ Modern organizations are very complex in nature, so it is very difficult to understand. The entire world became a global hut due to emergence of Telecommunications and Information Technology. Many writers have addressed the subject matter of HRM and sustainability in terms of how HR practices can be utilized to assist the organisation in becoming more sustainable and / or contribute to environmental sustainability generally (Glade, 2008; Jabbour, Santos & Nagano, 2008; Jabbour & Santos, 2008a; Jabbour & Santos, 2008b; Wirtenburg et al, 2007).

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 167

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

direct services- which includes on-site child care, emergency backup care, health and beauty services and take out dinner programs for the employees. Services provided by University of Texas at Austin for their employees Work / Life Balance Program Balancing Personal and Professional Life — learn more about common personal and professional issues facing employees and how to address them. Lactation / Quiet Rooms — Read about rooms available for nursing mothers or for those who require a place to rest due to medical reasons involving a non-contagious condition. Work / Life Balance Resources — Your one-stop resource for finding recreation, art, continuing education, and many other activities on campus and in Austin. Work / Life Calendar of Events — Attend events designed to help you with aspects of work and personal life. (website: Texas) money based strategy it includes vouchers for child care, work life flexibility benefits, adoption assistance, leave with pay and perks benefits and many more. cultural change strategies which includes, training the managers so that they can properly deals with the employees and their work life conflicts. Manager pays to employees satisfaction and focusses on actual performance, not on face time. The fact that there is a growing concern amongst various companies towards environmental sustainability makes this study most relevant. It enables individuals and companies to meet their current needs without hampering the environment for the future generations to fulfill their needs. Hence companies have now developed a greater sense of responsibility with a greater focus on environmental sustainability, which not only increases the image of the company and the confidence of the investors, but has also become a business imperative. Amongst all the functional departments operating in the organization, the HR function has become one of the important drivers of environmental sustainability. led to the effectiveness of organizational policy towards green HR initiatives growing interest in human resource sustainability all employment relations issues are at some level concerned with issues of sustainability. the meaning of sustainability within the context of the employment relationship is examined Extant literature on HRM and sustainability pays little attention to the impact of both of these domains on the individual worker rather focusing on organisational sustainability The Kyoto Protocol and current Australian government deliberations concerning an emissions tax provide evidence of the importance of environmental concerns What people do at work clearly has environmental consequences. To the extent, however, that sustainability concerns are associated with a desire for sustainability of humans, the nature of the work that people undertake must also be a concern. a direct implication might be death on the job whilst an indirect implication might be an environmental catastrophe. This paper begins with an overview of some general themes in the sustainability literature before examining scholarship focusing on HRM and sustainability. Despite sustainability attracting increasing amounts of public and scholarly interest, there is still ambiguity around the term. means to reduce costs and increase revenue (Goleman, 2010). That is, the primary focus is often on organisational sustainability rather than the sustainability of the individuals who comprise the organisation. The concept is a global policy theme, widely use since 1987 when the United Nations World Commission on Environment and development (the Brundtland Commissioner) defined sustainable development as "development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs." aspects of HRM and

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 168

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

sustainability but that their focus has been mainly concerned with the implications of HRM for organisational sustainability or the part which HRM can play in developing the role of staff in environmental sustainability. Wirtenberg et al (2007) and Harmon et al (2010) have focused on the big picture issues of how HRM can contribute to sustainability management and have identified aspects of HRM which may contribute to the sustainability of organisations. A critical goal for the human resources field is seen to be the development of ‗competencies, collaborative strategies and organisational capabilities required to support the organisation‘s sustainability journey‘ (Wirtenberg, Harmon, Russell & Fairfield, 2007, p7). Human resource executives. Spector (2003) cites HRM as the unindicted co-conspirator in the Enron case! ignores the worker as a core element of concern and denies the importance of the sustainability of individual workers. concerned with the life and death and the physical, mental and emotional well-being or harm of the worker. organisational sustainability and the organisation‘s contribution to environmental sustainability are viewed as organisational goals, it follows that HRM will be considered in the context of how it can contribute to the achievement of these aims. However, if the primary role of HRM is the management of the employment relationship of the individual performing work, whether as an employee or a contractor, then it would seem reasonable to assume that the primary focus of HRM in the context of sustainability issues would be the sustainability of the workers themselves. the focus of HRM in organisations ignored the sustainability of the workers themselves, rather viewing them as tools for the achievement of sustainability in some other forms. great body of literature concerned with such issues as occupational health and safety (OH&S) and work life balance (WLB) are directly concerned with HRM and sustainability issues, even though they may not have been labelled as such. Workers‘ deaths on the job may not immediately impact upon organisational or environmental sustainability but certainly impacts upon the fate of the worker concerned and upon success. Much of the concerns of industrial relations literature require a rebadging as ‗HRM and sustainability‘ concerns. Based on data collected in 2010 from U.S.-based companies, including multinational organizations, the report finds that sustainability is most effective when integrated into a company‘s strategic framework rather than created as a feel-good exercise for leaders and employees. ―The use of sustainability programs in organizations is growing rapidly. Organizations are becoming increasingly aware of the benefits of sustainability both to society and to their own bottom lines,‖ said Mark Schmit, Ph.D., SPHR, SHRM‘s director of research. ―Sustainability programs make good business sense. Sustainability is important for all employees, but particularly for the youngest workers, noted Mary Cheddie, a former SHRM Board member. the survey report found ―somewhat of a disconnect‖ between HR professionals‘ involvement in creating and in implementing sustainability strategy in their organizations. Only 6 percent of HR leaders responding to the survey said they are involved in the creation of strategic sustainability programs. But one-fourth of respondents said that they are involved in the implementation of such programs. In the study, sustainability is defined as ―the commitment by organizations to balance financial performance with contributions to the quality of life of their employees, the society at large and

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 169

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

environmentally sensitive initiatives.‖ people demands and needs are regularly changing, people are now more demanding than ever HR has to play more vital role in it. But sometimes HR does not play their role in an effective way as we expect from them mostly when strategy management in HR practices, but HR at the same time doing good jobs at recruitment, training and developments. few strategies which HR can work upon: time based strategy the program or policy which the HR must opt are -flextime, job sharing, part time works, leave for new parents, closing plants or offices for certain special occasions. HR must ensure that it‘s programme focuses on their efforts on the problems and opportunities of HR issues. information based strategy it includes intranet work or life web site for employees and also relocation assistance. Technology, people, e-workplaces: these are the elements that fast moving organizations use to meet changing business requirements by using technology to invent new business processes, to re-align organizational structures, and to implement new management practices. Moreover, it has become apparent in today‘s global information economy, the most critical-indeed the primary-resource that distinguishes market leaders from everyone else is human talent! Countries, communities, and organizations are suddenly very interested in developing the human capacities that will allow them to compete in a networked world. How Might HR Influence Sustainability? ―This is a place where HR led the initiative, with no mandate to do so. HR just took it. This shows that HR can lead, and on sustainability, HR should lead.‖ Gerlinde Herrmann There is much potential for HR to influence sustainability and, through it, corporate strategy. HR can help define what sustainability means in their organizations. And HR can demonstrate that sustainability is more than compliance. The understanding of sustainability has been influenced by three main groups: ecologists, business strategists, and the United Nation‘s World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED, 1987). The concept of sustainability – understood as a company‘s ability to achieve its business goals and to increase long-term shareholder value by integrating economic, environmental and social opportunities into its business strategies. Term of ‗sustainability‘ also covers at least two distinct parts as described by Benn, Dunphy and Griffiths (2006) as ‗human sustainability (the development and fulfilment of human needs) and ecological sustainability (the protection and renewal of the biosphere) (p156). The relevance of sustainability as a concept for HRM can be supported by two kinds of arguments (Ehnert & Harry, 2012): first, organizations operates in economic and social environments and HRM can no longer neglect the societal discussion on sustainability, moreover needs to make an input to sustainable development; second, due to the scare human resources, aging population and increasing work-related health problems sustainability of HRM itself becomes essential for surviving of organizations.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 170

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

HRM for Sustainability - Need of an Hour

Manisha Britto Assistant Professor, Modern Law College, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract : Role of Human Resource Management in developing sustainable business organisations is gaining momentum today. Firstly it fosters individual employee sustainability and helps all HRM systems to invite, rejuvenate and develop motivated and engaged employees by making the HRM system completely sustainable. Secondly, the sustainable HRM helps to contribute sustainability of the business by intermingling of top management, key stakeholders and NGOs with help of CSR activities to a certain extent. In any HRM the measurement of human potential, talent retention strategies and gender diversity in corporate workplace matters the most to every organisation. An equilibrium among these will ensure long time work ethics to stabilise the growth of HRM and its long time relationship with industrial standards. Employee participation and human resource issues hold the key to a highly motivated atmosphere and ensure a stable growth. With CSR activities in place, the cooperation and development of human resource will definitely enhance public image of the company. It proves to be asset to the sustainability. The contribution to society is upliftment of humanity thus creating bonds of brotherhood.

Introduction: The business society is majorly based on the five M‘s. They are Man, Material, Machine, Money and Management. The last element of management is utmost importance and holds key to successful implementation of the other four. Money can be flown in the field as per need of the hour. There is always a guarantee that this factor will change with the market tide. Machines are also a stagnant resource made productive to yield results. Materials may vary from raw to finished products, falling in either of the criteria. The most important control of all these factors is Man. Controlling this factor and putting it to utmost use with an equally scalable monetary compensation is what matters the most to every company. Managing this resource and sustaining it is the most difficult part in every organisation. Employee engagement has also become a key element for companies that want to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce. The benefits of an engaged workforce are wide-ranging. They not only have the capacity to increase productivity, but also can instil company loyalty and trust, which can trickle down to customers as well.

Role of Human Resource Management in developing sustainable business organisations is gaining momentum today. Firstly it fosters individual employee sustainability and helps all HRM systems to invite, rejuvenate and develop motivated and engaged employees by making the HRM system completely sustainable. Secondly, the sustainable HRM helps to contribute sustainability of the business by intermingling of top management, key stakeholders and NGOs with help of CSR activities to a certain extent.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 171

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Developing sustainable business organisations is gaining momentum today. With cut throat competitions today the HR personnel are finding it very difficult to retain employees and gain fruitful results mutually. Employees are assets of the business world. The foundation of every organisation is Human Resource. The HR department is usually responsible for creating, putting into effect and overseeing policies governing workers and the relationship of the organization with its employees.In any HRM the measurement of human potential, talent retention strategies and gender diversity in corporate workplace matters the most to every organisation. Equilibrium among these will ensure long time work ethics to stabilise the growth of HRM and its long time relationship with industrial standards. Employee participation and human resource issues hold the key to a highly motivated atmosphere and ensure a stable growth. With CSR activities in place, the cooperation and development of human resource will definitely enhance public image of the company. It proves to be asset to the sustainability. The contribution to society is upliftment of humanity thus creating bonds of brotherhood. The backbone of every company is its human resources or HR. If the management of this HR works perfectly in tune with the company guidelines, the company can scale heights. Employees are the asset of every company and are referred to as human capital. The most important feature or characteristic of this HR is its effective and prompt use on time. As with other business assets, the goal is to make effective use of employees, reducing risk and maximizing return on investment.

Sustainable Human Resource Management 8During the last decade, a new approach to HRM has evolved. This approach has been labelled sustainable human resource management. It is an approach that seeks to link HRM and sustainability. Consequently, sustainable HRM is viewed in a variety of ways. It acknowledges organisational outcomes, which are broader than financial outcomes. All the writings emphasise the importance of human and social outcomes. We must focus explicitly on the pros and cons of this SHRM, as the effectiveness of sustainability will reap good results when compared to the original HR policies. The processes associated with the implementation of HRM policies needs acknowledgement of competing organisational requirements. By this approach the desired outcomes of organisational practices will definitely gain momentum.

9The focusing of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and increasing pressure of competitiveness and flexibility of organisation have significantly influenced HRM strategies and practices. Managing a global workforce in MNEs has become more complex due to the demographic change, value change, internationalisation or lack of quality in some education systems. This has raised great interests for practitioners and researchers highlighting the need for

8Robin Kramer, International journal of Human resource management, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true&journa lCode=rijh20, last seen on 3rd December 2018

9Irene Yu, Conversations inCulchr, https://conversationsinculchr.wordpress.com/2015/02/22/the- importance-of-sustainable-hrm/, last seen 7th December 2018

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 172

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

more sustainable HRM. The significance of organisational sustainability has assumed more importance now since many organisations are facing the difficulties between competing demands on short-term profit or long-term organisational sustainability. In this situation, it requires organisations to consider on investing in attracting, developing and retaining skilled employees and focusing on efficiency and effectiveness in HR practices. As detrimental for organisation to survive and be successful in the long run, it could be suggested that they use an efficient way to manage current employees and maintain a durable access to future employees. Sustainability is regarded to be critical and strategic potential for HRM.

How can we foster individual employee sustainability? All HRM systems need to boost the employees to constantly rejuvenate them and develop a highly motivated atmosphere by engaging employees in various activities to get maximum output in limited time frame. The human mind gets bored easily with repetitive work. Duty of HR is to foster the organisations growth by keeping the workforce balance with real time human nature and its negative consequences owing to this drawback of repetitiveness. Following ideas can be followed to sustain the employees and yield high results mutually beneficial.

Educate: Sustainability initiatives are tied to salary accounts or profit margins. It's important to provide proper sustainability training to create a feeling of individual responsibility for your employees. These education sessions should evaluate the company's long-term purpose and align them with your employees' own goals. This approach is undoubtedly more aligned with the good of society and can help to erase the conflict that people feel between their work duties and personal values. New changes should be explained, their happenings and their need of the hour should be showcased in the right spirit.

Engage and encourage: After employees are trained, a sense of accountability for these new initiatives has to be implemented. Employees who participate in the company's sustainability program often contribute to additional program ideas. It's easy to update the sustainability goals on the company website, but changes in the office can be difficult. 10Employee engagement has emerged as a powerful tool for driving sustainability initiatives. The overall value of engaged employees to an organization has been well documented, with studies demonstrating the competitive advantage associated with attracting and retaining employees who are engaged and committed to their employers. Leveraging employee engagement allows corporations to not only achieve their own organizational objectives, but also to magnify their positive impact. The first type of engagement is a pledge-based approach, encouraging employees to commit voluntarily to a sustainability program. This approach tends to focus on behavioural changes. Often these programs will use a model called ―gamification‖ to encourage competition among employees aimed at reducing their individual carbon footprint through an interactive

10Jessica Mann and othrs, The evolution of sustainability initiatives in employee engagement,https://rpsc.energy.gov/sites/default/files/publication/c- 1321_Evolution%20of%20Sustainability%20Initiatives%20in%20Employee%20Engagement.pd f, last seen on 13th November 2018.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 173

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

social network platform. The second type is volunteer actions. These are usually event-based activities such as Earth Day events, neighbourhoodcleanup days, and other community interactions that generate some type of positive sustainability impact. The third type of engagement involves workplace sustainability programs. These engagements can range from environmental education programs, to office recycling programs, to green teams, to efficient lighting programs, to campaigns to power down electronic equipment when not in use.

Reward and recognition: A small token of reward and recognition could be a healthy way towards the positive change required. You should also celebrate success when goals are reached. This keeps visibility high and promotes a sense of healthy competition. One way to do this is establishing a weekly green spotlight, or offering a group prize when certain sustainability goals are met.

11Growth, Learning and Passion A study has revealed that 85% of the workers at work don‘t feel engaged at work. Continual development and growth matter to an organization and that includes an individual‘s personal development. Many factors contribute to an employee‘s lack of interest and contribution at work. They come to do their job and get their salaries. Employees don‘t feel inspired or motivated due to a lack of development or growth opportunities. They may not receive recognition or fair benefits and wages. Sustainable performance considers human element, and its cornerstones are passion and learning. When you unite the two, you have the drive and know-how to make great progress and innovation. Leaders should strive to cultivate both within their work culture. Employees should feel connected to the mission. Often the mission is a statement on the website and other corporate materials, but what does it mean to each employee. When employees are engaged at work they showcase exceptional standards of results. Vice versa when there is no passion or learning and job keeps giving repetitiveness, it leads to slow growth of organisation and self.

Workforce culture, mission, and goals showcase need to be conveyed frequently. Most of the organisations reflect the overall mission in the premises. It becomes necessary to convey this mission to the employees and make them a part of the organisation by imbibing in them the mission and vision of the organisation. These missions create a culture of positivity and progress based on service and working together. Employees also know they matter on an individual level. It‘s easier for them to relate to each other and the company at large. Companies communicate progress through statistics and data, but a more organic approach is necessary. The organisational culture should be communicated and made relevant to all employees at all times. This can be done by holding regular meetings, conducting anonymous surveys and giving employees more authority.

12Negative Work Culture should be struck down at the core

11Forbes, William Craig, The importance of creating sustainable employees in the workplace, https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamcraig/2018/06/19/the-importance-of-creating-sustainable- employees-in-the-workplace/#5aa264327285, last seen on 13th November 2018.

12 Ibid

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 174

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sometimes the work culture is such that senior employees are tightly looped and they have a closed door policy that may choke the new talent. The entry into such groups is not dangerous and sophisticated but is also harmful in the long run. It may create misunderstanding of the juniors towards the sincerity of work and difficult to preserve integrity towards the organisation. This also indicates that sustaining such atmospheres requires time patience and wisdom. One may think that politics is a necessary part of such corporate interaction and work culture, but when you review the course of your career and consider how much more productive and innovative your efforts may reap fruitful results if negative encounters and negative work culture is completely ignored. Theramifications of negative work culture should be discussed and resolved, but management continues to sweep negativity under the rug. This will also enable to create a positive outlook and enhance the work productivity. Negativity is contagious, since feelings fluctuate when one is new to the organisation. Question of survival becomes important if this negativity that start with the brain leads to a weakened work culture that will slowly run in the veins of working atmosphere. 13It‘s better to pick your battles when faced with a negatively oriented person, but a company possesses a greater responsibility to its employees to create a positive environment. This leads to a sustainable work culture that directly impacts staff. Policies and ground rules must be expressed and carried out so employees maintain energy levels and enthusiasm directed toward the mission. Leaders shouldn‘t sit back — they must participate in active roles within the team as team members themselves. Building a more positive and sustainable work culture means opening up and creating opportunities for professionals to get to know each other. It means nurturing their growth and development and giving them constructive and positive feedback. Most workers don‘t feel engaged at their job because they lack a sustainable work culture. Its absence significantly impacts the work ethic, performance and potential of employees. When sustainable work culture is nurtured, employees arise to actively steer the company toward its mission with passion and innovation, promoting its longevity and success.

Conclusion: A solid sustainability vision and strategy is needed so that employees have a clear understanding of the company‘s future direction and why sustainability is important to the organization and their own futures. This foundational step is key and will be the glue that ties together all the other elements as the stages progress. Building on that clear vision and strategy, next in line could be how you can best ―meet your employees where they are‖ to increase awareness and understanding of sustainability—not only what it means to your organization, but also what it means to them. Once employees feel connected with on personal level and they feel a closer connection to the vision and strategy, they are well positioned to be moved towards individual commitments, both at work and at home. This requires ongoing interaction, idea sharing and reinforcement of their value in the company‘s sustainability journey.

13 Ibid

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 175

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Finally, as an organization and its employees progress along the engagement continuum, they will achieve action-oriented results built upon a healthy level of competition, recognition and rewards. But, the journey doesn‘t stop there. As new employees join the company, others retire, and some change positions or feel they‘ve done as much as they can in one area of sustainability. There arises a need to continually seek ways to engage and/or re-engage them. Through inspired leadership, effective communication, and openness to new ideas, they can be retained and attracted to yield higher results while delivering positive returns the company.

REFERENCES : 1. Margie Flynn, the four stages of engaging employees on sustainability, https://www.greenbiz.com/blog/2012/08/30/four-stages-employee-engagement- sustainability, 2. Jessica Mann and othrs, The evolution of sustainability initiatives in employee engagement, https://rpsc.energy.gov/sites/default/files/publication/c- 1321_Evolution%20of%20Sustainability%20Initiatives%20in%20Employee%20Engage ment.pdf , 3. Forbes, William Craig, The importance of creating sustainable employees in the workplace, https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamcraig/2018/06/19/the-importance-of- creating-sustainable-employees-in-the-workplace/#5aa264327285, 4. Robin Kramer, International journal of Human resource management, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true &journalCoderijh20. 5. Irene Yu, Conversations in Culchr, https://conversationsinculchr.wordpress.com/2015/02/22/the-importance-of-sustainable- hrm/.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 176

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Tourism and Economic Growth in Nepal

Dr. Deep Rawal Professor, Director, Research Centre Mid-Western Univeristy, Surkhet, Nepal. [email protected]

Abstract : Nepal is a beautiful country, rich and diverse in natural and cultural resources, which is in its developmental phase and is full of potentiality in tourism sector of Nepal. Tourism has been the major source of revenue in Nepal. Forty two percent of total employments are created by tourism industry and most of people; they are totally depending in tourism for their livelihood. Tourism creates various direct and indirect effects in the economy growth in Nepal. This paper attempts to confirm empirically about the positive impact of tourism and economic growth in Nepal. It is based on Nepalese data of foreign exchanges earnings from tourism and gross domestic product for the period between FY 2007/08 to 2016/017. The main purpose of this paper is to present about the overall tourism to economic growth of Nepal. The overall presentation of paper reflects the potentiality of tourism growth and development in Nepal for strengthens of nation economy. The result shows if the all available researches are to establish and utilized properly and systematically, than only economic growth and development should be achieved.

Key Words: tourism, forms, prospects, economic growth, sustainable development.

Introduction: Nepal is a beautiful country rich and diverse in nature and culture resources, which is in its developmental phase in full of potential in tourism sector. Nepal is situated in Southern Asia between two countries, India and China. Nepal is a small country, but eight out of ten highest mountains in the world are in Nepal especially including Mount Everest (Sagarmatha). Nepal is a perfect place to visit for mountain climber, rock climber and all those persons who love to do an adventure in Nepal. Due to its natural beauty, rich culture and religious diversity, it has a lot of potentials to make the best use o tourism, which is main source of revenue for the Nepal. Nepal is a federal democratic population country where more than 120 languages are spoken by over 32 million people and wide range of religion. Unfortunately, maximum advantage of tourism is not being availed due to lack of proper tourism plans and strategies. Nepal's diversity attracts tourists. Its natural physical diversity offers a wide scope of activities that range from visiting jungle resort camps to trekking in snow-capped mountains. The world tourism is derived from the French word "Tourisume" which organized in the 19th century. Tourism describes every activity of man kind concerned with the development of tourist movement. In simple meaning, traveling from one place to another place of tourist area to stay temporary with the different kinds of purpose is called Tourism. Tourism is the activities of persons travelling to and staying in places. The function of Tourism is to import currency from foreign resources in to the country. Its impact in what tourist expenditures can do to the different sectors of the economy. Nepal is a beautiful country with an amazing array of mysterious attraction, it is a most visit tourist

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 177

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

destination of the world. Nepal is a land of outstanding diversity and attractive destination of the world. Major tourist attractions in Nepal are mountaineering, trekking, rafting, paragliding, rock climbing, jungle safari, hunting, bungee jumping, boating etc. The tourism scenario changed its gear after 1951 when Nepal became a democratic country. Nepal got international recognition in 1953 when in Edmund Hillry and Tenzin Norgey Sherpa conquered Mount Everest. Since then Nepal has obtainted great attention from the mountain climbers. After this, Nepal only saw progression in the travel and tourism. In 1957, Tourism Development Board was created and in 1959, Nepal joined the world Travel Organization. In 1963 Nepal also joined Pacific Asia Travel Association, and finally, in 1998, Nepal Tourism was development. Nepal Tourism Board (NTB) is working hard in promoting the country through workshops, summits, exhibitions, social media and participating in tourism program and activities. NTB is significant efforts in promoting Nepal as a tourist destination in the world. For that NTB is advertising Nepal in the national and international market for tourism. The image of Nepal as a beautiful Himalayan country cannot be ignored but in the meantime it is important as well as to look into the diverse culture of this country. Nepal is a one of least developing country. 25% people live under poverty line. The GDP of Nepal is dependent basically on remittance. Agriculture is the mainstay of the economy which provides livelihood to more than 70% people and accounts for rd of the GDP. The political instability is also the major cause of economic backwardness in Nepal. The estimated GDP of Nepal in 2015 was USD 70.08 billion and per capital income is USD 2500. The nation with 3.25 million population (CBS, 2011) ranks as the 142nd (UNDP, 2007) least developed country among 177 nations in the world. In the midst around 1792 mountains peaks existed in Nepal, 1310 peaks are above 6000 meter and only 326 peaks have been opened for climbing (TAAN, 2008). There are different types of tourism based on geography throughout the world. The existing forms of tourism throughout the world are different. There is not a definite quantity of tourism forms in the world. The most of common forms of tourism are found in most parts of the world as well as in context of Nepal also. With many historical, religious and natural attractions, Nepal has the potential to become one of the tourism attractions in the world. Tourism has the large impact on the economy of any place or the world. Tourism helps in creating the opportunity of employment in country. It provides an opportunity to for investment and development of various important infrastructures in the country. Tourism has been a dynamic and the fastest growing service industry. It holds an indispensible position among the drivers of economic growth of the country and facilitates for the peace and harmony. Tourism companies the activities of persons travelling to and staying in places outside; their usual environment for not more than one consecutive year for leisure, business and other purposes (WTO, 1999). Tourism is one of the productive business activities directed for the production of the goods and services. It provides goods and services to the customers i.e. visitors and employment and income to the local people. Tourism has various economic, social, cultures and others effects on tourism destinations and the effect can be both positive and negative. Nepalese tourism prospects are equipped with natural beauty, mountaineering, trekking, adventures, pilgrimage etc. Basic infrastructures such as accommodations, transportation,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 178

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

communications, banking, promotion and other activities are gradually in improving trend which will attract even more potential tourist for better tourism and economic growth in Nepal. Tourism in Nepal is one of the most important sectors of economy. As a positive economy affects, it is believed to have contributed to foreign currencies earnings, employment generations, rise of income, production development and various other sectors. Tourism is very important in Nepal and is a key industry. The growth of tourism has had a significant impact in all factors of the economic, socio- cultural and environmental of Nepal. Tourism is influences on these factors on different ways, both positive and negative. Tourism sector has been considered as a major sector in Nepalese economy. More than 1.50 million people are employed directly or indirectly in this sector. The main objective of this article is to examine the relationship between tourism and economic growth of Nepal. It attempts to determine the relationship between earning from tourism and GDP for the period between 2007/o8 to 2016/2017.

Literature Review There are many research and studies done on tourism and economic growth. This research can be grouped in to two broad level, mainly single country research and group county researches. Due to limitation of resources, many researchers attempted to explore the relationship between tourism activity and economic growth in different perspectives applying various economics methods. Below we have summarized some reviews and under taken research studies on empirically examined the role of tourism in growth of Nepal. Burger (1978), Khadka (1993) and Pradhananga (1993) assessed the economic impacts of tourism in Nepal using Input-Output mode whereas Shrestha (1998), Sharma (2011), and Upadhyaya (2004) analyzed economic impact of tourism using simple regression models in their research . Balaguer and Cantavella-Jorda (2002) examined the role of tourism in Spanish Long-run economic development and tested tourism-led growth hypothesis in their study. Using quarterly data for the period from 1975 to 1997 and Granger Causality Test, they concluded that economic growth has been sensible to presented expansion of international tourism. The analysis by Dritsakis (2004) on Greece, Durbarry (2004) on Mauritius and Beleaguer and contravella-Jorda (2002) on Spain empirically proved the existence of a bidirectional relationship between the two variables. On the other hand, Eugenio-martin and Morales (2004) confirm the validity of tourism-led growth hypothesis for low and middle income countries in Latin America while they assert that the situation is different for high income countries. Oh (2005) found that the hypothesis of tourism-led economic growth could not be verified in the case of the Korean economy. The results of Oh's Granger causality test imply the existence of a one-way causal relationship in terms of economic-driven tourism growth. Gunduz and Hatemi, J. (2005) and Zortak (2009) in their analysis conducted on Turkish economy, concluded that the increase in tourism income effects economic growth. World Travel and Tourism council (WTTC) conducted about the economic impact of tourism in Nepal and presented the detailed document about it on their official website where it presents the direct and indirect impact of tourism in Nepal on its GDP and the employment opportunity of the country. The world Travel and Tourism Council (WATTC) is the global authority on the economic and social contribution of Travel and Tourism. WTTC promotes

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 179

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

sustainable growth for the sector, working with government and international institutions to create jobs, to drive exports and to generate prosperity. (World Trade and Travel Council 2015,2-4) Another study by Zortuk (2009) showed the economic impact of tourism on Turkey's economy. It used quarterly data from 1990 and 2008 to investigate the relationship between tourism expansion and economic growth. Using Granger causality test based on VECM. It discovered that unidirectional causality from tourism Development to economic development exists between the two variables in Turkey. Gautam (2001) tried to assess the relationship between tourism receipt and economic expansion. Using the concepts and methods of the unit root test, co-integration, granger causality test and error correction method, the study has confirmed the short term dynamics as well as long run equilibrium. It clearly showed the co-integration between tourism and economic growth in Nepal. In addition, the analysis verified the notion that tourism growth granger causes economic growth and vice versa indicating a bi-directional causality between economic growth and tourism growth. Poudyal (2012) examined the impact of tourism and other related macroeconomics variables on the economic growth of Nepal by deriving tourism income multiplier from the Keynesian macro economic model. He employed the three stage least square regressions techniques for estimating the value of multiplier. The estimated value of multiplier based on regression results over thirty six years period from 1975 to 2010 was 1.21. The granger causality tests confirmed the bi-directional impact in the case of tourism receipts and GDP, In addition, tourism receipt was found to have bi-directional relationship with same other variables such as GNI, exports, private consumption and imports. Above literature review undertaken on introduction and score of tourism and economic growth of Nepal, tourism assumed significant position due to its strong impacts on economic sector also. It also proved that tourism and tourism industry is a life blood for tourism industry is a life blood for tourism and economic growth of Nepal.

The Historical Development and Impact of Tourism In Nepal In recent years, researcher have been interested in the study of relationship between tourism and economic growth, A simple consensus has emerged that it increased foreign exchange income, create employment opportunities, stimulates the growth of the tourism industry and therefore triggers overall economic growth. The examine role of tourism earnings on economic growth, it is necessary to study whether tourism receipt causes economic growth or not. There are various methods to study or research in tourism and economic growth of Nepal. This article utilizes annual data spanning from 2007/08 to 2016/017 published as secondary data for study about the information of tourism and economy growth of Nepal. Indicators 2016 2017 % Change Tourist Arrival by: Air 572563 760577 32.8 Land 180439 179641 -0.4 Total 753002 940218 25 Average Length of Stay 13.4 12.6 -6.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 180

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sex: Male 399091 509598 27.7 Female 353911 430620 21.7 By Age groups: 0-15 years 29825 35332 18.5 16-30 years 154960 217143 40.1 31-45 years 218479 292827 34.0 46-60 years 199139 244342 22.7 61+ years 130627 141316 8.2 Not Specified 19972 9258 Top Five Country of Nationality: Rank 1 India India Rank 2 China China Rank 3 Srilanka USA

Rank 4 USA United Kingdom Rank 5 United Kingdom Srilanka Purpose of Visit: Holiday/Pleasure 489452 658153 34.5 Pilgrimage 82830 141033 70.3 Trekking & Mountaineering 66490 75217 13.1 Official 21310 na Business 24322 na Conference/Conv. 12801 na Others 55797 65815 18.0

Source : Nepal Statistics, 2017 Some of the actively operating airlines of Nepal are furnished in 2016 and 2017 as below. % Indicators 2016 2017 Change Tourist Arrival by Major Five Airlines: Rank 1 Nepal Airlines Jet Airways Rank 2 Qatar Air Nepal Airlines Rank 3 Air Arabia Qatar Air Rank 4 Jet Airways Air Arabia Rank 5 Fly Dubai Fly Dubai Mountaineering Expedition( above 6500 mtrs ): Total Team 278 291 4.7 Successful Person 1981 2277 14.9 Royalty to Government (Rs.' 000) 255744 387416 51.5

Revenue from Tourism: Total Earning(US$ ' 000) 554530 658092 18.7

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 181

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Average expenses / Visitor / day ( US$) 53 54 1.9

Tourism Related Enterprises : Hotel (star) 120 125 4.2 Hotel ( Non star) 942 977 3.7 Beds (total) 38242 39833 4.2 Travel Agencies 3444 3824 11.0 Trekking Agencies 2367 2637 11.4 Tourist Guide 3717 3876 4.3 Trekking Guide 13049 13831 6.0 Source : Nepal Statistics,

Indicators 2016 2017 % Change Places Visited: National Parks and Wildlife Reserve 389223 604091 55 Pashupati Area (excluding Indian) 95411 124180 30 Lumbini (excluding Indian Tourists) 136253 145796 7 Manaslu Trekking 4780 5745 20 Mustang Trekking 3984 6632 66 HumlaTrekking 10105 13398 33 Lower Dolpa Trekking 1023 924 -10 Kanchanjunga Trekking 502 1008 101 Upper Dolpa Trekking 531 425 -20 International Airlines Movement: Arrival 13558 16680 23 Departure 13560 16682 23 Total 27118 33362 23 Source : Nepal Statistics, 2017 Tourist Arrival And Average Length Of Stay, 2007-2017 Tot al By Air By Land Growth Average Rate Length of Year Number (%) Number Percent Number Percent Stay

2007 526,705 37.2 360,713 68.5 165,992 31.5 11.96

2008 500,277 -5.0 374,661 74.9 125,616 25.1 11.78

2009 509,956 1.9 379,322 74.4 130,634 25.6 11.32

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 182

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2010 602,867 18.2 448,800 74.4 154,067 25.6 12.67

2011 736,215 22.1 545,221 74.1 190,994 25.9 13.12

2012 803,092 9.1 598,258 74.5 204,834 25.5 12.16

2013 797,616 -0.7 594,848 74.6 202,768 25.4 12.60

2014 790118 -0.9 585981 74.2 204137 25.8 12.44

2015 538970 -32 407412 75.6 131558 24.4 13.16

2016 753002 40 572563 76 180439 24 13.4

2017 940218 25 760577 81 179641 19 12.6

Source : Nepal Statistics, 2017 From table no analyzing the number of tourist arrivals- wise basis, top five countries with largest number of tourists arrivals during the period of 2017 January to January 2018 have been India (25.0%) follows by china (11.2%). Srilanka (7.5%), USA (7.3%) and united kingdom (4.7%) respectively. Tourist Arrival By Year, 2007-2017 Third Year Country Indian Total % Change

2007 430695 96010 526705 37.2 2008 409100 91177 500277 -5.0 2009 416072 93884 509956 1.9 2010 481969 120898 602867 18.2 2011 586711 149504 736215 22.1 2012 637277 165815 803092 9.1 2013 616642 180974 797616 -0.7 2014 654775 135343 790118 -0.9 2015 464156 74814 538970 -31 2016 634,753 118,249 753,002 40

2017 779386 160,832 940218 25

Source : Nepal Statistics, 2017

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 183

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The above chart shows the number of tourist arrival in Nepal from 2008 to 2017. It also shows the number of tourist who arrived via land the number of tourist who arrived via air from 2008 to 2017. Gross Foreign Exchange Earnings From Tourism By Fiscal Year, 2007/08to 2016/17 Total Earnings ( Net received ) %Change Annual in Fiscal Year Average

US$ US$ NRs. (000) Exchange (000) Rate

2064/65 (2007/08) 20,339,890 64.72 314,275 74.4

2065/66 (2008/09) 27,959,800 76.58 365,106 16.2

2066/67 (2009/10) 28,138,600 74.24 379,022 3.8

2067/68 (2010/11) 24,610,800 72.07 341,485 -9.9

2068/69 (2011/12) 30,703,820 80.72 380,374 11.4

2069/70 (2012/13) 34,210,576 87.66 390,264 2.6

2070/71 (2013/14) 46,374,900 98.3 471,769 21.4

2071/72 (2014/15) 53,428,800 98.2 544,100 15.2

2072/73 (2015/16) -27.8 41,765,400 102.36 392,700 2073/74 (2016/17) 40.03 58,526,918 106.21 551,000 2074/75 (2017/18)* 33,753,048 102.96 327,800 Source: Nepal Rastra Bank. * 1st six month of FY 2016/17

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 184

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Gross Foreign Exchange Earnings, 2007-2017 Total Earning Average Average Annual % Expendit Expenditure Change ure Per Year Average US $ Per Visitor Per in Rs in US$ Visitor Day Million Exchange (Million) US$ US$ Rate 2007/0 8 18,653.1 286.9 99.7 860.3 73

2008/0 9 27,959.8 77.14 363.7 26.8 798.9 70.6

2009/1 0 28,138.6 72.88 377.5 3.8 578.6 45.7

2010/1 1 24,610.7 74.33 340.4 -9.8 522.9 39.9

2011/1 2 30,703.8 81.02 379.0 11.3 440.8 36.2

2012/1 3 34,210.6 87.96 388.9 2.6 538.0 42.8

2013/1 4 46,374.9 98.21 472.2 21.4 597.6 48.0

2014/1 5 53,428.8 99.49 544.1 15.2 790.0 63

2015/1 6 41,765.4 106.35 392.7 -27.8 902.4 68.57

2016/1 7 58,526.9 107.58 510.0 40.3 695.0 53.0

2017/18 * 33,753.0 102.96 327.8 680.4 54.0

Source: Nepal Rastra Bank 1st six months of FY 2017/018

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 185

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Foreign Exchange Earnings From Tourism, 2007/08-2016/17 As % of Total Total Foreign As % of As % of Total Value of Total Exchange Earning Value of Exports of Foreign As % of Year from Goods GDP Merchandise &Non Exchange Tourism (Rs. in Exports Factor Earnings millions) Services

17. 5. 2007/08 18,653.0 30.1 9 6 2.3

22. 6. 2008/09 27,960.0 40.0 8 5 2.8

24. 6. 2009/10 28,139.0 44.5 6 0 2.4

20. 4. 2010/11 24,611.0 35.8 2 9 1.8

20. 4. 2011/12 30,703.8 37.7 0 5 1.8

18. 4. 2012/13 34,210.6 39.8 9 5 2.0

20. 4. 2013/14 46,374.9 45.9 5 7 2.4

21. 4. 2014/15 53,428.8 54.4 6 9 2.5

2015/16 41,765.4 55.8 19.6 3.7 1.9

58,526.9 71.3 24.3 4.5 2.3 2016/17

33,753.0 73.1 26.4 5.0 2017/18*

Source: Rastra Bank *1st six months Nepal of FY 2016/17

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 186

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Nepal is famous destination for pilgrimage due to its prominent, glorious and prideful historical places. Lumbini being birth place of Lord Buddha and Pashupatinath, a center of faith for Hindunism is major among many important places. Lumbini is found as most visited pilgrimage by foreigners. It was visited by 1,552,586 persons out of them 80.6% were Nepalese while 10% Indians and 9.4% from other countries. February was the most preferred month of Lumbini visit. Similarly, the 124,180 visitors from third country visited the Pashupatinath. These year development plan (2017-2018) aimed to increase the length of stay in Nepal by tourist was 14 days by 2017. It was ranging from 8 to 13.5 days in the past. The analysis of length of stay of 400.000 tourists estimated it as 12.6 days in the year 2017. Infact, 2017 seems remarkable improvement in tourist arrivals. Tourist arrivals increased by 25% compared 2016. Out of total tourist arrivals, five countries occupy more than 50%. The proportion of tourist from these countries are India (17.1%) China (11.1%) USA (8.4%), United Kingdom (5.4%) and SriLanka (4.8%). Seasonality exists in tourist arrivals. The highest number of arrival in observed in October followed by February. There is no major change in sex and age group of tourist arrivals. By Sex male (54%) and about two third arrivals were of age category 16-45(74%) in year 2017. Revenue from tourism sector is observed from foreign currency exchange made by tourists and tourism industries as proxy of income. NRB report shows total foreign currency exchange (less return) for 2016/017 stood at Nrs. 58,526,918 thousand (around 551.000 thousand US$).This is almost 40% higher than previous year 2015/016. This increase in currency income due to increase in tourist arrival brings per tourist per day expenditure at 54 USD. Tourism sector of Nepal is organized and managed with partnership of Government, private sector, household, professional and NGOS. Tourism industries play pivotal roles in tourist service management, increasing revenue, All total 1101 (star and tourist standard Hotels) are operated in 2017, with bad capacity 39833 per day. Travel agency, tour guide, tour operations, trekking agencies, rafting agency and guides all one in increasing number in trend. In 2017 the number of registered Travel agencies reached up to 3824 and trekking agencies are 2637.

GDP The contribution of tourism to the GDP of Nepal has been significant. It has contributed in more than one way including through foreign exchange earning, increase in production of all varities opening up of new institution and range of service sectors. The GDP of Nepal was NRP. 68.8 billion Which was almost 3.9% of total GDP in 2013 from the direct contribution of travel and tourism in Nepal. And there is forecast to grow up by 9.8% in 2014 and after that continuously rise by 4.9% pa every year from 2014-2022. In the same way travel and tourism has directly supported 504000 jobs to local and national wise and the indirect economic employment was 1,112,000 jobs, this is expected to rise by 6.5% in 2014 and expected to rise by 6.0% pa from 2012-2022.(council, 2014). Thus, in Nepal tourism is not only important economic sources of foreign currency but also a major employment generation.

Benefits and Recommendation The article his identified a number of knowledge about management and development the must be explored in order to ensure a better planning are understanding as well as

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 187

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

implementation of tourism and economic growth of Nepal. Nepal can get various benefits on advantage by promoting the tourism sector as follows: 1. Earn foreign currency and income gaining jobs in the economy. 2. Creates an opportunity for various employments in the country. 3. Contribution in development infrastures. 4. Improve of living standard of Nepalese people. 5. Tourism provides the opportunities for development of existing business and services throughout country and international level. 6. Local economic will be increased and the economic of local business will be established and employment would be developed. 7. Economic as well as social, cultural, environment etc. advantages would be established and developed. Some recommendations and potential suggestions on tourism and economic growth are: The need to develop and explored tourism in order to able to conclusively determine the role of tourism and economic growth of Nepal. The need to develop tourism policies and practices that ensure the implication and distribution of tourism for betterment of economic growth of Nepal. National efforts to ensure that tourism activities carried out sustainably and meet economic socio-cultural and environmental objectives.

Conclusion: This article was prepared for better understanding of tourism and economic growth in Nepal and probable perspective of tourism activities in Nepal. In other words, it can be continued that there is a long run relationship between tourism performance and economic growth of Nepal. Overall fact that, the tourism of Nepal needs an upgrading in all its service and areas. If that is done, then only the tourism and economic growth of Nepal would be better and the lifestyle of people of Nepal will change as well. The fact that, the tourism of Nepal still reties on old and primitive ways. The articles suggest that there is a important role of tourism performance on economic growth of Nepal. The main contribution of this article is in information providing the role of tourism on economic growth. Nepal has great opportunities to make money from tourism sector. Nepal has to utilize all the resource and advertise the tourism sector in get more benefit from tourism sector for the economic growth of Nepal.

References: 1. Balaguer I and M. cantavella-Jorda, (2002), "Tourism as along run economic growth: the Spanish case" Applied Economic 34,pp.877.884. 2. Council, world travel and Tourism, Travel and Tourism, Economic Impact 2014 Nepal, London SELOHR: Word Travel and Tourism council, 2014,. 3. Dritsakia N. (2004) "Tourism as long-run economic growth factor: an empirical investigation for Greece using a causality analysis" Tourism Economics 10 pp.305-316.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 188

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

4. Durbarry, R. (2004), "Tourism as a long-run economic growth, the case of Mauritius", Tourist economics 10, pp. 389-401. 5. Eugenio-martin J.L, and N.M. Mozales, (2004) ,"Tourism and economic growth In latin American countries: A panel data approach, "Social science research Network economic paper. 6. Gautam, Bishnu Prasad (2011), "Tourism and Economic growth in Nepal", NRB Economic review, vol.23(2) April pp.18-30. 7. Gunduz, L. and A. Hatemi-1, (2005), " Is the tourism growth hypothesis valid for Turkey?," Applied Economics letters 12(8):pp.499-504. 8. Nepal Tourism Statistics (2017) Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Civil Aviation, Research and Statistical Section, Shingha Darbar Kathmandu Nepal, May 2018. 9. Oh, C.O. (2005), " The contribution of tourism development to economic growth in the korean economy", Tourism Management 26:PP, 39-44. 10. Paudyal Shoorabeer (2012), "Does Tourism really matter for economic growth? Evidence from Nepal", NRB Economic Review vol.24(1), PP.48-66. 11. World Trade and Travel Council (WTTC) 2015, Travel and Tourism Economic Impact 2015, Nepal, (online), Available at: https://www.wttc,org/-

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 189

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

A Study on Impact of Organization Working Environment and It Enhances on Frugal Innovation in Manufacturing Sector

Dr Sunil Zagade*, Deepa Hosur** *Research Guide, MES. Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

**Research Scholar, Sinhgad Institute of Management, Pune, Maharashtra, [email protected]

Abstract: In today's growing economy, Employees have become more important to their employers than their employers are to them in manufacturing sector. Today's workplace is different, diverse, and constantly changing. The typical employer/employee relationship of old has been turned upside down. Employees are living in a growing economy and have almost limitless job opportunities. This combination of factors has created an environment where the business needs its employees more than the employees need the business.New concepts have emerged that mirror this change - one ofthem coined frugal innovation.Frugal innovation is the ability to generate considerably more business and social value while significantlyreducing the use of scarce resources.Environmental study entails factor which impacts the future direction and objective of an organization. It involves both present and future elements which will affect the organization.

Key Words:Work Environment, Organizational Effectiveness, Frugal Innovation

1. Introduction: Humans are influenced by certain activities around their habitat or working environment. A work environment can be identified as the place that one works, which means the milieus around a person. It is the social and professional environment in which a person is supposed to interact with a number of people. Hay Group (2007) contends that work environment includes a friendly, well -designed, safe physical space, good equipment and effective communication, which will improve productivity. Well -designed and organized organization and work areas make significant differences to how people feel about their work. Manufacturing sector play a vital role in all over the world includingMechanical, electrical and automobiles, production engineering. Unexpectedly, there has been a visible improvement in manufacturing design capabilities, at leastin certain segments of the economy. The paper suggests that the development of ―frugal innovation is a real advance. There are so many new and advanced technologies are introduced to increase the accuracy, product rates, efficiency of assembly lines, reduced cost etc. The Frugal innovation offers one such possibility for driving this improvement in manufacturing sector. It enables lower cost of product development, lower Cost of Goods Sold through Low Cost Country sourcing, and the main focus on the satisfaction and need of the customers. As well as to Improve the efficiency of assembly lines with the aim to reduce the lead time period for manufactured goods at the initial period,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 190

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

lesser the product time and reduced work in progress inventories also allow quick response to product or product changes. Employee recognition is the timely, informal or formal acknowledgement of a individual‘s or team‘s contribution, effort or business result that supports the organization‘s goals and values, and which has clearly been beyond normal expectations. Effective work environment encourage the happier employee with their job that ultimately influence the growth of an organisation as well as growth of an economic. Lambert et al. (2001) found that environmental factors are important determinant of job satisfaction. Therelation with seniors and co-workers, appraisal system, climate management (control on Organization distraction), and level of salary are the very important factors. Creating better and higher performing workplace requires an awareness of how workplace impacts behaviour and how behaviour itself drives workplace performance (Armstrong &Murlis, 2007). People work individually and interact with others and this requires different workplace solutions (Chandrasekar, 2011) The work environment affects employee innovation activities, morale, productivity and engagement -both positively and negatively. In an effort to motivate employees, recognising individual efforts ,firms have put into practice a number of activities such as performance based pay, employee involvement, Managing organization distractions (Chandraseker, 2011). In today‘s competitive business environment, organizations can no longer afford to waste the potential of their workforce (Hughes, 2007). Therefore, most manufacturing organisations are making all possible efforts to make work environment more comfortable. According to Abdulla et al. (2010), environmental factors represent the immediate job environment that contains skills required to perform a job, authority, autonomy, relationship with supervisors and co-workers and other working conditions. It is important for the employer to know how its work environment impacts greatly on the employee‘s involvement in improving the products and innovation. It has been long since companies started to adapt their products to the budget and preferences of emerging-market consumers. Yet today, the rapidly growing economy and market with billions of consumers in emerging markets invite companies to develop new products and create innovations special to these markets, more than just adapting their existing products to the local needs. Taking the needs of consumers in emerging economies as a starting point; using minimal resources to create affordable and functional products is called frugal innovation. The term 'Frugal Innovation' which basically stands for an spontaneous arrangement of a product thereby reducing the complexity and cost of production of goods for making affordable and economical and is mainly driven by lack of resources. Frugal Innovation or Frugal Engineering is widely exercised in India and other developing nations. The sweeping revolution for luxurious and unaffordable items provided the driving force to the local people of the developing nations to design and deliver such items that are not only cost effective but also raised the social capital. Frugally innovated or engineered product does not mean that the product is second-grade. Instead, they are characterized by high affordability, robustness and mainly designed for volume- driven market. Usually the process of Frugal Innovation involves removal of nonessential features of goods in order to sell it in developing countries. It is believed that a successful frugal product is low in cost, good in performance and can be made available at large scale. The potential in emerging markets may seem tempting, yet responding to the unique needs of the emerging markets imposes many challenges to manufacturing organizations as

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 191

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

innovation in such environments require them to leave the traditional practices and invest in building new resources and capabilities. Frugal innovation, sometimes referred to ―reverse innovation‖ or ―constraint based innovation‖, takes place in emerging markets, addressing the needs of the value-conscious consumers with limited income by providing affordable and functional products. Frugal innovation requires more than just cutting costs or adapting existing products, but also changing business model and organizational structures (The Economist 2011). India has been attracting manufacturing organizations with its opportunities for frugal innovation.

2. Literature review Goals are important features of work organizations. To be effective, goals should be emphasized, stated clearly and communicated to all members of the organizations. Yalokwu (2006) defined organizational goal as an expectation. It is the something the organization is trying to accomplish. It is the overall purpose of an organization. Mullins (1997) observed that, the goals of an organization will determine the nature of its inputs and outputs, the series of activities through which the output are achieved and the interactions with its external environment. The extent to which an organization is successful in attaining its goals is a basis for the evaluation of organizational performance and effectiveness. Strategic change implementation becomes pertinent if set performance standards are not met and deviations are noticed. Every office runs into some form of distraction that plagues the workplace. Distractions are incredibly common and can damage frugal innovation, productivity, focus and employee morale. However, if employees feel excited about their goals and engaged in a positive culture, and if they can feel less stressed about policies, they can concentrate on what matters most -- their work. Innovations often emerge under conditions of resource scarcity where the usual solutions are deemed too expensive or unavailable (Ahuja & Chan, 2014). In these constrained environments, people work with what they have, using affordable but effective tools, processes and techniques to solve their problems (Tran &Ravaud, 2016). This form of innovation has come to be known as Frugal Innovation. Frugal Innovation refers to ‗the design and development of products/services with price rather than features as the starting point, but also focusing on the end utility and value offered, rather than high-end sophistication‘ (Mundim, Sharma, Arora, & McManus, 2012). In other words, the fundamental objective of Frugal Innovation is to reach the desired objective with an as-good, cost-effective means (Soni& Krishnan, 2014). Frugal Innovation has its roots in frugal engineering, a term first coined in 2006 by Carlos Ghosn, the CEO of Renault-Nissan, to describe the achievement of Tata Motors, an India- based company. Tata Motors had been phenomenally successful in designing and manufacturing the world‘s most affordable car (i.e. Tata Nano), while being highly cost effective and severely resource-constrained at the same time (Radjou, Prabhu, Ahuja, 2012b). When the Frugal Innovation in question is an information system, the innovation is known as a Frugal IS Innovation, defined as an innovative information system that are developed and deployed with minimal resources to meet the needs of their users (Watson, Kunene, & Islam, 2013). This definition implies two things. First, Frugal IS Innovations are highly cost effective in that minimal resources are used. IS development projects are typically managed within the triple constraints of time, resources, and scope. With Frugal IS Innovation, these constraints are set at a

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 192

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

very low level. Second, the objectives of the system users must be achieved. A system, frugal or not, must meet the needs of the users in order to serve a purpose. The difference is that with Frugal IS innovation a system will typically have a single prime design goal, and this constrained scope may preclude the consideration of secondary goals. 3. Research Methodology: 3.1 Research objectives: o To Study the Organizational working environment and frugal innovation in business organization in manufacturing sectors. o To determine the impact of working environment on frugal innovation. 3.2 Research Hypothesis: H1 - Organization distractions act as deviation from goal achievement. H2 – Individual contribution is mostly recognized by seniors in manufacturing organizations.

3.3 Data Collection: Researcher has conducted the study base on primary and secondary data related to organization working environment and frugal innovation. 3.4 Presentation of the sample Sample is certainly not made intuitively. It was chosen in order toobtain an acceptable representation of different organizations and size limits. Itconsists of independent manufacturing SMEs. Researcher found a listing details for each company with a collection ofinformation asQuestionnaires collected 40, Total firms included in the sample 15.

3.5 Data Analysis The research was carried out by the use of a questionnaire. The raw data obtained from a study is useless unless it is transformed into information for the purpose of decision making (Emery and Couper, 2003). The data analysis involved reducing the raw data into a manageable size, developing summaries and applying statistical inferences. Consequently, Z-Test is used for Hypothesis Testing. Q: There are too many distractions which deviate you from the project work in this organization. The frequency distribution of respondents according to question along with its pie chart is given below. There are too many distractions from which deviate Frequency % you from the project work in this organization. Strongly Disagree 0 0.0 Disagree 2 5.9 Neither Agree Nor Disagree 10 29.4 Agree 16 47.1 Strongly Agree 6 17.6 Total 34 100.0

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 193

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Summary: 64.7 % respondents agree &5.9% respondents disagree. Q: My senior values individual contributions made towards the projects. The frequency distribution of respondents according to Question along with its pie chart is given below. My senior values individual contributions Frequency % made towards the projects. Strongly Disagree 0 0.0 Disagree 4 11.8 Neither Agree Nor Disagree 8 23.5 Agree 10 29.4 Strongly Agree 12 35.3 Total 34 100.0

Summary: 64.7% respondents agree & 11.8% respondents disagree.

3.6 Hypothesis Testing H1: Organization distractions act as deviation from goal achievement.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 194

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The responses of the parameter, under consideration is ‗There are too many distractions from which deviate you from the project work in this organization‘. There are 32 out of 40 respondents agreeing to above statement. To test the hypotheses,

The null hypothesis, H0: The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is less than or equal to 50%. Vs. The alternative hypothesis, Ha: The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is greater than 50%. The test used is z test for proportions. Test statistics: ^ p p Z 0 (1 ) p0 p0 n ^ Here p = sample proportion, = hypothetical value = 50% = 0.50, n = sample size = 40. p0 Calculation Table: Frequency of Proportion expected Z statistic P value Significance (out of 40) response 32 0.80 3.79 0.0001 Significant If p value < 0.05, the level of significance; the result is significant.

Conclusion: The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is greater than 50%. Hence the statement ‗Organization distractions acts as deviation from goal achievement‘ has significant agreement in the population. H2: Individual contribution is mostly recognized by seniors The response of the parameter, under consideration is ‗My senior values individual contributions made towards the projects‘. There are 34 out of 40 respondents agreeing to above statement. To test the hypotheses,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 195

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

^ Here p = sample proportion, = hypothetical value = 50% = 0.50, n = sample size = 40. p0 Calculation Table: Frequency of Proportion expected Z statistic P value Significance (out of 40) response 34 0.85 4.43 0.0000 Significant If p value < 0.05, the level of significance; the result is significant.

Conclusion: The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is greater than 50%. Hence the statement ‗Individual contribution is mostly recognized by seniors‘ has significant agreement in the population. 4. Finding and Suggestions The proportion of respondents are agreeing that too many distractions which deviate the employees from the project work in this organization and the response of the parameter, under consideration is ‗My senior values individual contributions made towards the projects‘. There are 34 out of 40 respondents agreeing to above statement. Both the Statements considered asmore than 50% and the p value < 0.05, the level of significance is true.

Recognizing and influencing Employee’s Performance at the Workplace The supervisors, senior employees act as advocates for employees, gathering and distributing the resources needed by the employees for them to be able to do a good job and providing positive encouragement and recognizing the individual efforts towards work and they should available to employees to help them perform better in their assigned tasks and projectsand to assist them develop further into a future role. In addition, a motivating work environment must be the one in which employees are treated fairly. Nomatter what level of input a particular worker has in relation to the business processes as a whole, it isessential for a manager to give each employee a sense of playing a dynamic, integral role in something much larger. Indeed, engendering loyalty is a key element of motivating workers and thereby increasing the overall productivity of operations. One important tool for motivating employees is recognizing individual contribution. Effective project managers must learn how tocultivate this powerful method of employee motivation. While oftentimes largely ignored by managers in the workplace, this can be an actual work being done. Praise has, in countless examples, shown productivity.

Workplace Culture & Distractions Adjusting to the workplace culture, whether in a new company or not, can be intensely stressful. Making one adapt to the various aspects of workplace culture such as communication patterns, hierarchy, dress code if any, workspace and most importantly working and behavioral patterns of the boss as well as the co-workers, can be a lesson of life. Maladjustment to workplace cultures may lead to subtle conflicts with colleagues or even with superiors. In many cases office politics or gossips can be major stress inducers. Primary and secondary interventions may prevent adverse outcomes by reducing or eliminating external loads, changing organizational factors, altering the social environment,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 196

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

improving individual stress-coping skills, or matching the physical demands of the job with the employee‘s physical capacities. The work environment can enhance frugal innovation, and that practical tools and solutions are available to realize creativity supporting work environments. By focusing on work environments for employee creativity, the ergonomics discipline could help organisations to better use its internal resources (employees) for product and process innovation. A major concern in the management and business field is how to strengthen an organisation‘s capacity for innovation.

5. Conclusion The organization working environment reflects the perception of the individual employee about whether the organization provide environment which is conducive learning and innovation, and its degree. And it‘s the system reflection of individual and environment, determining innovation level of the individual and the organization. The organization should focus on the publicity and advocacy of organization internal innovation culture and innovation concept. In addition, the organization can use training, promotion, authorization, goal orientation so as to encourage and recognise the employees‘ innovative behavior. Frugal Innovation can be defined as the outcome of all cumulative actions that an employeeperforms using his skills, abilities, and knowledge for a particular situation or task during a giventime frame. It is one of the steps towards the achievement of anorganizations goals, which is the reason why HRM deems the improvement in employee skillsvitally important, since it is directly correlated to performance in manufacturing sector. Workplace environment is also an important factor that has a significant impact on frugal innovation, fulfilling their intrinsic, extrinsic, and social needs, forming the basis fortheir stay in an organization, as well as being the key determinant of quality in work and performance levels. A positive organization working environment therefore has a multitude ofbenefits to an organization. For manufacturing sector, frugal innovation is one of the key factors for success, which they utilize to get ahead of competition, achieve their goals, and earn profits.

References Abimbola and Kocak, 2007, T. Abimbola, A. KocakBrand, organization identity and reputation: SMEs as expressive organizations: A resources-based perspectiveQualitative Market Research: An International Journal, 10 (4) (2007), pp. 416-430 Ahuja and Chan, 2014, S. Ahuja, Y. Chan Beyond traditional IT-enabled innovation: Exploring frugal IT capabilities AMCIS 2014 Proceedings (2014) Andriopoulos, Constantine (2001), Determinants of organisational creativity: a literature review, Management Decision, Vol.39, No.10, Basu et al., 2013, R.R. Basu, P.M. Banerjee, E.G. Sweeny Frugal innovation: Core competencies to address global sustainability, Journal of Management for Global Sustainability, 1 (2) (2013), pp. 63-82 Becker, Franklin (2007) Organizational Ecology and Knowledge Networks, California Management Review, Winter, Vol.49, No. 2, pp. 42-61 Bhatti, Y. 2012. ―What is Frugal, What is Innovation? Towards a Theory of Frugal Innovation.‖(Working Paper SSRN Number: 2005910).

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 197

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Bhatti, Y. and Ventresca, M. 2012. ―The Emerging Market for Frugal Innovation: Fad, Fashion, or Fit?‖(Working Paper SSRN Number: 2005983). Brill, Michael (2001) Disproving Widespread Myths about Workplace Design, Jasper US: Kimball International. Buijs, Jan, (2007) Interview with professor Jan Buijs by JoostPanhuizen, in Delta ,nr. 27, 20 September. Building, Organization Studies, 25(7), pp. 1095-1114 Cambridge MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology September, WP # 165-97 Cost, Ithaca – New York: Cornell University, International Workplace Studies Program, October Creativity Research Journal, Vol. 14, No. 3&4, pp. 409 - 426 Csikszentmihaly, M. (1996). Creativity: Flow and the psychology of discovery and invention, New York: Harper Collins. Davenport, Thomas H. (2005) Why Office Design Matters, Harvard Business School Working Knowledge, Dholakia and Kshetri, 2004, R.R. Dholakia, N. KshetriFactors impacting the adoption of the internet among SMEs, Small Business Economics, 23 (4) (2004), pp. 311-322 Fuchs, 2015, H.J. Fuchs From premium to good enough: Frugal innovation in the emerging markets, Innovation Management (2015) George, 2005, G. George Slack resources and the performance of privately held firms,Academy of Management Journal, 48 (4) (2005), pp. 661-676 Mathisen, Gro Ellen and Stale Einarsen (2004) A Review Assessing Creative and Innovative Environments McCoy, J. and G.W. Evans (2002) The Potential Role of the Physical Environment in Fostering Creativity, MeelJuriaan van, and Paul Vos( 2001) Funky offices: Reflections on office design in the ‗new economy‘. Radjou et al., 2012a, N. Radjou, J. Prabhu, S. Ahuja Jugaad innovation: Think frugal, beflexible, generate breakthrough growth,Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA (2012) Radjou et al., 2012b, N. Radjou, J. Prabhu, S. Ahuja Frugal innovation: Lessons from Carlos Ghosn CEO Renault-Nissan,(2012) Salavou, H. Baltas G. and Lioukas, S. (2004). Organisational innovation in SMEs: The important of strategic orientation and competitive structure, European Journal of Marketing, 38(9-10) 1091-1112. Soni and Krishnan, 2014, P. Soni, R. Krishnan Frugal innovation: Aligning theory, practice, and public policy,Journal of Indian Business Research, 6 (1) (2014), pp. 29-47 Sutton, Robert (2001) Weird Ideas That Work. 11½ Ways to Promote, Manage and Sustain Innovation, Tran and Ravaud, 2016, V.T. Tran, P. RavaudFrugal innovation in medicine for low resource settings, Bmc Medicine, 14 (102) (2016), pp. 1-3 Within Organisations, Creativity Research Journal, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp 119-140.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 198

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable Development, Gender Equality and Women Empowerment - A Challenge Ahead

Dr. Deepa Paturkar Associate Professor, ILS Law College , Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Sustainable development as “development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”1 became widely accepted. The United Nations adopted theSustainable Development goals as an agenda for economic and environmental sustainability. As a concept it has an impact on legal rules and principles and it can influence the adjudication of legal disputes to achieve balance of interests between economic development and environmental protection. Thus, Sustainable Development has become,in most of the Jurisdictions,a central focal point linked with social justice in the context of equality. In fact,issue of environmental degradation is always discussed in the context of social justice in light of equality and rights of people to quality of life. In particular,the important integral aspect of all dimensions of inclusive and sustainable development is Gender Equality and Women Empowerment. It is one of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals.In the first part, the present papersheds light on how the women are being affectedby each of these goals. The 17 goals of 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development envisage alleviation of Poverty, systematic tack- linking of Climate –Change and building and inclusive, equitable, peaceful and resilient society along with „ Gender equality and women empowerment‟ as stand-alone goal. In the second part the paper tries to analyze how each of the goals is reflected and linked with Gender equality in the Indian Legal Framework.Though policy initiatives are being taken by the government, there are still gaps and challenges in the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) from a gender perspective. Finally, the paper would be concluded by the discussion highlighting the suggestions on national initiatives.

Key Words:- Gender Equalities, Economic Development, Sustainable Development Goals, Women Empowerment, Gender Justice

Introduction The Role of Women in Development is the central and is recognized necessary for achieving gender equality.14 Women have been an important component of Sustainable development. It is essential to link gender equality with sustainable development for various reasons. Firstly, in order to achieve Just and fair sustainable development, it cannot be envisaged without considering the rights, dignity and capabilities of half of the world‘s population, that is women. Secondly, it is morally as well as ethically vitalfor achieving gender equality and ensuring the human rights, dignity and enhancing capabilities of diverse groups of women.15

14 Report of the Fourth World Conference on Women, Beijing, 4-15 September 1995 (United Nations publication, Sales No. E.96.IV.13) 15 See generally, http://www.unwomen.org/en/news/in-focus/women-and-the-sdgs last visited on 15th Dec. 2018

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 199

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Gender Equality, Women empowerment and recognition of women‘s rights have become more significant and important worldwide in the wake of sustainability.16 Keeping in mind disproportionate impact of social, cultural and economic burden on women and girls, it is necessary that our policy actions should be effective enough in addressing the issues faced by them. It is a doctrinal research which aims to trace the emergence of relationship between sustainable development and gender equality and women empowerment. Women‘s equality and empowerment is one of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals.It is very much implicit to all dimensions of inclusive and sustainable development.Gender equality must be given importance so as to eliminate the many root causes of discrimination that still curtail women‘s rights in private and public spheres. For example, he laws which are inherently discriminatory need to be amended and legislation which are proactive need to be adopted to so that gender equality is ensured.17 The paper attempts to elaborate the International perspective as well as Indian efforts to ensure gender equality and women empowerment. Attaining sustainable development implies not only economic and environmental sustainability. It alsorequires prioritizing social sustainability. Social sustainability implies realization of women‘s human rights, their attainment of capabilities and wellbeing. It requires paying attention to the provision of care through the family, places of employment, the public sector and/or state, especially the ―private‖ domain of unpaid care work.The attainment of sustainable development and gender equality potentially involves trade-offs that need to be openly discussed among different social groups. In such negotiations, the social dimensions of sustainability — too often neglected — must be fully integrated, and states and other powerful actors must be held accountable for delivering sustainable development.18

Health as a Human Right of Women Ensuring gender equality and realizing the human rights, dignity and capabilities of diverse groups of women is a focal point of a just and sustainable development. For example decisive involvement of women in matters of family planning is necessary for gender equality and social sustainability. Certain aspects of gender equality, such as female education and women‘s participation in decision making can have positive impact on her health , health of her children in particular and health of an household in general. Health is an unremunerated fundamental right that ensures the highest attainable standard of health.19 However, the discrimination on the ground of sex makes it difficult for a woman to materialize her right to health. The discrimination results in vulnerability of women to sicknesses, unavailability of timely and effective treatment and care. It is often noticed that the woman is denied of a medical care and treatment on the ground of affordability or opting for a treatment which is less expensive.Among women between the age of 15 to 45 worldwide, AIDS

16U.N. World Commission on Environment and Development, Our Common Future: Report of the World Commission on Environment and Development, chap. 2, paragraph 1, Annex to U.N. Doc. A/42/427 (Aug. 4, 1987) 17http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2014/10/world-survey-2014 last visited on 15th Dec. 2018 18http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2018/4/gender-differences-in-poverty- and-household 19 People‘s Union for Civil Liberties v. Union of India, (1997) 1 SCC 301

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 200

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

is now the leading cause of death.20 It is observed that an unequal social and economic status impair women‘s ability to protect themselves and make and an informed choices. Though in many of the countries, universal access to sexual and reproductive health care services are perceived and thus reflected as a national commitment, one can make out the gaps that have resulted in inefficient progress. The gaps may be evident in variety of circumstances. For example, lack of basic education in the subject of Health and Hygiene, non-availability of contraceptives, numerous pregnancies when her health conditions do not permit so on account of a social stigma of not having a son, Lack of minimum antenatal care. In the absence of comprehensive and accessible higher quality in health services, it is difficult to fulfill the right to health. Unless we ensure that practices that critically endanger women‘s health are absolutely curtailed, the real equality will not be possible.21

Health Indicators and their Interface Everyone need safe drinking water, clean and pollution free air to breathe, clean and dignified sanitation, cleaner and smoke free cooking stoves and domestic electricity services. These four factors are indicators of health and livelihood and investment in them contribute to the fulfillment of Human Rights. They particularly are critical to poor women who are responsible to meet the needs of other households and their won household.22 All the factors have spillover effect. For example, cleaner and efficient cooking stoves improve household health as well as household budget. Water is so essential for the very human existence only when it is safe and affordable. Access to safe drinking water and sanitation for women increases general health of the community. WHO report indicates that unsafe drinking water, sanitation and indoor air pollution from solid fuel account for 11 percent deaths in lower income countries.23 The investment on these four factors are likely to improve gender equality directly and particularly for poor women since they are disproportionately burdened with poor health and care.

Access to Sanitation Sanitation is basic need and yet it is highly ignored. Access to improved facilities is denied to many all over the world. One must note that for social and biological reasons men and women are exposed to different risks and hence their needs are different. For example, if women are girls in a village are required to access an off-site facilities, they may be exposed to sexual violence. Absence of adequate facilities in school may keep girls away particularly during menstruation. Defecation in open spaces is a huge risk to public health and an environmental

20 See generally, Report of the Fourth World Conference on Women, Beijing, 4-15 September 1995 (United Nations publication, Sales No. E.96.IV.13)

21http://www.unwomen.org/en/news/in-focus/women-and-the-sdgs/sdg-3-good-health-well-being 22See generally, United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, Declaration on the Human Environment,U.N. Doc. A/CONF.48/14 Corr. 1 (June 16, 1972).

23Say, L., and others (2014). Global causes of maternal death: a WHO systematic analysis . The Lancet Global Health , vol. 2, no. 6, pp. e323-e333.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 201

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

hazard causing wide-spread diseases.24 To counter the same, sanitation programmes like ‗Swaccha Bharat Abhiyan are launched introducing an improved form of sanitation. Proper and improved sanitation facilities, according to WHO and UNICEF, include pour flush ora flush toilets into a sewer, ventilated improved pits and composting toilets, through the use of which pathogenic waste is likely to be removed from human contact.25Basic sanitation which is clean, affordable to construct and to maintain, and safe to access, is necessary investment for women‘s and girls‘ capabilities. Since women need more privacy than men, it is essential for them to have physical safety when they access toilets, especially during menstruation which are outside or at a far away places. So also, menstrual hygiene has often been neglected in national and international sanitation promotions. For these reasons, access to sanitation is germane to gender equality and dignity.26 Cooking is still traditionally a responsibility of women. It is fundamental to the unpaid care economy. Women spend many hours of day searching for fuel and cooking over open flames that emit harmful smoke. Most of the air pollution in the villages is attributed to cooking with solid fuels. Thus, women are disproportionately affected by dirty and inefficient cooking practices and reliance on biomass fuels. The health and income would improve and women will save time if households can switch to cleanerburning and more efficient cooking stoves. It gives them positive externalities well beyond the benefits for individual women. In the quest of sustainability, it is essential to introspect what is sustained and who is benefited. There are many policy dilemmas in ensuring women‘s rights and gender equality concerns. The fact that the bulk of unpaid care work is carried out by women and girls. It has significant implications in terms of their capacity to realize their rights to education, paid work, a decent standard of living and even political participation. In these implications, the gender and other inequalities intersect and the rights of women and girls from marginalized sector are often compromised without being realized. Poverty and exclusion add the fuel to increasing intensity of unpaid work. Unpaid care work also intensifies issues of economic crisis, health crisis and environmental degradation. A just and sustainable society is one that recognizes unpaid care work by making it visible though appropriate policies, sufficient public investment in infrastructure and services that are redistributed between men and women within household in particular and between society and households in general.

Education and gender equality Education is one of the most important means of empowering women with the knowledge, skills and self-confidence necessary to participate fully in the development process. More than 40 years ago, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights asserted that "everyone has the right to education".27

24 See generally, http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2018/6/issue-brief- gender-responsive-water-and-sanitation-systems last visited on 14th Feb, 2019 25See United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division, Population Estimates and Projections Section, http://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/ExcelData/ fertility.htm 26https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/gender-equality/ last visited 15 th Dec. 2018 27 See generally, The Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 202

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The developed countries though out the world have achieved almost equal enrolment of boys and girls in primary schools. However, the reality in developing and under-developed countries is far from the achievements of the developed countries. Gender gap widens remarkably in these countries especially in secondary and tertiary schools. Education is the fundamental right which empowers individuals to increase their well-being and contribute in broader economic and social growth. Naturally improvement in education results in growth of economy and in turn growth of development. With increasing number of women entering in high level of education , greater equality is seen in this sector. However, t it is not true always in the absence of inclusive and high quality education. It is necessary for girls and boys, women and men to eliminate gender stereotypes and make education accessible and available across their lifetime. In India girls are perceived as a liability. She needs to be given dowry, another menace, at the time of her marriage. On the top of it spending on her education is considered as an unnecessary expense which the poor parent try to avoid. This is the reason, in India, we have ‗BetiBachaoBetiPadhao‘ campaign that aims not only to boost and implement education policy but also to ensure decrease in female infanticide and female foeticide. Not only Education is an imperative for gender equality and women‘s rights, but also access to information technologies, revision in school curricula and policies to counteract gender discrimination is essential for social sustainability. In addition, there is a need to develop a non-formal educational curriculum to prevent violence against women and girls. Women‘s empowerment is a pre-condition for sustainable development because women have a critical role to play in all of the SDGs. It has many targets specifically recognizing women‘s equality and empowerment as the objective and as part of the solution. Goal 5 is known as the stand-alone gender goal because it is dedicated to achieving these ends. Though equality is guaranteed under the Constitution, in 143 countries, gender discrimination is still intertwined in social and legal norms. It is admitted that legislative changes are needed to ensure women‘s rights around the world. It is through empowerment of women and girls that would increase their participation in decision making at household, local and national level. Their participation is equally important in planning and budgeting as they are equal stakeholders.28 When the economy is inclusive as well as sustainable, everyone enjoys the benefits of growth. It does not have any adverse effect on environment, and uses resources judiciously so they will remain for generations to come. Employment is the entry point for economic wellbeing for majority of the population. In an inclusive economy, decent work means a living wage, workplace safety and protection against discrimination. There has been some progress. Yet, globally, women still work at lower rates than men. Gender stereotypes often define what ‗women‘s work‘ is, and can channel women into some of the inferior jobs. When economies are accelerated and directed towards achieving women‘s rights and gender equality, the benefits, such as fairer societies and greater economic dynamism, accrue to everyone. It is necessary for women to have equal access to decent work, productive resources and financial services, as well as an equal voice in economic decisions. Social sustainability also demands peaceful and inclusive societies that uphold the rule of law and ensure equal access to justice. It protects people from all forms of violence, including

28 Supra note 7

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 203

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

gender-based violence, and control corruption and organized crime.29 Laws and policies apply without discrimination. Gender discrimination in legal systems includes the failure to punish perpetrators of gender-based violence. Protecting women‘s rights without exception in all laws and practices will definitely bring peaceful and inclusive society within reach.

Principles of Women empowerment It is very much important to have healthy and improved political, social and economic status of women which will lead to their empowerment and autonomy There are seven principles of women empowerment30:- o Encouraging corporate leadership capacity with the quality to ascertain gender equality o Encouraging adequate respect and support for human rights and non- discrimination and in consequence treating men and women equally at workplaces o Making sure that all men and women workers are provided with equal facilities in terms of their overall welfare and safety at workplaces o Educating women according to the professional requirement and encourage them to grow further in life o Encouraging women to develop entrepreneurial skills, which in turn, would make them self-dependent o Advocating the promotion of gender equality within in a community o Proper measurement and letting people know of the achievement of gender equality Indian Perspective of Women Empowerment In India, efforts are taken to empower women and are reflected in variety of areas. He Indian Constitution guarantees Right to equality under Article 14 it provides to all Indian women equality before law, Equal pay for equal work under Article 39(d), guards the economic rights of women by guaranteeing equal pay for equal work; and Maternity Relief under Article 42, allows provisions to be made by the state for securing just and humane condition of work and maternity relief for women.31 The Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961, prohibits the Demand, payment or acceptance of a dowry. Asking or giving dowry can be punished by imprisonment as well as fine. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005, provides for a more effective protection of their rights which are violated on account of domestic violence. A breach of this Act is punishable with both fine and imprisonment. Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place (Prevention, Prohibition, and Redressal) Act, 2013, helps to create a conducive environment at the workplace for women where they are not subjected to any sort of sexual harassment. The 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Act which has introduced Panchayati Raj Institutions require that all the local elected bodies have to reserve one-third of their seats for women. Such a provision was made to increase the effective participation of women in politics.

29http://www.sdgfund.org/goal-5-gender-equality, last visited on 29th Nov. 2018 30https://www.unglobalcompact.org/take-action/action/womens-principles last visited on 15th Dec. 2018 31 See generally, DurgadasBasu, ‗ TheConstituion of India‘, Central Law Publication.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 204

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Women‘s Reservation Bill is a pending Bill in India which proposes to reserve 33% of all seats in the LokSabha and in all State Legislative Assemblies for women. If passed, this Bill will give a significant boost to the position of women in politics. A male dominating society with deep- rooted patriarchalsocio-cultural values continues to affect women‘s right to equality, their dignity and empowerment. It is the need to envisage an egalitarian society, where there is no place for superiority. The Government needs to take efforts to identify and eliminate such forces that work to keep alive the tradition of male dominance over its female counterpart by issuing inhumane and unlawful diktats. Through all these years, the attention is only on developing and devising new schemes, policies and programmes and have paid less attention to the proper monitoring system and implementation short-sightedness, for e.g. despite the presence of The Pre-Natal Diagnostic Technologies Act and various health programmes like JananiSurakshaYojana and National Rural Health Mission (NHRM), our country has a skewed sex ratio and a high maternal mortality rate (MMR). In addition, there are women self help groups and non -governmental organizations that are relentlessly involved in women empowerment.

Conclusion It is the twin challenge of building pathways to sustainable development and achieving gender equality. At the international level there seems to be a concern about the gender equality. It is well acceptedthat the efforts should be taken to move economies and societies onto more sustainable paths, to prevent crisis and catastrophe and to enable prosperity through gender equality and women empowerment. Legal provisions alone are not sufficient to bring a change. What is more needed is the change in attitude to look at woman as commodity, change in perception that considers woman as a human being to be treated with respect, honor and dignity.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 205

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Role for HRM in Sustainable Development

Dr. Sunil Zagade Associate Professor, MES Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: In the modern days HRM is very popular concept Sustainable Development of Human Resource Management is concerned with meeting the needs of people, today without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. In future companies must realize that they have to develop a powerful social conscience and sustainability in HRM. The HRM strategy must reflect and inspire the ambition of the HR team and other employees, company strategy values and culture, deliver sustainable returns to investors, address customers needs respond to governmental and regulatory expectations. In a nutshell creating sustainable development in HRM world, where consumers and employees force change. In fact the HR function can be renamed as ―People and Society ‗It is become really a ‗hot topic‘. It is a great mantra for the 21st century. The term ‗sustainability‘, has been traditionally used as ‗long-term‘, ‗durable‘, ‗sound systematic.‘

Keywords: Human Resource Management, Long Term, Leadership

Introduction: In the modern days sustainable HRM is completely essential to achieve sustainable organizations and sustainablesociety. The importance of sustainability in HRM practices can be considered from two separate aspects. The most important intention is to manage the people and the notion of sustainability. Many organizations are investing lot of money for research highly qualified employees, face work –related stress, work-life conflicts, health problems, new employment relationship or lack of employability.

Objectives 1. To study the importance of sustainable for HRM. 2. To know the five ways the develop a sustainable HRM. 3. To study the characterization of sustainability as a concept. 4. To study the objectives of sustainability for HRM.

Research Methodology The present paper is based on the secondary data. The Secondary data pertaining to the study was obtained from the various journals, books, newspapers, and websites of the concerned organization The study focuses on the innovative role of HRM in sustainable Development. Sustainable HRM and organizational performance proposed model of sustainable HRM and organizational performance. Sustainable HRM Sustainable HRM Organizational Performance Outcomes 1. Recruitment 1. Employee Satisfaction 1. Profit

2. Selection 2. Employee Motivation 2. Market Value

3. HR planning 3. Employee Retention 3. Market Share

4. Rewards 4. Social Climate 4. Increase In Sales

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 206

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

between workers and management 5. Participation 5. Loyalty 5. Productivity

6. Training 6. Product / Service

7. Employee maintenance 7. Quality

8. Customer 9. Satisfaction 10. Development of Product / Service 11. Future Investment

Source: - Summary of researchers approach (2013)

Objectives of Sustainability for HRM 1. Maintaining the employee health and safety. 2. Attracting and retaining talent. 3. Investing skills of the workforce. 4. Creating employees trust, and sustained employment relationships. 5. Supporting employees. 6. Maintaining a high quality of life for employees. The five ways to develop a sustainable HRM 1. Focus on the customer: - If you keep good relation with customer, then it is easy to develop a sustainable HRM, because you must know customer is the god of every business. 2. Balanced approach between all stakeholders: - Lack of balance is not sustainable. A one sided focus on performance and shareholders return is not sustainable; if you do not make sure other stakeholders can reach their goals at the same time. All stakeholders should get benefit 3. People are willing and able to perform sustainably there is no much more to say about the purpose of HR. 4. Leadership required good skills, ability, communication skills then you develop a sustainable way of leadership. Leadership is the key to many positive outcomes. Weak leadership does not create recognition or value. It destroys the value of enterprise. Comprehensive leadership approach is at the core of the overall people strategy. 5. Focus on the long term: - You must prepare a long term plan, because the strategy can only sustainable if it is long term. The reason for that is that important business foundations like culture, trust and organizational learning need to develop. There is no business without people and people need business to live and thrive. In the soft term world of today focusing of sustainability is difficult, so you need to be realistic and programmatic. Sustainability means that what you so today has a positive effect on tomorrow so sustainable HRM is about creating competitive advantage for companies‘ sustainable

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 207

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

employability foremployees‘shareholder value for sustainable HRM and organizational performance.

Sustainability andHRM As people in organizations is one of the most important resources. People can be exploited in organizations, in work and HRM Systems. It means if the management handled the employee in a systematic manner, employee cannot create any problem to the organizations. In short it will be a positive impact on the development of the sustainable. The importanceof sustainable for HRM The importance of sustainability in HRM practices can be considered from two separate aspects. The most important intension is to manage the people and the notion of sustainability. Another important thing is give more importance to valuable human resources. Many organizations are investing lot of money for research. Highly qualified employees, face work- related stress, work-life conflicts, health problems, new employment relationship or lack of employability(a, 1995). In today‘s position, it requires organization to consider on investing in attracting, developing and retaining skilled employee and focusing on efficiency and effectiveness in HR practices. In other words to identify strategic potential for HRM. Sustainable development of HRM is concerned with meeting the needs of people today without compromising the ability of future generation to meet their own needs. In future companies must be realized they have to develop a powerful social conscience and sustainability in HRM. The HR strategy must reflect and inspire ambitions of the HR team and other employees, companies strategy, values and culture, deliver sustainable returns to investors, address customers needs, respond to governmental and regulatory expectations. In a nutshell creating sustainable development in HRM world where consumers and employees force change. In fact the HR function can be renamed as ―People andSociety.(a, 1995)‖

Characterization of sustainability as a concept It is become really a ‗hot topic‘. It is a great mantra for the 21st century. The term ‗sustainability‘, has been traditionally used as ‗long-term‘, ‗durable‘, ‗sound systematic.‘ 1. The root of sustainability lies in the Aristotle‘s concept of a household. The ability to produce and reproduce everything was needed for the living(Ehnert,200gb) 2. From the 12th century the idea of sustainability was applied in the forestry sector underlying the necessity for a balancing world consumption and regeneration(Leal filho,2000;Ehnert,200ga) 3. Starting for the late 1970‘s (till that period the word of ‗sustainability‘ was employed only occasionally (Leal Filho,2000). The notion of sustainability was adopted by the ecological movement concerned with the over exploitation of natural resources. 4. In 1980 the term ‗sustainability‘ became of critical terms in strategic management context underlying the possibility for organization to achieve sustainable competitive advantage (Kazlauskaite andBuciuniene,2008) 5. The significant step towards description of sustainability is related with World commission on Environment and Development (WCED)

Conclusion The importance of sustainability in HRM practices can be considered from two separate aspects. The most important intention is to manage the people and the notion of sustainability.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 208

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Another important thing is to give more importance to valuable human resources. Many organizations are investing lot of money for research by highly qualified employees.

References 1. Alter S (2002) the work system method for understanding Information Systems and Information Research CommunAssocInforSyst 9(6):90-104 Bansal P (2005) Evolvingsustainability. Longitudinal study corp. sustain develop 26(3):197-218. 2. Becker GS (1975) The new economics of human behavior , Cambridge press , Cambridge 3. Cascio WF (2006) managing human resources:Productivity, Quality of work life, profits,7th edition. MC Graw.Hill/Irwin, New York. 4. Davis LE ,cherns AB (Eds)(1995) The Quality of Working Life,volume I and II. Free Press, New York. 5. Freeman RE (1984) Strategic Management: AStakeholder Approach. Pitman Boston. 6. Friedman M(1970) The Social Responsibility Of Business Is To Increase Profits. NY Times Mag 32-33:122-126 7. Gladwin TN Kennely JJ et al (1195) Shifting paradigms for sustainability Development.Implications manage Theory Res 20(4):874-907 8. Gollan P (2005) High Involvement Management and Human Resources Sustainability: The Challenges and Opportunities. Asia Pacific J Hum Resour43:18-33.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 209

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Green Banking Practices : Study of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks Dr. Neelofar Raina Assistant Professor, Symbiosis Centre for Skill Development, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: “The implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals is an absolute must to ensure a peaceful and prosperous future for humankind. Governments are challenged to fulfill their commitments, but business has a key role to play in providing the know-how and the technologies to reach the objective in more efficient and innovative ways,” said Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum. In the recent past there has been an increased focus on Climate change, the need to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and as a consequence the necessity to cultivate more sustainable business and lifestyle practices. This has catalyzed initiatives to create greener economies by emphasizing sustainable environments should command a more prominent role in how greener investments are designed, evaluated and implemented. In response a number of institutions including financial institutions, policymakers have launched green growth initiatives to create more sustainable economies. Green Banking means ensuring environment-friendly practices in the banking sector and thereby reducing internal and external carbon footprints. It makes technological and operational advancements, changing client practices in the banking sector thus transforming Indian banking from the traditional towards a more adaptable one incorporating the interests of customers, the bank and the environment. The Scheduled commercial banks are the backbone of the economy and therefore, their concentrated efforts towards this cause of Green Banking Practices can result in phenomenal improvements. The thrust of this Study is to get insights into the level of customers‟ awareness of Green Banking products and services adopted by Select Scheduled commercial banks in India. The study is based on secondary collected from various Bank websites, RBI reports, Annual Reports of Scheduled Commercial Banks, Journals and the primary data is collected through a structured questionnaire.

1.Introduction The Financial system has been playing an important role in transforming Socio Economic landscape and is recontouring its banking operations by aligning the financial system with sustainable development. ―Reserve Bank of India, has been conscious of the role of banks in providing finance for sustainable development. As early as in December 2007, banks in India were sensitized to the various international initiatives including the Equator principles and were asked to keep abreast of the developments in the field of sustainable development and corporate social responsibility and dovetail / modify their lending strategies / plans in the light of such developments.” (R.Gandhi, 2016)1 ―Green banking has two dimensions. First, the way the banking business is being done – is it paperless or not. The second dimension of green banking relates to where the bank puts its money. Green Banking entails banks to encourage environment friendly investments and give lending priority to those industries which have already turned green or are trying to go green and, thereby, help to restore the natural environment.‖ (K.C, 2013) 2

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 210

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

2. Research Questions Following Research questions were asked to Students? Awareness of Green banking? Which among the following Green Services do you use? Since when have you been using above services? Which Banking Services do you Use? Rationale Behind the usage of Services? Factors important while opening the bank account? Which factors require more efforts to promote Green banking?

Following Research Questions were asked to Bankers? Why Green Banking is important for Banking and Financial Sector? How is Banking Sector contributing to Sustainable and Inclusive Development? How can we encourage the Banking Sector to Contribute to Sustainable Development? What are the main challenges for banking sector India?

3. Objectives of the study To highlight the Green Banking practices introduced by the Scheduled Commercial Banks in India. To investigate and analyze the awareness and usage of Green Banking Services by the respondents. To find out the challenges and concerns of Green Banking in India.

4. Research Methodology The present study has incorporated both primary and secondary data. The questionnaire was circulated to 200 undergraduate and postgraduate students (age group 18-22) out of which 136 respondents filled in the questionnaire which was usable for statistical analysis purposes, Five point Likert scale was assigned to measure few variables of the study. To get more insights into Green banking Initiatives an opinion survey was conducted by circulating questionnaire to 10 Senior Bank officials. The study is also based qualitative data collected from various annual and business responsibility reports of Scheduled commercial banks from 2016-18. The Study is mainly divided into two parts the first part of the Study summarizes Green Banking Practices by Scheduled Commercial Banks in India and the second part of the study analyses and discusses the questionnaire administered to respondents and bankers.

5. Limitations The Present study is primarily based on Green Channels initiatives and Green technology initiatives of Scheduled Commercial Banks in India. The Study doesn‘t pertain to other Green initiatives taken by Scheduled Commercial Banks (Processes, Strategies, Green Infrastructure to mention few.) The Demographic Profile of the respondents doesn‘t represent entire population.

6. Highlights of the Green Banking Practices of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks Green banking practices are a step forward to change client habits in the banking sector for the sustainable development in future. In December 2007, RBI issued a circular ―highlighting

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 211

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

the importance for bank to act with responsibility and contribute to sustainable development so that the impact of global warming can be reduced with the help of banking industry. Green banking means to promote environment friendly practices and to reduce the carbon footprint from banking operation.‖ In the following section the researcher has summarised few Green banking Practices of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks in India. ―State Bank of India, Punjab National Bank, Bank of Baroda,ICICI,HDFC and Axis Bank‖ The Scheduled commercial banks are advocating its digital transformation because its advantages are multi-fold, it increases financial inclusion, enhances customer satisfaction, and reduces paper consumption. The Scheduled Commercial Banks through Green Channel Counters are aiming to promote paperless or 'Green Banking' for deposit, withdrawal and fund transfers within the Bank. The Scheduled Commercial Banks are providing sustainable banking products through its extensive network of branches, ATMs, Internet and Door-step banking. Digital initiatives like Internet Banking, Mobile Banking,ATMs, UPI, etc are leading to green banking operations. Customers are also encouraged to subscribe for e-statements, e-welcome kits and messaging alerts service, while using ATMs, to avoid printing of transaction slips. The banks are Promoting the use of plastic cards, POS, M-passbook, e-transaction, net banking, Mobile banking for encouraging the cash-less and paperless transaction. Promotion of Bharat QR code, Aadhar pay, UPI payment, BHIM as alternative delivery channels for cash-less and paperless transaction in 24x7. For convenience of customers, details and hyper link related to e products have been provided at Banks websites. Banks are Encouraging Maximum use of email in place of physical letters for communication and have moved from paper intensive processing to image based electronic processing. The Scheduled Commercial Banks have endeavored to reach out to customers and seek their collaboration in the ‗Go Green‘ movement, encouraging online bill payment, online funds transfer etc Green PINs and credit card e-statements have been enabled for specific customer segments. The Banks are also leveraging its digital banking strategy to enhance the digitization of its operations as well as product offerings, which positively correlates with reduction in environmental impact, such as paper usage or avoidance of travel by customers to branches.

7. Data Analysis and Findings The Results and Discussions of the questionnaire administered to the students and to the bankers have been presented under various heads.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 212

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Gender 7.1. Gender Gender Count

Male 53

Female 83 Prefer not to say 0 Source: Primary Data The Survey was responded by 83 female and 53 male students In Which Commercial Bank do you have an account? Table 7.2: Type of SCBs and account holders Type of commercial Bank Respondents Public 89 Private 63 Foreign 7 Source: Primary Data Above Table depicts that comparatively Public Sector Banks have more account holders than private Sector banks, few respondents had accounts in both the Banks . Do you feel your bank is aware of the Green Banking? The Respondents were asked if their respective banks were aware of Green banking, Table7.3 and Figure7.3 shows that the respondents feel that their banks are well aware of Green banking , fairly high mean score of 3. 82 depicts that majority of respondents (44%) agree that their respective banks are aware of the Green Banking. 3.82

Do you feel your bank is aware of the Green Banking? (Mean Score)

Table 7.3: Awareness of Green banking Source: Primary Data Figure 7. 3: Awareness of Green Banking (%)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 213

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Source: Primary Data Which among the following Green banking services do you use? Figure 7. 4: Use of Green Banking Services (%)

Source: Primary Data Table7. 4 depicts that 37.11% respondents prefer using ATMs, followed by 29.75% using offline banking, 26.91% mobile banking and 4.82% online banking. The above Figure clearly shows the majority of respondents are well aware and are using the Green banking Services. The Figure Shows that 29.75% respondents still prefer the offline banking Services (Branch Banking), 26.91% prefer Mobile banking Services, which indicates that mobile banking is user friendly and youth are mobile savvy and they prefer using aap based services offered by Banks. Only 4.82% respondents prefer Online banking and only 0.28 % respondents use other cards, UPI, E-Wallets, overdraft protection. Since when have you been using above services? Table7. 5: Duration of Use of Banking Services Duration Respondents % Less than one year 23 17

1-2 years 46 34

2-3 Years 44 33 More than 3 years 22 16

Not 0 0 Applicable

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 214

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Source: Primary Data 7.5 & Figure 7.5 shows that majority of respondents 90 respondents i.e. 67 % have been using Banking Services in the range of 1-3 years, 23 respondents 17% use banking services for less than one year and 22 respondent‘s 16% use banking services for more than 3 years. This shows the changing banking habits, adaptability and usage among the respondents and also the customer perception towards green banking services is changing.

Figure 7. 5: Duration of Use of banking Services (%)

Source: Primary Data which banking services do you use? Table7. 6: Mean Score of Banking Services Which banking services do you use? Mean Score Automatic Teller Machines (ATMs)/Debit 4.47 Cards Offline Banking (Cheque/Slip and paper 2.82 banking Mobile banking 3.70

Online banking 3.84

Other Cards 2.51

Source: Primary Data The fairly high Mean score of 4.47 depicts that ATMs/Debit Cards are preferred by the respondents, mobile and online banking are also used by respondents as they have high mean score of 3.70 and 3.80 respectively.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 215

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Figure7. 6: Use of Banking Services (%)

Source: Primary Data Figure 7.6depicts that ATMs and Debit Cards are always used by Respondents. Which clearly indicates that ATMs are preferred channel of Banking Transaction and generic transaction feature for the respondents. 7.35% respondents occasionally use and just 1.47 % rarely use. ATMs/Debit Cards as a channel will ensure paperless and Green banking. As far as Offline Banking is concerned 41.18% respondents occasionally use traditional modes of banking. 14.11% and 26.47% of the respondents often and rarely use offline banking,7.35% respondents always use using offline banking and 10.29% have never used offline banking. The analysis clearly reveals that respondents are moving away from traditional channels of banking and banks have to take steps to change the mind set of customers they have to educate the customers of other banking services. The Banks have a business opportunity of tapping new market of other diverse channels of banking. Further the above table shows 30.88% of Respondents always use Mobile Banking as it is convenient and most of users have smart phones which is easy to operate. 30.15% respondents often use and 24.26%are occasionally using mobile banking. A very small percentage of Respondents rarely or never use mobile banking. The analysis clearly indicates that mobile banking is catching up with the young customers, convenience in the modern globalised world matters. Still there is scope for banks to increase the outreach of such services which requires Green banking literacy. In online banking

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 216

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

32.3% respondents always use online banking,34.56% often use,21.32% respondents occasionally use,8.09% rarely use and 3.68% respondents never use. The Figure indicates that online/internet banking has made an impact among the respondents, this will be instrumental in changing the Green Eco System. In other cards 61% respondents occasionally and never use them .A small percentage of respondents 8.82% always use and 30.15% of respondents often and rarely use other cards.

Rationale behind the usage of Green Banking Services The results and responses of the respondents regarding the rationale behind the usage of Green Banking services are discussed as under:

Table 7.7: Rationale behind Usage of Green Banking Services Rationale behind the usage of services Mean Score Green banking system is convenient than traditional banking system 4.18 Green banking system is cheap than traditional banking system 3.68 Green banking system is faster than traditional banking system 4.17 Green banking has security problems 2.94 Banks don't provide most of the green banking services and E-services 2.43 Banks don't provide the information related to the green banking services and E- 2.70 services Internet services are too slow to use the green services and E-services 2.56 ATM services are unavailable most of the time 2.59 Source: Primary Data In the above table it is clearly shown that Green Banking system is convenient than traditional banking system, usage of Green Banking products and services has generated high mean score of 4.18 indicating that respondents have accepted such practices. Also the Green banking is considered cheap than traditional Banking as it has a high mean score of 3.68. Figure 7. 7: Rationale behind Usage of Green Banking Services

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 217

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Source: Primary Data In the above figure 36.7% respondents disagree with unavailability of ATM Services, 30.15% of respondents were neutral, 13.9% of respondents agree and 5.15% strongly agree. So the analysis shows that ATMs services are available to the respondents and the customers are using the services most of the time. A majority of Respondents that is 44.12% disagree that internet services are a hindrance to use green services and E -Services,11.76% respondents strongly disagree that internet services are slow to use the Green Services,25% are neutral and 14.71 % agree. This indicates that internet Banking is catching up with young respondents, as it avoids the time going to bank branch and this facility will ensure Green Banking Culture among prospective customers. In the figure majority of respondents 34.5% disagree that Banks don‘t provide most of the Green Banking Services and E-services and 34.5% respondents were neutral, 16.1% agree and 10.2% respondents Strongly Disagree and a small percentage 4.41% strongly agree. The analysis clearly indicates that majority of respondents are well informed about Green Banking and E-Services. As far as Security problem is concerned a majority of respondents around 47% are neurtral,21.3% Disagree,7.35% strongly disagree,19.1% Agree and 5.15% Strongly Agree. Majority of respondents 55.1% strongly agree and 26.4% agree that Green banking is faster than traditional banking, 9.56% strongly disagree and 8.09% are neutral. Further in the figure, a majority of respondents 27.2% Strongly agree and 36.0% respondents agree that Green Banking system is cheaper than traditional banking system and lastly Majority of Respondents 50.7% strongly agree and 29.4 % respondents agree that Green Banking is convenient than traditional banking.

Which factors do you think are important while opening the bank account? The Respondents were asked about factors which are important while opening an bank account, the results and responses are discussed as under:

Table 7.8: Important Factors for Opening the Bank Account Which factors do you think are Mean Score important while opening the bank account Interest rate (On loan as well on 3.47 deposit) Minimum terms and conditions 3.40 Green Services 3.84 Informal relationships 2.80

Source: Primary Data The Table 7.8 depicts a high mean score of 3.84 shows that for respondents Green Services is an fairly important factor in opening an bank account, followed by important role being played by interest rate on deposits, minimum terms and conditions and informal relationships are considered slightly important as far as opening of bank account is concerned.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 218

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Figure 7.8: Important Factors for Opening the Bank Account (%)

Source: Primary Data It is observed from the table that for respondents Interest rate on loan as well on Deposit is still an important factor in opening bank account majority of respondents(80%) feel that interest rate is still an important factor for opening an bank account, while 16.1 % consider it slightly important and 2.9% consider it not at all important. In the Figure it is clearly shown majority of respondents consider or agree that minimum terms and conditions are important for opening an bank account,16.1% respondents consider it slightly important and 2.9% consider it not at all important. In Green Services the majority of respondents around 91.1% consider that Green Services are important in opening an bank account, this implies awareness and acceptance of Green Banking Products by Customers, a very small percentage 7.3% of respondents consider it is slightly important and 1.4% consider not at all important. The Figure depicts that majority of respondents 27.9% do consider informal relationships important ,27.2% slightly important, 13.2% very important followed by 14.7% fairly important and 16.9% respondents feel it‘s not at all important. No doubt Technology is going to play an important role in the banking sector and it is a major driver of growth but human interface and interaction, personal touch is still important in banking Industry as it is peoples business. The above analysis clearly indicates that Green Services are the most important Factor in opening bank account, this supports the objective of the study that customers are aware of Green Banking Services. Which factors do you think require more efforts to promote the Green Banking? The Table below depicts the factors that require more efforts to Promote Green banking Table 7.9: Factors requiring more efforts to Promote Green banking (%) Automatic Teller Machines Factors requiring more efforts to (ATMs) Mobile Online Green Promote Green Banking and cards banking banking finance Advertisement 12.95 17.62 15.98 25.76 Availability 38.84 10.25 10.66 14.41 Charges/Cost 11.61 16.80 10.66 10.92 Security 15.18 25.41 31.97 11.79 Training (for bankers as well as customers) 7.14 20.49 21.72 14.41 Incentives for Green Banking 14.29 9.43 9.02 22.71 Source: Primary Data

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 219

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Table 7.9 depicts that majority of respondents 25.76% think that Green Finance requires more advertisement and publicity, table further depicts that the respondents are reasonably aware of ATMs and other cards, Mobile Banking and Online Banking so advertisement doesn‘t play an important role for these factors. 38.84% of respondents think that availability of ATMs is an important factor to promote Green Banking. The Charges / Costs are major part of concern as a far as Mobile Banking is concerned. Majority of Respondents 31.97% think that security is a major issue which needs to be addressed for online banking ,followed by security concerns for Mobile banking.11.79% respondents think that security needs to looked into for Green finance and 15.18% think security is a issue for ATMs.Majority of respondents think training is needed for bankers as well as customers for Online and Mobile Banking .Lastly majority of respondents 22.71% and 14.29% think that Incentives for Green banking for Green finance and ATMs can be an important factor to promote Green Banking. 7.10 Excerpts from Opinion Survey of Bankers Below is the brief summary of the views expressed by Bankers:

Benefits ATMs, mobile and internet banking ensues accessibility, reduction of carbon foot print. Green Banking is Eco friendly and it is also better approach and style of working. Green banking practices will save time ,efforts and cost. Sustainability efforts offer a major opportunity for banks to demonstrate their commitment to operating responsibly and making a positive impact. Banks by providing better rates and services to environment friendly initiatives. Provide eco friendly technology for customers and employees which will lead to in-house cost savings. Banks should be getting more digitalized by using less papers and printing less. The will make them more accountable towards sustainable development.

Challenges Awareness, high execution costs, credit risk. Adaptability and accepting the change by Bankers and Customers. Technological reach is limited. People in semi urban and rural areas are still used to conventional bank branches, filling deposit slips, using paper etc. Customers still avoid transacting through online channels due to the insecure Internet environment. Customers were more concerned about their online security and privacy rather than about green banking adoption by banks 8. Conclusions In the Study respondents are aware of Green banking Services, ATMs have become more generic in the present day context and is preferred by the respondents and they are reasonably aware of ATM facility in a bank. The Analysis clearly states that there banking habits are changing, adaptability and usage of green banking services is increasing among the respondents and also the customer perception towards green banking is changing

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 220

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Banks have offered Internet Banking and customers are using the online banking, it is a strategic opportunity and bank need to take cognizance of the same and make more customers aware of online and E banking. In the study acceptance and usage of ATMs and mobile banking is more as compared to online banking. The Awareness of Green Banking Services and Practices will go long way in making banks environment friendly. The banks have to give better experience to customers through the Green banking Services because this will ultimately have a good impact on environment. The Real challenge for the banks is to bring users of offline banking into green channels of banking, this will save paper, make customers more Digital savvy, have a impact on Green Image of the Bank. Digital transformation has been significant and it has transformed the banking habits of its customers, they are well aware of Green banking Products, they are using Green banking Services but still there is gap between awareness and Usage which needs to be bridged by Banks. The Banks are promoting paperless banking through various digital initiatives like Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, ATMs, UPI, etc. Implementing such Green initiatives will result in reduction in costs as well as environment friendly practices.

Bibliography 1. Keynote speech delivered by Shri R. Gandhi, Deputy Governor at the launch of the Final UNEP India Inquiry Report titled ―Delivering a Sustainable Financial System in India‖ on April 29, 2016 in Mumbai. 2. Address by Dr. K. C. Chakrabarty.K.C, Deputy Governor, Reserve Bank of India at the Yes Bank–GIZ–UNEP Sustainability Series event on Environment and Social Risk Management, on April 23, 2013 at Mumbai. 3. Brar Singh Pal Tejinder (2016) Green Banking Adoption: A Comparative Study of Indian Public and Private Sector Banks , ENVISION – International Journal of Commerce and Management ISSN: 0973-5976 (P); 2456-4575 (E) VoL-10, 2016.pp 60-67. 4. Narang Deepti (2015) Green Banking- A Study of Select Banks in India , International Journal of Management and Commerce Innovations ISSN 2348-7585 (Online) Vol. 3, Issue 1, Month: April 2015 - September 2015 pp: 5-12. 5. Jayabal.G & Soundarya.M (2016)Green banking: as banks initiative for Sustainable development, international journal of management (IJM).volume 7, Issue 7, November– December 2016, pp.276–280. 6. .Jha, N. and Bhome, S. (2013) A Study of Green Banking Trends in India. International Monthly Referred Journal of Research in Management and Technology, 2,pp 127-132. 7. Ragupathi, M., & Sujatha, S. (2015)Green banking initiatives of commercial banks in India. International Research Journal of Business and Management - IRJBM, VIII(2),pp 74-81.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 221

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

8. T.Rajesh and A.S. Dileep (2014) ,Role of banks in sustainable economic development through green banking, International Journal of current research and academic Review, ISSN: 2347-3215 ,Volume 2 Number 12 (December-2014) pp. 136-141. 9. RBI/2007-08/216 DBOD. No.Dir. BC. 58/13.27.00/2007- 08 10. Annual Report of State Bank of India for FY 2016-17, 2017-18. 11. Sustainability Report of State Bank of India,FY 2017-18 12. Annual Report of Punjab National Bank for FY 2016-17,2017-18 13. Annual Report of Bank of Baroda for FY 2016-17,2017-18 14. Business Responsibility Report of ICICI Bank for FY 2016-17,2017-18 15. Business Responsibility Report of HDFC Bank for FY 2016-17, 2017-18 16. Business Responsibility Report of Axis Bank for FY 2016-17,2017-18

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 222

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Sustainable Lifestyle and Ancient Civilization of Nepal

Kamala Tiwari Assistant Professor, Mid-Western Univeristy, Surkhet, Nepal. [email protected]

Abstract: Sustainable living is a lifestyle that attempts to reduce an individual‟s or society‟s use of the Earth‟s natural resources and personal resources. Practitioners of sustainable living often attempt to reduce their carbon footprint by altering methods of transportation, energy consumption, and diet. The advocate of sustainable living aim to conduct their lives in ways that are consistent with sustainability, in natural balance and respectful of humanity‟s symbiotic relationship with the Earth‟s natural ecology and cycles. The practice and general philosophy of ecological living are highly interrelated with the overall principles of sustainable development. In ancient time people were aware in most of the planning of the city. Human civilization comes through their new activities. Most of their activities were based on a sustainable lifestyle. This paper will focus on some traditional Nepalese practices towards sustainable lifestyle and civilization and their relevance and practicability in today's era of Nepal

1. Introduction Sustainable lifestyles denote to patterns of action and consumption, used by people to affiliate and differentiate themselves from others, which: meet basic needs, provide a better quality of life, minimize the use of natural resources and productions of waste and pollutants over the lifecycle, and do not risk the needs of future generations. Sustainable lifestyles reflect specific cultural, natural, economic and social heritage of each society (Mont 2007). Emerging issues on sustainable lifestyle: • Knowledge sharing and capacity building on sustainable lifestyles • Actions to energize and mobilize people to assess their own social behavior • Facilitation of technical and social innovations for sustainable lifestyles, • Designing new governance and institutional settings, Creating ―cultures of sustainability‖ as a baseline for experimentation and communication. Within this understanding the issues of sustainable lifestyles and consumption patterns should be addressed through a ―people-centered‖-approach to policy design and advocacy, in which ongoing social changing aspects within markets and society are identified as the starting point to drive the necessary modification towards sustainability. Practitioners of sustainable living often attempt to reduce their carbon footprint by altering methods of transportation, energy consumption, and diet. Promoter of sustainable living aim to conduct their lives in ways that are consistent with sustainability, in natural balance and respectful of humanity‘s symbiotic relationship with the Earth‘s natural ecology and cycles. The practice and general philosophy of ecological living is highly inter-related with the overall principles of sustainable development. In ancient time people were aware in most of the basic human needs. Human civilization comes through their new actions. Most of their activities were based on sustainable lifestyle. Nepal is one of the amusingcountry in cast, cultural and traditional diversity. The indigenous nationalities have their own mother tongue, folk culture, beliefs and traditional

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 223

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

healing practices (Bhattachan, 2000).Rajis are one of the endangered indigenous tribe of Nepal distributed natively in Surkhet and have migrated to Kailali, Kanchanpur, Dang and Bardia districts of Nepal. The Rajis used to lead a nomadic life in the past (Gautam & Thapa Magar, 1994). Many indigenous communities abandon their traditional customs and thereby lose their plant knowledge over time (Benzet et al., 2000). The indigenous knowledge and practices of Rajis are in danger of loss due to great pressure to change the ways of practice, belief, decisionmaking and harvesting plant resources by various factors such as migration and modernization. Some important earlier records on the traditional healing practices of different ethnic casts of Nepal has been made by Bhattarai (1989), Manandhar (1990, 1991), Acharya (1996), Manandhar (1998), Siwakoti and Siwakoti (1998), Joshi et al. (1999), Rai (2004) and Acharya and Acharya (2009). Asia was a center of world civilization in ancient time. It has been a source in spreading knowledge to other parts of the universe, so it can be a rich source of indigenous knowledge and could be applied for sustainable development. Indigenous knowledge and bio-diversity are balancing phenomenon important to human development. The increasing attention on indigenous knowledge is being received by academia and development institution has not yet feel to a common perception of the concept of indigenous knowledge. None of the definition is free from contradiction to some extent. They overlap in many aspects. Warren (1991) and Flavier (1995) present typical definition by suggesting: Indigenous knowledge is the local knowledge that is unique to given culture or society. Indigenous knowledgegap with the International knowledge system generated by universities, research institution, and private firms. It is the basis for local level decision-making in agriculture, health care, food preparation, education, natural resources management and the host of other activities in rural communities (Warren 1991).

1.2 The Raji People Rajis have a small population as matched to many other communities. The latest census (2011) has recorded 4235 total population of Rajis by caste/ethnicity. The total number of Raji mother tongue speakers according to the same report is 3758 (female 1927 and male 1831). The previous census had recorded the number of Raji people as 2,399 (1,111 male and 1,288 female) which is about 0.01 percent of the total population of the country (CBS 2001). This number is less than earlier census which has recorded 3,273 (1,696 male 1,578 female) (CBS 1991). However, the Raji people themselves claim that the total number of Raji is more than 8,000.

1.3 Clans of Raji Raji people classify themselves into three groups: Purbiya, Bara Bandale and Naukulya on the basis of their inhabitant area as well as linguistic differences. In the previous study, twelve different clans are found in Raji community, they are Khadyal, Gholyan, Railayal, 2 Sanke, Tokyal, Chimchyal, Gothyal, Naihari, Digyal, Batekwal, Sanjhyal and Chhantyal. Major distinction is found between Naukulya and Bandali or Barha Bandale (Bandhu et al. 2011). But, this survey has found the twenty clans residing in different places of mid-western and far- western regions of Nepal. Presents the clans or castes in Raji. Clan groups in Raji S.N. Ethnic or castes no. 1 Dhulyal 9 11 Mudhyal 6 2 Kalyal 4 12 Granwal 5 3 Samjyal 5 13 Patukwal 1 4 Naukulya 9 14 Ghatala 1 5 Tamyal 1 15 Kachale 1 6

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 224

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Mauryal 1 16 Damwal 1 7 Kumwal 1 17 Toyal 2 8 Kumlyal 1 18 Naiyari 2 9 Dugryal 3 19 Godyal 1 10 Matkwal 5 20 Kunyal 1 Total 60

1.4 Religion of Rajis Most of the Rajis follow Hindu religion whereas some of them follow animism. The Deuti Bajyai (A female Hindu deity) is worshipped by the Raji people. The temples of Deuti Bajyai have Raji priests who perform rituals. Some of the Rajis are also reported to follow Christianity. Presents the situation of religion of the Raji community among the respondents to whom the questionnaires were administered. According to the survey more than 88 percent were Hindus. Rest other were Christian, Animism as well as unidentified.

1.5 Occupation Traditional occupations of Raji were fishing, honey hunting, boating and collecting medicinal herbs. Interestingly they are fond of porcupine hunting. They are expert at climbing tall trees and cliffs for honey hunting. Raji people are capable in hooking, netting and making alteration for fishing. Raji traditional occupations can be further categorized into three major categories: river-based, forest-based and agriculture (Bandhu et al. 2011).

1.6Relevance of Indigenous knowledge Indigenous Knowledge is the information base for a society, which simplifies communication and decision-making. Indigenous information systems are dynamic and frequently influenced by internal creativity and experimentation as well as by contact with external system (Flavier et al., 1995). Indigenous Knowledge is relevant on different levels for the development process. It is obviously, most important for the rural community in which the bearers of such knowledge live and produce. Development agents (CBOs, NGOs, government, donors, local leaders, and private sector initiatives) need to recognize its value and appreciate it in their interaction with the local community. Before incorporating it in their approaches, they need to understand it and critically validate it against the usefulness for their intended objectives.Indigenous Knowledge forms part of the global knowledge in this context it has a value and relevance in itself. Indigenous knowledge can be preserved, transferred and adopted elsewhere. When development processes interact with Indigenous Knowledge while designing or implementing development programs, different situations can be appeared and development strategies either entirely or substantially relies on Indigenous Knowledge or incorporate it in development process.Indigenous Knowledgehas traditionally been the subject matter of cognitive anthropology. Indigenous Knowledgeis based on cultural practices and belief system of local people of given locality. Indigenous Knowledgeis a part of lives of rural people, their livelihood depends almost totally on specific skills and knowledge essential for their survival. People living in various agro-ecological zones have sustained livelihood and distinct cultural identities by developing and using their own system of knowledge suitable to their environment. References to such knowledge is made by using various terms Indigenous Knowledge ―indigenous technical knowledge" (Howes and Chembers, 1983). ―People's science‖ (Richard, 1989)" and ―rural people's knowledge‖(Scoones and Thompson, 1994).

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 225

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The basic component of any country's knowledge system is its indigenous knowledge. It encompasses the skills, experiences, and insight of people, applied to preserve or improve their livelihood. Indigenous Knowledgeis developed and practiced continuously to ever changing environments and passed down from generation to generation. It is closely linked with people's cultural values. It is also the social capital of the poor, their main asset to invest in the struggle for survival, to produce food to provide shelter or to achieve control of their own lives.Indigenous people are able to make their life sustainable through their ancient civilization.

1.7Indigenous People The indigenous peoples are those whose ancestors were the original inhabitants of their land and include hunters, shifting cultivation practitioners, fisherman, nomads, pastorals and settled farmers who have little participation in market economy (Anonymous, 1995). There are approximately 250 million indigenous peoples scattered over 70 countries. Approximately 60% of the total indigenous people live in Asia and 66% of them are particularly settled in China and South Asia (Singh, 1995).In Nepal more than123 ethnicities are recorded on censes 2011 A.D.Among them Raji community is a smallest one which have only 4200 population in size all over the country. Raji are commonly settled on western part of Nepal,especially in Surkhet, Banke, and Kailali district.

2. Research Materials and Methods A survey using questionnaire, oral interview and group discussion was conducted at two municipalities (Birendranagar& Chhinchu) of Surkhet districtsettled by Raji community. According to census 2001 the population of Rajis was 174 in Chhinchu Municipality and 46 in BirendranagerMunicipality. Participatory approach was used in which Raji people contributed their knowledge learned over time on the use of common 10 medicinal plants. The visit was done in September 15 to 29, 2018 The Key informants were known after preliminary discussion. Information about medicinal uses of plants was collected by interviewing elders, traditional healers, farmers and students of the community using a semi-structured open-ended questionnaire. Name of plants, their medicinal value and other information was confirmed by focal group discussion. The samples were collected, photographed, dried and fixed on herbarium sheets using standard methods (Martin, 1995), and identified using relevant literature (Hara et al., 1982; Polunin & Stainton, 1984; Press et al., 2000).

3. Result and Discussion Use of common medicinal plants by Rajis of Surkhet Rajis have a rich indigenous knowledge on practice and use of different plants against several diseases but this knowledge is in the risk of being extinction due to decreasing interest of newer generations, modernization, movement from original land and cultural transformation. The indigenous knowledge is handed on orally from generation to generation without keeping any written records. Therefore, the absence of written document also reveals the chances of losing the valuable tradition forever. In opinion of this part, it is necessary to preserve and appropriatelyrecord the knowledge, practice and utilization of various plants. A total of tencommon medicinal plant species were nominated in this work to understand the level of indigenous knowledge, response on use and practice, conservation or management and knowledge alteration in Raji community in Surkhet district (Tab. 1).

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 226

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Table 1. Common medicinal plants used by Rajis in Surkhet Nepali/Raji Parts Mode S.N. Scientific name name Disease used of use 1 Acorus calamus L. Bojho/Bach Cough, cold Root Juice (Araceae) 2 Tinospora sinensis (Lour.) Gurjo/Gugre Diarrhea, gastric, Tuber Juice Merr. (Menispermaceae) gano anorexia 3 Achyranthes aspera L. Ulte kuro/Ulte Loss of Root Juice (Amaranthaceae) kura appetite,nausea, anorexia 4 Asparagus racemosus Kurilo/Kurila Bone fracture,stomach Root Paste Willd. (Liliaceae) problem

5 Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa Bel/Bela Gastrictic,constipation, Fruit Fruit anorexia 6 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Akash beli/Akase Jaundice, dandruff, Whole Plant beli removal of placenta plant juice 7 Cissampelos pareira L. Batul Stomachache,dysentery Root Juice pate/Khalite 8 Centella asiatica (L.) Urb. Ghod tapre/Ghod Stomach problem, Whole Juice tapre fever, Plant 9 Imperata cylindrica (L.) P. Siru/Siru antihelminthic Root Juice 10 Curcuma Longa Besar Cough Root Juice Source: Survey data, 2018

Data Analysis and Presentation The study showed to get an understanding of the Raji‘s indigenous knowledge on listed common medicinal plants, use practice and transformation. Figure 1. Age groups of respondents.

The age group of the respondent was found to range from 17 to 72. Total 39 respondents were selected for the questionnaire survey. Old aged people above 50 years were few in number

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 227

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

at both the Municipality (Birendranagar and Chhinchu). Out of 39 respondents 38.46% were of 17-30 years age, 38.46% were 31-50 age group and 23.7% were above 50 years. They were categorized as young, adult and old (Fig. 1). Figure 2. Medicine Preparation

Knowledge on medicine preparation usually the medicine is prepared by head of the family or traditional healer. Respondents were questioned to indicate their understanding in medicine preparation. The majority of respondents 74% were found that they can prepare medicine from medicinal plant parts, 26% of the respondents were found unable to prepare medicine and used to go head of the family or traditional healers (Fig. 2).

Figure 3. Age and knowledge relation in medicine preparation.

The study showed that the knowledge on medicine preparation increases by the cumulative level of age of the respondents. It was found that 100% old age group respondents had knowledge on medicine preparation followed by adult class (93%) and young class respondents (40%). It indicated that there was excessivedeficiency of knowledge transformation from adults to young generations (Fig. 3).

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 228

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Figure 4. Knowledge transformation about use of medicinal plants.

The knowledge about the use of medicinal plant species among Raji community was found limited to old aged people. The sources of information and distribution mechanisms are one of the basic factors for an individual to acquire knowledge. Among 29 knowledgeable respondents, majority (12) of them claimed that they have learnt the knowledge from their family head i.e., parents and grandparents, 9 of them claimed that they have learnt from traditional healers and 8 respondents claimed that they have learnt from their relatives (Fig. 4)

Figure 5. Response on conservation and management of medicinal plants.

To explore the Raji peoples‘ view on conservation about the medicinal plant species, respondents were requested to give their view. Some of the respondents said ―Yes we have to conserve the medicinal plants in our community forest. These respondents were classified as good respondents indicated by ―good‖. Other respondents were categorized as ―very good‖. Out of 39 respondents 30 (77%) respondents showed ―very good‖ response and 9 (36%) showed ―good‖ response. Nobody gave negative response about the conservation and management of medicinal

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 229

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

plants (Fig. 5). Therefore, Rajis were conscious about conservation and management of medicinal plants in their community forestry.

Conclusion Sustainable development has avague concept. The nature, development and civilization are inter-connected each other. The Ancientknowledge of people helps to be sustainable life style.There are many ways for sustainable life style. Among them use of traditional method for healing is a unique and most important. If they can make their practice in scientific ways, it would be best for sustainable life style. Raji People of the study area still have a strong knowledge and belief in the efficacy and success of traditional healing practices. The elderly people have deep knowledge but the knowledge level change with respect to age and generation. Regarding the ignorance of young generation towards traditional knowledge there seems danger of extinction of such practices. The results of the present study provide evidence of indigenous knowledge and uses of common medicinal plants for the treatment of severalillnesses by Raji people. Therefore, it is important to preserve such a wealth of information existed still among the Raji people. The author is thankfulto Mid-Western University Nepal for providing support and deeply indebted to the Raji people of Birendranagar Municipality and Chhinchu Municipality of Surkhet district. Special thanks to Dr. Deep Bahadur Rawal (Professor,Midwestern University), Mr. RameshPrasad Gautam (Birendranagar), Deepak Acharya(Birendranagar), Man Bahadur Raji (Birendranagar) and Purna kala Raji (Chhinchu) for their cooperation in the present study.

References 1. Acharya, R. & K.P. Acharya. 2009. Ethnobotanical study of medicinal plants used by Tharu community of Parroha VDC, Rupandehi district, Nepal. Scientific World 9: 81-85. 2. Acharya, S.K. 1996. Folk uses of some medicinal plants of Pawanagar, Dang district. Journal ofNatural History Museum, Nepal. 15(1-4): 25-36. 3. Benzet, B., J. Cevallos, F. Santana, J. Rosales & S. Graf. 2000. Losing knowledge about plant use in the Sierra De Manantlan Biospehre Reserve, Mexico. Economic Botany 54: 183-191. 4. Bhatarai, N.K. 1989. Traditional phytotherapy among the Sherpas of Helambu, central Nepal. J.Ethnopharmacol. 27(½): 45-54. 5. Bhattachan, K.B. 2000. Environmental Ethics and Indigenous Peoples. Kathmandu, Nepal. 6. Gautam, R. & A.K. Thapa Magar. 1994. Tribal ethnography of Nepal, Vol. 1. Delhi Book Faith, India. 7. Hara, H., A.H. Charter & L.H.J. Williams. 1982. An enumeration of the flowering plants of Nepal. Vol. III. London: British Natural History Museum. 8. Joshi, R., K. Basnyat & R. Ranjit. 1999. Study on some wild edible plants of Chepangs. Abstract, BSC-087 In: III National Conference on Science and Technology: Abstracts, March 8-11, 1999. Royal Nepal Academy of Science and Technology, Kathmandu, Nepal. pp. 115. 9. Manandahar, N.P. 1990. Traditional phytotherapy of Danuwar tribe of Kamalkhong in Sindhuli district, Nepal. Fitoterapia, Italy. 61(4): 325-332.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 230

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

10. Manandhar, N.P. 1991. Medicinal plantlore of Tamang tribe of Kabhrepalanchowk district, Nepal. Eco. Bot. 45(1): 58-71. 11. Manandhar, N.P. 1998. Native phytotherapy among the Raute tribe of Dadeldhura district, Nepal. J. Ethnopharmacology 60(3): 199-206. 12. Martin, G.J. 1995. Ethnobotany: a Methods Manual. Chapman & Hall, London, UK. Polunin, O. & A. Stainton. 1984. Flowers of the Himalaya. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 13. Press, J.R., K.K. Shrestha & D.A. Sutton. 2000. Annotated checklist of the Flowering Plants of Nepal. The Natural History Museum, London, UK. 14. Rai, S.K. 2004. Medicinal plants used by Meche people of Jhapa district, eastern Nepal. Our Nature 2: 27-32. 15. Siwakoti, M. & S. Siwakoti. 1998. Ethnomedicinal uses of plants among the Limbu, Morang district, Nepal. Ecoprint 5(1): 79-84.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 231

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Ancient Civilization and Sustainable Lyfestyle

*CA Swati Mahanoor, **Dhruval Goel *Teaching Associate, BMCC, Pune Maharashtra [email protected]

**CA Interm, Symbiosis College of Arts and Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: 'We have not inherited the earth from our ancestors; we borrow it from our children',this advice prods us to contemplate the future, and not only the present. Instead of living just for today and gratifying our own immediate needs, we should think about how our current actions will affect the future generations and that is why sustainability is a prerequisite for our lifestyle.It is through a sustainable lifestyle we can meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to fulfil their own needs. But then the question arises how can we learn it? The researcher aims to find out the roots of sustainable lifestyle from our ancient civilizations by using the wisdom of our elders and how the modern civilization has outdone the latter in its vogue to live a lifestyle embedded with sustainability. The paper is a qualitative one based on secondary data. The researcher through this paper has connected the dots between ancient civilization and sustainable lifestyle in various sectors like agriculture, architecture, health,etc.And as is quoted by Mahatma Gandhi – “Earth provides enough to satisfyeveryone's need, but not for anyone's greed”,the outcome of this study underlines that sustainability too is a joint effort and can never be achieved otherwise. The paperalso enlists the measures that can be assimilatedfrom ancient civilizationto achieve development and at the same time acknowledgingthe much needed sustainability.

Keywords: Sustainability, civilization, lifestyle, development, wisdom

Introduction ―A sustainable lifestyle means rethinking our ways of living, how we buy and how we organize our everyday life. It is also about altering how we socialize, exchange, share, educate and build identities. It means transforming our societies and living in harmony with our natural environment. As citizens, at home and at work, many of our choices – on energy use, transport, food, waste, communication and solidarity – contribute towards building sustainable lifestyles.‖ The value and ethos of Indian philosophy have always emphasized assuring a sustainable lifestyle for the well-being of the present and future generations. The key perplexing question is whether development must be compromised in order to ensure sustainability. When sustainability is conferred in relation to limited resources, it has been appropriately quoted,'We have not inherited the earth from our ancestors; we borrow it from our children',this proverb just does not emphasize on the difference between the words, "ancestors" and "children", but the difference between, "inherit" and "borrow". When it comes to the earth, no one owns it. In this sense, we do not "inherit",we are simply"borrowing".When we borrow something, then we need to take care of it, since we are accountable to our future generations.

Objective To find out the practices which we can learn from our ancient civilizations to lead a sustainable lifestyle and how did our ancestors reduce their ecological foot print, and what methods did they use?

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 232

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

To study theinnovationsimplemented by the modern civilizations for making themselves sustainable.

Research Problem With the advent of technology and modernisation, the lifestyle and way of doing things have seen drastic as well as frequent changes. Though it is being said that, ―To improve is to change; to be perfect is to change often‖, but this change should not compromise the ability of future generations to fulfil their own needs.

Research Methodology The research paper isdescriptive and qualitative one. The data used to study the relationship between ancient civilization and sustainable lifestyleis secondary in nature collected from different sources like journals, articles, web links, books and periodicals. There is no empirical touch to this paper.

Findings/Observations Ancient Civilization & Architecture Ancient civilizationspeoplewere viewed as simple, primitive people,just a couple of decades ago. However,number of surprising factshave been revealedabout ancient cultures afternumerous discoveries since then, namely that many of them possessed advanced knowledge of metallurgy, mathematics, chemistry, astronomy, and more. Some of the amazing accomplishments of ancient civilizationshave left scientists/archaeologists scratching their heads. Following are some of those from whom we can learn the much needed sustainability too:

1. Aqueducts and hydro technology Who would have thought that to solve water access problems, years old technology would have been looked upon by 21st century governments for guidance? But, Lima, Peru is the place where it is happening. Water security of the entire country was undermined due to the chronic problems of severe water crisis that has been faced by Peru, such as polluted water supplies, combined with environmental change. However, Sedapal,Lima‘s water utility company has put forwarda new plan, in order to supplyunpolluted,clean waterto the population by revivingWari culture‘s ancient network of stone canals that was built by themin around 500 AD.Canals were used to capture the mountain water during the rainy season in the advanced water conservation system built by the Wari culture.During the dry season,the water was transported to the places where it could feed the springs further down the mountainthrough the canals to maintain the flow of the rivers.

2. Concrete What‘s the secret behind the structures that were built by the Romans 2000 year ago from concrete as these structures have to this day maintained their structural integrity? Whereas, on the other hand 100 to 120 years is typically the time period for which concrete structures of today lasts for. Concrete was made by mixing volcanic rock, lime and seawater by the Romans.A chemical reaction is triggered instantly when the three components are combined, in which the lime incorporated molecules into its structure and the whole mixture cements together when it reacted with the ash.Ideal crystalline structure of Tobermoritewere contained in the ancient seawater,which has a greater strength and durability than the modern

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 233

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

equivalent.Beingenvironmentally-friendly as well as more durable are the qualitieswhich defines the Roman concrete when compared with the today‘s concrete. Significant amounts of carbon are released into the atmosphere for producing the conventional modern cement as it requires heating a mix ofclays and limestone to 1,450 degrees Celsius. In contrast, much less lime and much less fuel was required to produce the Roman cement as it was made from baking limestone at 900 degrees Celsius.

3. Stone Cutting and Walls The precision of the creations of the modern day, produced with advanced machinery are rivalled with the precision of the numerous examples of ancient stone-cutting that can be found around the world.Puma Punku, an ancient archaeological site in Bolivia, is one such prime example which is dated to 15,000 years old by some historians, as it contains such incredible stonework that it looks as if the stones were cut using a diamond tool.Enormous blocksconsisting of perfectly straight edges, that weighs up to 800 tonscontain no chisel marks andlock perfectly into each other. The precision of the stonework has not been able to be replicated with failed attempts. Sacsayhuaman and Machu Picchu in Peru exhibits advanced masonry work for what the Inca civilization is well-known for. Unmatched levels of precision with which their large dry stone walls had been carefully cut to fit together tightly that too without mortar is not seen anywhere else in the Americas. The precision with the stones are placed is such that it is not possible to fit even a single piece of paper between many of the stones. Scientists have been puzzled for decades with this precision which combined with the variety of their interlocking shapes,rounded corners of the blocks and,to prevent damage in the event of an earthquake, the way the walls lean inward. The method used to match precisely the shape of a stone with the adjacent stones is still unknown and attempts to recreate the technique have all failed.

Ancient Civilization &Agriculture Sustainable agriculture must involve measures for soil conservation, water conservation and irrigation, and mitigation of the adverse effects of climate change. Large-scale afforestation, encompassing commercial forestry, farm forestry, social forestry, captive plantation as also adoption of community-based forest management practices are needed. Following are some of the methods which can be learnt from ancient civilizations to improve the sustainability in the agriculture sector: 1. Maintaining Soil Fertility by method of rotation Vedic people knew the method of improving the fertility of the soil by what may be called the method of rotation.As the Taittiriya Samhita mentions, ‗rotation of crops‘ might have been practised in as much as rice would be sown in summer and pulses in winter on the same field. According to Roxburgh, the Father of Indian Botany, ‗the Western World is to be indebted to India for this system of sowing‘. 2. Basin irrigation Basin irrigation was aform of water management was developed and utilized by the Egyptians. To best suit their agricultural needs,the rise and fall of the river was tried to be controlled through this practice. A crisscross network of earthen walls was formed in a field of crops that would be flooded by the river. Basins formed by the walls used to trap the water,when the floods came. This grid would hold water longer than it would have naturally stayed, allowing

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 234

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

the earth to become fully saturated for later planting. Once the soil was fully watered, the floodwater that remained in the basin would simply be drained to another basin that was in need of more water. 3. Chinampa Plot When we think of theAztecs and other Mesoamerican culturespeople think about the, what‘s the first thing that comes to our minds is human sacrifice. Whereas, than this practice,these civilizations are known for much more too. The so-called ‗floating gardens‘ or the chinampa agricultural system was innovation which is worth a discussion, can be found in the Valley of Mexico on the shallow lake beds of the valley. A rectangular enclosure was staked out into the marshy lakebed to construct a chinampa plot. The stakes were then joined with wattle to fence in the enclosure. After that, mud and decaying vegetation would be filled in the fenced in area. It was important that the fill brought the chinampa plot above the lake level, in order to prevent the roots from becoming water-logged. The chinampa plots were misattributed as ‗floating gardens‘ as the canals surrounding them formed an illusion that these agricultural lands were floating on water. These plots were further stabilised by planting willows around the perimeter. The stability occurs due toanchoring of the retaining walls of the structure because of the dense root system and reduced the effects of erosion therby. Well management of the supply of water was vitial in order to ensure thatgood harvests areproduced by the chinampas throughout the year. Though flooding would have been a problem during the rainy season. Hence, to counter this problem,a sophisticated drainage system, which included sluice gates, canals and damswere put in place. The city‘s wastewater would have also been treated by using human excrement to fertilise the crops, thus the Aztecs were also able to create a healthier living environment. There have been unsuccessful attempts of implementing the system of agriculture and waste water treatment as seen in those floating gardens of Mexico, in the modern times.

Innovations Of Modern Civilization There's never been a greater push for sustainable products and technologies than there is today. We've reached a critical point with regards to climate change, and many innovators and businesses are stepping up to the plate to build a green future. Here are just some of the incredible break-throughs and initiatives that could change the world as we know it, and pave the way for a more sustainable way of living. 1. The Green Building Initiative: Building Homes and Reducing Emissions The Green Building Initiative (GBI) is an international effort towards creating sustainable, resource efficient buildings. They offer a certification program for commercial buildings who adhere to their environmentally-friendly vision. Their goal is to establish a standard of best practices for green buildings globally, as well as providing third-party assessment tools for sustainability requirements. 2. AirCarbon: A Sustainable Plastic For the Future AirCarbon was developed by Newlight Technologies, and has already won many awards for its innovative sustainability. It's made from carbon emissions that would otherwise be released into the air, and can have a multitude of uses.It's a verified carbon-negative material, meaning every step of its production and use is fully green and sustainable. Because it is not

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 235

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

made from oil like other plastics, it is also a cost-effective alternative to other synthetic materials. 3. ENGIE Insight: Resources for a Sustainable World Formerly known as Ecova, ENGIE Insight is a sustainable resource management initiative that works with businesses to reduce environmental impacts. They provide technology and experts to help businesses with their goal of becoming more sustainable, and reducing their carbon footprint.To date, they've worked with AMTRAK, GameStop, and others to create resource-efficient business practices that don't harm the environment 4. Demetra: Reducing Food Waste Organically Created by Italian start-up Green Code, Demetra is an all-natural treatment for food preservation. It's made from 100% plant extracts, and can improve the shelf life of natural produce.Thanks to Demetra, produce would no longer require to be kept at cold temperatures while in transit, saving a lot of energy. The produce itself could also stay fresh and ripe longer, effectively reducing food waste in supermarkets and groceries. 5. The Veganbottle: An All-Natural Alternative to Plastic Bottles Created by LYSPACKAGING, the Veganbottle is made from an all-natural bioplastic that could replace plastic bottles forever. Everything in the Veganbottle, from the cap to the wrapper, is made from 100% biodegradable materials.The bottle is made from sugar cane extracts. Sugar cane requires far less water than other crops, and the manufacturing of the bottle itself depends on little energy. 6. CloudFisher: Converting Fog Into Drinking Water Created by Aqualonis, CloudFisher could allow people living in coastal or mountainous areas to convert fog into safe drinking water. This water can also be used to irrigate crops or forestry efforts.It's made from a 3D mesh that can withstand high wind speeds, while still retaining water. It comes in a variety of sizes, to suit individual needs or the needs of entire villages. 7. Waitrose Delivery Vans: Vans Fuelled by Food Waste Last year, British supermarket chain Waitrose introduced a new fleet of eco-friendly delivery vans. The vans run on biomethane, a sustainable green alternative to fossil fuels.Delivery vehicles are responsible for high levels of carbon emissions, and finding green alternatives to current delivery systems is crucial. Vans like the ones used by Waitrose could be a game-changer for delivery fleets across the world.

Conclusions The researcher through this paper has connected the dots between ancient civilization and sustainable lifestyle in sectors like agriculture and architecture.And though the wisdom of our ancestors has taught us about various sustainable lifestyle practices still the modern civilizations are being innovative in their approach towards achieving a sustainable lifestyle as shown by the researcher through the seven break-throughs and initiatives.

References and Notes https://www.researchgate.net https://en.wikipedia.org https://blog.nationalgeographic.org https://www.thoughtco.com NCERT Books (Ancient Civilization) Various journal, periodicals, etc.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 236

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Corporate Social Responsibility as an Initiative to Green Development With reference to Adar Poonawalla’s City Clean Drive

Vijayalaxmi Pujari Research Scholar, Ness Wadia College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract This paper is attempted to make a study on the clean initiative drive of „ADARPOONAWALLA‟s city clean‟at Pune. It also focuses on the plans and prospectsof ADAR POONAWALLA as City places are faces heavy problems of Garbage‟sand wastages. The clean city initiative addresses the issue by deploying state of the art machines as it is done in Western countries, which have over the years evolved to a very sophisticated system of waste management. The initiative has gained success with the cooperation of citizens, resident welfare associations, NGOs, civic officials. The research for this paper is carried out by study info various articles, literature available in various journals, books, manuscripts and websites. This study also creates awareness on the city clean Activities carried out by ADAR POONAWALLA's corporation. This study also brings into light the diversifications organizational goal into a society-oriented goal as a boost to Swatch Bharath of Government of India. This paper provides a clear understanding of how Corporate Social Responsibility of ADAR POONAWALLA's City Clean drive as a self-initiative changed the beauty of Pune despite heavy problems of Garbages and wastages.

Keywords: Clean City drive, Waste Management, diversification, sophisticated system, Garbages and wastages.

1.0 Introduction: In the Economy, Business Goal has been changed to Society orientated goal where corporate are even concerning the position of sustainability despite its wealth. Sustainability without the intervention of corporate is impossible to achieve. Today it‘s widely regarded as everyone's responsibility to protect the environment and give back socially. Corporate Social Responsibility is a practice started by companies and directed by Companies Act- 2013 to protect the environment by undertaking activities which are favourable towards a healthy environment. Green management is an area where companies can practice under CSR Strategies.

1.1 Objectives: 1. To bring into the light the CSR activities of ADAR POONAWALLA' under city clean drive. 2. To know the mission of ADAR POONAWALLA's to make Pune a clean city. 3. To know its initiative towards a green development by taking up city clean activities.

1.2 Hypothesis: The CSR initiative of Adar Poonawalla‘s Clean City initiative Contributed towards clean of environment led to Green Development.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 237

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

1.3 Research Methodology: This paper is based on Qualitative data. The qualitative data is taken from various articles, literature available in various journals, books, manuscripts. Data is also collected from various websites like adharcleancity.com, moneycontrol.com, and csr.com.

1.4 Corporate Social Responsibility: According to Lord Holmes and Richard Watts ―Corporate Social Responsibility is the continuing commitment by business to behave ethically and contribute to economic development while improving the quality of life of the workforce and their families as well as of the local community and society at large‖ in the World Business Council for Sustainable Development in its Publication Making Business Sense. The Companies act 2013 mandates Publicly traded companies with Rs. 100 crores in annual turnover to set aside 2% of their Profits or Rs.500 crore annual profits for social action. Social Responsibility becomes an integral part of the wealth creation Process if it is managed properly will enhance the competitiveness of business. Corporate Social Responsibility is about the integration of social, environmental considerations into decision making structures and process of business.

1.5 Green Development: A green development approach that integrates environmental responsiveness, benefits the surrounding environment, provides resource efficiency in the construction, development and operations of buildings and/or communities in ways that are not wasteful, and sensitivity to the existing culture of the community. Green Development is a rapidly growing field that combines ecological principles with advanced technology, often including social and economic benefits as well.

1.6. Sustainable Development: The implementation of a sustainable business model is a precondition for promoting sustainable development via CSR. Industries should realize the concrete value in implementing a sustainable business model that helps to adjust to the complex and increasingly changing business environment. A corporate sustainability report, are now speaking of water at two levels – as part of CSR initiatives for communities and as part of company operations. Sustainable development was the first reaction too, and fights against, the enormous crisis in the natural environment in the second half of the twentieth century; a global consensus quickly formed around the rallying cry of sustainable development. Sustainable development represents a passive, unconscious modification of unfettered development. It also makes it clear that since the industrial revolution, modern development, with consumerism as a driving force, has been characterized by excessive resource and energy consumption, pollution emissions, and ecological damage; after the crisis has occurred, sustainable development tries to fix it.

1.7 A Case study on Adar Poonawalla's City clean drive: Adar Poonawalla's clean city drive is the best example of Corporate Social responsibility. It was in 2014, when Adar Poona Walla, CEO of Serum Institute of India saw trash being discarded across the city and piling up. He understood that if India‘s image had to be enhanced a drastic modification would be required with good management, local government

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 238

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

provision and substantial funding. He has pledged to fund in his capacity Rs. 100 Crore for this initiative. Thus, began Adar Poonawalla Clean City Initiative (APCCI), an environmentally sustainable initiative, undertaken by Serum Institute of India and Mr. Adar Poonawalla as a contribution to social responsibility. It has launched in January 2016, with an initial investment of ₹100 crore, the Adar Poonawalla Clean City Initiative is a first of its kind public-private partnership towards efficient and scientific waste management. The Poonawalla group has launched a noble initiative to keep the city spic-and-span and make it one of the best in the country to live in. Adar Poonawalla founded the clean city initiative with the sole purpose of improving the environment and waste management in the city of Pune his home base. Adar Poonawalla‘s clean City initiative wants to make cities sustainable. There is a need for cleanliness and good sanitation. The decentralized system will bring down the costs of garbage management and increase efficiency. Organic food waste when disposed of unscientifically creates social, environmental and health hazards When wet food waste is segregated at source, inorganic waste like plastic, metal, paper and rags can be scientifically processed and effectively recycled This will ensure the minimization of the landfill and free up urban land for productive purposes

1.8 Role of APCCI The APCCI will focus on supporting the Pune Municipal Corporation with group of street waste. Initiatives undertaken in this direction will include: Fixing of litter bins at strategic/high traffic locations across the city Support vehicles and manpower for clearance of litter from litter bins Litter picking from footpaths. Clearing of chronic waste dumping spots across the city. Information and programs to educate citizens regarding the importance of separation of waste and disposal using waste/litter bins Initiation programs in association with PMC at school, mohalla committee, housing societies, market places amongst others. Providing infrastructure and related support to PMC for better and scientific management of waste Waste/litter bins every 100-200m on both sides covering commercial and busy roads in Pune 30km roads covered in phase I; 300km roads over 24 months Support infrastructure for clearance of bins when full. Garbage clearance vehicles will clear bins and deposit garbage at transfer stations located inwards Onsite food waste processing vehicles that will support clearance from commercial streets and establishments by processing waste closest to the site of generation Zero cost (no capital cost or operational cost) to PMC, zero land requirements and zero power requirements APCCI has come together with PRBM to highlight the need for the community to come together and work towards building fitter and healthier cities. They intend to amplify this message through the Poonawalla clean city marathon and encourage more people to opt for an active

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 239

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

lifestyle. With APCCI‘s relentless and consistent efforts, Pune today stands as one of the cleanest cities in the country;\ and this is just the beginning.

1.9 Deployment of vehicles: The clean city initiative addresses this issue by positioning state of the art machinery as it is done in Western countries, which have over the years evolved to a very sophisticated system of waste management. Equipment deployed includes Glutton Vacuum Litter Picker, Trilo Vacuum Truck, and Truck Mounted Road Sweepers, which uses the best technology to pick up and clear the waste from the streets. Vehicle mounted pothole filling machine to fill potholes in the shortest possible time. These types of equipments are used for the first time in India. This project began with the deployment of 12 state-of-the-art Glutton Litter Picking machines, three Trilo Suction machines and five auto tippers in the heart of the city. Today, this initiative has spread to the entire city with the strength of more than 100 Glutton, 33 Trilo, 28 tippers and two truck-mounted road sweepers, cleaning over 800 km of roads every day, including more than 450 chronic garbage dumps across the city. This is done with a team of 300 personnel and NGOs working diligently on this project. The initiative has gained success with the cooperation of citizens, resident welfare associations, NGOs, civic officials. To further succeed we are carrying out awareness programs in schools, colleges and the general public on the importance of separation of waste. this initiative in the city of Pune will inspire others to implement such activities in other cities across the country. With the timely help and permission of the Pune Municipal corporation is gaining success over its endeavours. This environmentally sustainable initiative, undertaken by the Serum Institute of India is aimed at making Pune more liveable.

1.10 Myappcc app: According to the project managers, this initiative is mapped with the help of an app (myopic) specifically designed for the purpose of reporting garbage and resolving it. The app is available on Google Play Store and Apple Play Store for citizens to download and participate in this initiative. With the active involvement of PMC and citizens, the project has shown positive results in approximately 40 per cent of Pune, helping the city achieve a ranking within the top 15 in the Swachh Bharat Sarvekshan. The initiative is focusing on creating awareness amongst the student community of both, schools and colleges across Pune. The importance of segregation is stressed to ensure Pune city is more liveable. a) First-of-its-kind mobile food waste processing vehicle b) Large capacity food waste separation-cum-crushing facility in Baner to process over 300 tones per day food waste delivered by PMC into a slurry and transport it using drip-free, odour free tankers to the processing plant in Talegaon c) In phase II, similar segregation-cum-crushing facility to be set up at PMC transfer stations so that food waste doesn't travel long distances in open trucks or vehicles. Dramatically reduce transportation and handling costs for PMC.

1.11 Waste Management Plan: Adar Poonawalla‘s Waste Management plan has been set out, which are follows:

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 240

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

a) Providing infrastructure and related support to PMC for better and scientific management of waste b) Waste/litter bins every 100-200m on both sides covering commercial and busy roads in Pune. c) 30km roads covered in phase I; 300km roads over 24 months. d) Provision of infrastructure for clearance of bins when full. Garbage clearance vehicles will clear bins and deposit garbage at transfer stations located inwards. e) SmartApp called APCCI App for citizens to report overflowing bins, clearance in stipulated time. f) Onsite food waste processing vehicles that will support clearance from commercial streets and establishments by processing waste closest to the site of generation g) Zero cost (no capital cost or operational cost) to PMC, zero land requirements and zero power requirements. h) Activation and communication programmes targeted to generate citizen awareness, participation and attitude change for responsible behaviour towards waste management.

1.12 Analysis: The APCCI is focussing on supporting the Pune Municipal Corporation with a collection of road waste. Initiatives started are gaining great success. Because of Installation of litter bins at high traffic locations crossways the city made City garbage free. Institutions are interested in is adopted services of APCCI. Advanced Support vehicles and manpower for clearance of litter from litter bins helpful in proper release and reprocessing Litter picking from footpaths also made the roads cleaner. Clearing of chronic waste dumping spots across the city and making to reach Information and outreach programs to educate citizens regarding the importance of segregation of waste and disposal using waste/litter bins. Activation programs in association with PMC at school, Mohall committee, residential societies, and market places amongst others.

1.13 Findings and Suggestions: a) Adar Poonawalla‘s well-advanced mechanism of Garbage Disposal made segregation of wastes easier. Still, Company needs to increase the reach of individual participation in segregating dry and wet waste. Making them become a volunteer by applying through our volunteer page on the company website. b) Pune is the first city in India to adopt this movement and they are looking to other urban cities is a very acceptable thing then trying to reach even to semi-rural, rural areas along with the South, West, Northern cities which are facing problems of waste, Heavy Garbages. c) Use of mobile app made people aware about the need for cleanliness. It is a basic problem which hinders the growth of society. Creating awareness among the users to users to use in Myapcc app approach gets its working. d) The initiative has spread to the entire city with a strength of more than 100 Glutton, 33 Trilo,28 tippers and two truck-mounted road sweepers, cleaning over 800 km of roads every day, including more than 450 chronic garbage dumps across the city. The company has taken self initiative to clean urban areas in Pune City. The company should also take the initiative to clean Rural areas.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 241

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

e) Cross country partnership in APPCI so that other corporates takes the self-initiative in making cities clean.

1.14 Conclusion: As the Adar Poonawalla's clean city initiative gaining success over the years. A self initiative program made the society to learn from it. Even Pune Municipal Corporation‘s helping hand made to look for new opportunities for Waste management. Tech-savvy machines made the environment cleaner with the help of Personnel. Totally APCCI showing how cities can be kept clean along with the provision of employment to people. With a fleet of the specially designed walk along litter picking machines, mini truck mounted garbage tipper, truck mounted litter picking machine, truck mounted vacuum assisted mechanical road sweeper and litter bins placed at important locations for collection and disposal of garbage showed how machinery can be used to clean the cities. So as an initiative to CSR it has contributing huge benefit, cleaner, greener environment.

References: 1. this-is-how-Adar-Poonawalla-plans-to-make-Pune-and-other-metro-cities-in-india cleaneretrievedfrom. https://www.moneycontrol.com/news/trends/feature2/ 2. Poonawalla-clean-city-marathon-on-November-18/story retrieved from https://www.hindustantimes.com/punenews/mLBbTUYRzrhoDdRoICFj2N.html 3. Green development retrieved from https://encyclopedia2.thefreedictionary.com/ 4. City-Services/Planning/Environmental-Planning/Green-Development. Retrieved from https://www.burnaby.ca/ html 5. fromhttps://scholar.google.co.in/scholar?q=corporate+social+responsibility&hl=e n&as_sdt=0&as_vis=1&oi=scholart 6. Corporate Social Responsibility: A Three-Domain Approach by M.s. Schwartz and Archie B Carroll retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/261827186 7. poonawalla-group-takes-cleanliness-initiative.html http://adarpcleancity.com/ 8. PM-lauds-Poonawallas-clean-city-effort retrieved from http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/pune/ /articleshow/55423881.cms 9. http://www.csrwire.com/green_building 10. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/blogs/ResponsibleFuture/sustainability- and-csr- trends-for-india-in-2017/ 11. https://Springer.com 12. http://adarpcleancity.com 13. my/campus-life/csr-corporate-social-responsibility retrieved from http://www.vision.edu. 14. http://mesgcc.in/ininternational-conferenc https://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://shodhg anga.infli bnet.ac.in/jspui/bitstream/10603/142067/11/11_chapter%25203.pdf&ved=2ahU 15. KEwjOsZiKr8feAhXLKo8KHQWGBD8QFjAFegQIBRAB&usg=AOvVaw3MPN EjpljFDLINgVhSnR9T. 16. green-growth-overcoming-India-environment-challenges-promote-development retrieved from http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/feature/2014/03/06/ 17. CSR laws India retrieved from https://www.google.co.in/amp/s/blog.ipleaders.in/csr- laws-india/amp/

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 242

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

The Theoretical Study of Green Marketing in India

Prof. Nilofar S. Shaikh Assistant Professor, JMCT College, (YCMOU-MBA), Nasik, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Green revolution, going green, environmental protection, sustainable life style, sustainable development, protecting our earth and many more has become a natural phenomenon in our everyday life. Increasing awareness on the various environmental problems has led a shift in the way consumers go about their life. Due to environment consciousness and awareness businesses can no longer run after profits only. There is a move towards green economy and in every sphere organizations have to be environmentally sensitive. There has been a change in consumer attitudes towards a green lifestyle. People are actively trying to reduce their impact on the environment. However, green consumerism is not widespread and is still evolving. The one area which is growing towards environmental friendly commerce is Green Marketing. Green marketing is the marketing of products that are presumed to be environmentally safe. In this research paper, main emphasis has been made of concept, need and importance of green marketing.

Keywords: Green marketing, Green Brands, Environmental Safety

Introduction: The American Marketing Association (AMA) held the first workshop on ecological marketing in 1975. According to the American Marketing Association, green marketing is the marketing of products that are presumed to be environmentally safe. Thus green marketing incorporates a broad range of activities, including product modification, changes to the production process, packaging changes, as well as modifying advertising. Yet defining green marketing is not a simple task where several meanings intersect and contradict each other. Business Dictionary defines green marketing as promotional activities aimed at taking advantage of changing consumer attitude towards a brand. These changes are increasingly being influenced by a firm‘s policies and practices, it affects the quality of the environment and reflect the level of its concern for the community. It can also be seen as the promotion of environmentally safe or beneficial products.

Objectives: 1. To study the concept of green philosophy in Marketing 2. To study need and importance of green marketing and green products. 3. To review the present status of green marketing in India

Research Methodology: Primary Data: Primary data was gathered by Interview schedule and Observation as a tool for data collection. Secondary Data: Secondary data was collected by the researcher with the help of journals, magazines, newspapers, websites, e-library and various publications of the governmental and non-governmental reports.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 243

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Reviews Of Previous Studies: Prothero, A. (1998) introduces several papers discussed in the July 1998 issue of 'Journal of Marketing Management' focusing on green marketing. This includes; a citation of the need to review existing literature on green marketing, an empirical study of United States and Australian marketing managers, a description of what a green alliance look like in practice in Great Britain, ecotourism and definitions of green marketing. Oyewole, P. (2001), in his paper presents a conceptual link among green marketing, environmental justice, and industrial ecology. It argues for greater awareness of environmental justice in the practice for green marketing. A research agenda is finally suggested to determine consumers' awareness of environmental justice, and their willingness to bear the costs associated with it. Prothero, A. & Fitchett, J.A. (2000) argues that greater ecological enlightenment can be secured through capitalism by using the characteristics of commodity culture to further progress environmental goals. Marketing not only has the potential to contribute to the establishment of more sustainable forms of society but, as a principle agent in the operation and proliferation of commodity discourse, also has a considerable responsibility to do so. Kilbourne, W.E. (1998) discusses the failure of green marketing to move beyond the limitations of the prevailing paradigm. The author identifies areas that must be examined for their effect in the marketing/environment relationship, namely economic, political and technological dimensions of the cultural frame of reference. Karna, J., Hansen, E. & Juslin, H. (2003) interpret that proactive marketers are the most genuine group in implementing environmental marketing voluntarily and seeking competitive advantage through environmental friendliness. The results also give evidence that green values, environmental marketing strategies, structures and functions are logically connected to each other as hypothesized according to the model of environmental marketing used to guide this study. Sanjay K. Jain & Gurmeet Kaur (2004) in their study environmentalism has fast emerged as a worldwide phenomenon. Business firms too have risen to the occasion and have started responding to environmental challenges by practicing green marketing strategies. Green consumerism has played a catalytic role in ushering corporate environmentalism and making business firms green marketing oriented. Based on the data collected through a field survey, the paper makes an assessment of the extent of environmental awareness, attitudes and behaviour prevalent among consumers in India.

Green Marketing: Meaning And Concepts According to the American Marketing Association, green marketing is the marketing of products that are presumed to be environmentally safe. Thus green marketing incorporates a broad range of activities, including product modification, changes to the production process, packaging changes, as well as modifying advertising .Yet defining green marketing is not a simple task where several meanings intersect and contradict each other; Pride and Ferrell (1993) Green marketing, also alternatively known as environmental marketing and sustainable marketing, refers to an organization's efforts at designing, promoting, pricing and distributing products that will not harm the environment .

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 244

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Polonsky (1994) defines green marketing as .all activities designed to generate and facilitate any exchanges intended to satisfy human needs or wants, such that the satisfaction of these needs and wants occurs, with minimal detrimental impact on the natural environment. Elkington (1994: 93) defines green consumer as one who avoids products that are likely to endanger the health of the consumer or others; cause significant damage to the environment during manufacture, use or disposal; consume a disproportionate amount of energy; cause unnecessary waste; use materials derived from threatened species or environments; involve unnecessary use of, or cruelty to animals; adversely affect other countries.

Need Of Green Marketing: Going green - is a phrase that‘s becoming more and more common as people start to realize the enormity of the environmental challenges we all face. Everybody knows that the earth is in trouble: every day we see new stories about global warming, acid rain, oil spills, deforestation, or nuclear waste. Being green isn‘t just about helping the environment – it‘s also about keeping oneself healthy and happy. Green products are becoming popular as consumers become more aware of the hazards of chemicals and toxins in their food, their households and their outdoor environment. The issue of environmental protection has brought the consumers, the industry, and the government to a common platform where each has to play its own role. With increasing environmental consciousness, companies need to understand not only green consumers‘ behavior but also the factors that influence green purchases and those factors that act as barriers to green purchases. This will not only help the marketers in segmenting the market appropriately and developing strategies to meet green consumers‘ needs but also the policy makers in enforcing sustainability in marketing of goods and service.

Importance of Green Marketing: Green marketing offers business bottom line incentives and top line growth possibilities. While modification of business or production processes may involve start-up costs, it will save money in the long term. For example the cost of installing solar energy is an investment in future energy cost savings. Companies that develop new and improved products and services with environmental impacts in mind give themselves access to new markets, substantially increase profits and enjoy competitive advantages over those marketing none environmentally responsible alternatives. When looking through the literature there are several suggested reasons for firms increased use of Green Marketing. Five possible reasons are as follows: 1. Organizations perceive environmental marketing to be an opportunity that can be used to achieve its objectives. 2. Organizations believe they have a moral obligation to be more socially responsible. 3. Governmental bodies are forcing firms to become more responsible. 4. 4. Competitors' environmental activities pressure firms to change their environmental marketing activities. 5. Cost factors associated with waste disposal, or reductions in material usage forces firms to modify their behaviour.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 245

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Green Marketing's Objectives: Green marketing is important for a number of reasons, from eliminating wastefulness to educating consumers about how a company is maintaining eco-friendly measures. Here are some other objectives to consider when thinking about green marketing. 1. Avoiding waste: Whether it's creating biodegradable product packaging (meaning it can be broken down by biological means), cutting down on water consumption, or reducing the amount of trash that goes into landfills, green marketing is just as concerned with avoiding waste as putting forward an eco-friendly face to the public. 2. Reinventing products: Products themselves can be modified to lessen the impact on the environment. For example, Method sources its ingredients from many plant-derived ingredients, which means its safer for humans, not toxic to family pets who might accidentally ingest it; and more environmentally-friendly by being water-soluble and dispersing safely into the environment. 3. Making green while being green: Of course, companies that promote green products want to not only be good stewards of planet Earth, but make a profit while doing so. Green marketing allows businesses to capitalize on the subset of the population willing to pay a little more to lessen their footprint on the environment and protect the atmosphere. 4. Changing processes: Consumers aren't the only ones that need to be concerned with environmental impact. Green marketing also encourages businesses to properly utilize resources such as water consumption and electricity. Changing processes also means looking for renewable materials, using alternative energy sources and finding ways to deliver products in a more fuel-efficient manner.

5. Creating eco-friendly messaging: Green marketing's biggest ''marketing'' accomplishment might be in messaging. Green marketing works to help consumers understand a product's green benefits and a company's commitment to the environment. It's also an important avenue in which to educate people about sustainability and the environment.

Golden Rules Of Green Marketing 1. Know You're Customer: Make sure that the consumer is aware of and concerned about the issues that your product attempts to address, (Whirlpool learned the hard way that consumers wouldn't pay a premium for a CFC-free refrigerator because consumers didn‗t know what CFCs were. 2. Educating Your Customers: Isn‘t just a matter of letting people know you're doing whatever you're doing to protect the environment, but also a matter of letting them know why it matters? Otherwise, for a significant portion of your target market, it's a case of "So what?" and your green marketing campaign goes nowhere.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 246

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

3. Being Genuine & Transparent: Means that; a) You are actually doing what you claim to be doing in your green marketing campaign and b) The rest of your business policies are consistent with whatever you are doing that's environmentally friendly. Both these conditions have to be met for your business to establish the kind of environmental credentials that will allow a green marketing campaign to succeed. 4. Reassure The Buyer: Consumers must be made to believe that the product performs the job it's supposed to do- they won't forego product quality in the name of the environment. 5. Consider you’re pricing: If you're charging a premium for your product-and many environmentally preferable products cost more due to economies of scale and use of higher quality ingredients-make sure those consumers can afford the premium and feel it's worth it. 6. Giving Your Customers An Opportunity To Participate: Means personalizing the benefits of your environmentally friendly actions, normally through letting the customer take part in positive environmental action.

Challenges In Green Marketing  Need For Standardization: It is found that only 5% of the marketing messages from ―Green‖ campaigns are entirely true and there is a lack of standardization to authenticate these claims. There is no standardization to authenticate these claims. There is no standardization currently in place to certify a product as organic. Unless some regulatory bodies are involved in providing the certifications there will not be any verifiable means. A standard quality control board needs to be in place for such labelling and licensing.

 New Concept : Indian literate and urban consumer is getting more aware about the merits of Green products. But it is still a new concept for the masses. The consumer needs to be educated and made aware of the environmental threats. The new green movements need to reach the masses and that will take a lot of time and effort. By India's ayurvedic heritage, Indian consumers do appreciate the importance of using natural and herbal beauty products. Indian consumer is exposed to healthy living lifestyles such as yoga and natural food consumption. In those aspects the consumer is already aware and will be inclined to accept the green products.

 Patience And Perseverance : The investors and corporate need to view the environment as a major long-term investment opportunity, the marketers need to look at the long-term benefits from this new green movement. It will require a lot of patience and no immediate results. Since it is a new concept and idea, it will have its own acceptance period.

 Avoiding Green Myopia : The first rule of green marketing is focusing on customer benefits i.e. the primary reason why consumers buy certain products in the first place. Do this right, and motivate consumers to switch brands or even pay a premium for the greener alternative. It is not going to help if a

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 247

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

product is developed which is absolutely green in various aspects but does not pass the customer satisfaction criteria. This will lead to green myopia. Also if the green products are priced very high then again it will lose its market acceptability.

Green Marketing In India: Organizations are Perceive Environmental marketing as an Opportunity to achieve its objectives. Firms have realized that consumers prefer products that do not harm the natural environment as also the human health. Firms marketing such green products are preferred over the others not doing so and thus develop a competitive advantage, simultaneously meeting their business objectives. Organizations believe they have a moral obligation to be more socially responsible. This is in keeping with the philosophy of CSR which has been successfully adopted by many business houses to improve their corporate image. Firms in this situation can take two approaches: • Use the fact that they are environmentally responsible as a marketing tool. • Become responsible without prompting this fact. Governmental Bodies are forcing Firms to Become More Responsible. In most cases the government forces the firm to adopt policy which protects the interest of the consumers. It does so in following ways: • Reduce production of harmful goods or by products • Modify consumer and industry's use and consumption of harmful goods; or • Ensure that all types of consumers have the ability to evaluate the environmental composition of goods. Competitors' environmental activities pressurise the firms to change their Environmental Marketing activities. In order to get even with competitors claim to being environmentally friendly, firms change over to green marketing. Result is green marketing percolates entire industry. Cost Factors Associated With Waste Disposal or Reductions in Material Usage Forces Firms to Modify their Behaviour. With cost cutting becoming part of the strategy of the firms it adopts green marketing in relation to these activities. It may pursue these as follows: • A Firm develops a technology for reducing waste and sells it to other firms. • A waste recycling or removal industry develops.

Research Findings: Green marketing is still in its infancy in India and more research needs to be undertaken on different aspects of green marketing to explore its potential to the maximum possible extent. For successful and productive execution of this idea of Green Marketing the variable that assumes a noteworthy part is the Government. Unless the legislature makes particular and stringent laws and uses its power to actualize them, the idea can't be conceptualized.

Conclusion: Now this is the right time to select ―Green Marketing‖ globally. It will come with drastic change in the world of business if all nations will make strict roles because green marketing is essential to save world from pollution. When companies adopt green marketing activities, they should ensure that the economic aspect of marketing is not neglected. The companies must keep in mind that the consumers are very much concerned about the environmental issues cropping up in the country and they are very much willing to pay a premium price for the green products, if these eco-friendly products provide an extra value to the consumers. Companies can

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 248

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

command a higher price if they can enhance the products performance and offer extra product value by providing better visual appeal, better functions, improved performance, better design, or better taste. Thus, companies must try to locate these opportunities and must take advantage of them.

References: 1. Nadaf, Y.B.R. And M. Nadaf, S. M. (2014). Green Marketing: Challenges and Strategies for Indian Companies In 21st Century, IMPACT, International Journal of Research in Business Management, 2 (5), pp. 91-104. 2. Mohanasundaram,V.(2012). Green Marketing–Challenge and Opportunities. International Journal of Multidisciplinary Research, 2(4), pp.66-73. 3. Chan,E. S. W. (2013). Managing green marketing: Hong Kong hotel managers‘ perspective. International Journal of Hospitality Management, (34), pp. 442-461. 4. Sharma D.D. (2008), ―Marketing Research: Principle Application & Cases‖ N. Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons 5. R. Shrikanth Et al, Contemporary green marketing-brief reference to Indian scenario, International journal of social science and interdisciplinary research, vol. I, Jan.2012.26- 38 6. Dr. Sarawade W.K. Conceptual development of green marketing in India, Excel journal of engineering technology and management science, vol. I, June 2012.1-6. 7. K. Uday Kiran, Opportunity and challenges of green marketing with special reference to Pune, International journal of management and social science research,vol.I,Oct.2012.18- 24 8. Rahul Singal Et al, Green marketing: challenges and opportunity,International journal of innovation Engineering and technology,vol II,Feb.2013.470-474. 9. J.A Ottman, et al, "Avoiding Green Marketing Myopia",Environment, Vol-48, June-2006 10. www.greenmarketing.net/stratergic.html 11. www.epa.qld.gov.au/sustainable_ industries 12. www.greenpeace.org/internationa 13. http://www.iocl.com.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 249

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Role of Microenterprises in the Economic and Social Empowerment of Women : A Study on Micro Enterprises of Kudumbashree Self Help Groups in Pilicode Gramapanchayath, Kerala

Dr. C. K. Hebbar*, Prakashan K.** *Associate Professor(Rtd.), University College, Mangalore, Karnataka. [email protected]

** Research Scholar, Mangalore University, Mangalore, Karnataka. [email protected]

Abstract: Empowerment is a term usually relate with poverty. Empowerment generates collective action for reducing societal inequities, securing more equitable access to labour, land and financial markets and development of more responsive and accountable state institutions. It enables people to have the courage to do things they never thought themselves to be capable of and the power that comes from working alongside others to claim what is rightfully theirs. Empowerment broadens poor peoples‟ freedom of choice and action, expanding their assets and capabilities and enabling them to participate in, negotiate with, influence, control and hold accountable institutions that affect their lives. Economic and social empowerment make women more powerful to handle their own problems. Women perform the bulk of household work; they often have little time left to pursue economic opportunities. Women make enormous contribution to economies and their participation in economy lead to gender equality, poverty eradication and inclusive growth. Social empowerment is a process of developing a sense of autonomy and self-confidence among individual and group to change social relationships and institutions and discourses that exclude poor people and keep them in poverty.Kudumbashree is a women oriented poverty eradication programme implemented by Government of Kerala in 1998 to wipe out absolute poverty from the state. Neighborhood Group is the basic unit of Kudumbashree. NHGs are self help groups meet weekly , create thrift and micro credit and discuss various local social and economic issues. Many NHGs started microenterprises with the help of Kudumbashree Mission. The economic and social status of members of micro enterprises improved remarkably .The present study aims to find out the role of micro enterprises in the economic and social empowerment of Kudumbashree self help group members.

Key words- Empowerment- Economic empowerment-Social empowerment-Kudumbashree- NHG-Self help groupABSTRACT

Introduction: Empowerment means authority or power given to someone to do something. It is a process of becoming stronger and more confident, especially in controlling one‘s life and claiming one‘s right. Empowerment as action refers both to the process of self empowerment and to professional support of people which enable them to overcome their sense of powerlessness and lack of influence and to recognize and use their resources. The empowerment process

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 250

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

involves obtaining basic opportunities for marginalized groups either directly or indirectly or through the help of non -marginalized group. Economic empowerment is the capacity of men and women to participate, contribute and benefit from the growth process and society recognize their contribution, respect dignity and make it possible to negotiate a fairer distribution of the benefits of the growth. It is the process of giving people the means to be in control of their own economic destiny. Itconsists of helping people to improve their economic status while at the same time gaining more control over that status. Always the term economic empowerment relate with poor and weaker sections of the society who have little access to resources. Social empowerment is a continuous process of achieving quality of life of people through various community development activities. It can be achieved through education and socio-economic integration of people‘s activities. Kudumbashree(in Malayalam it means prosperity of the family) is basically a poverty alleviation programme implemented by Govt. of Kerala in 1998.NHGs (Neighbourhood groups) are the basic unit of Kudumbashree which function as Self Help Groups.Women in a particular locality organize NHGs to engage in micro finance, micro credit and micro enterprises activities.At the panchayath level Community Development Societies (CDS) monitor NHGs in their panchayath. State Kudumbashree Mission provide financial assistance to micro enterprises under different schemes. Pilicode Grama Panchayath have a total population of 11853 of which 6423 are women population.148 NHGs are affiliated to CDS of Pilicode grama panchayath. 28 Kudumbashree supported micro enterprises are successfully running in the panchayath.Each micro enterprise are owned and controlled by a team of women entrepreneurs.

Literature Review: Anne Marie Golla,Anju Malhotra,Priya Nanda and Rekha Mehra (2011)1, in their article titled ‖Understanding and measuring Womens‘ Economic Empowerment-Definition, framework and Indicators‖ defined economic empowerment and it‘s indicators. Economic empowerment is one of the most powerful routes for women to achieve their potential and advance their rights. Since women make up the majority of the world‘s poor, meeting poverty reduction goals requires addressing women and their economic requirement Women who are economically empowered contribute more to their families, societies and national economies. B. Lilly Grace Eunice and G. Purushothaman (2011)2 in their article titled ―How far empowerment of women attained in India? Some issues‖ observed that many women in India are living in a pathetic condition. Globaly 70% of the women are living in absolute poverty. Society denying their rights, and curtailing their opportunities. Women empowerment also include gaining greater share of control over as resources, materials, human and intellectual like knowledge, information, ideas and financial resources like money and access to money and control over decision making in home, community, society and nation and to gain power. Ansuman Sahoo(2013)3 in their article titled ― self help group and woman empowerment: A study on some selected SHGs‖ focused to analyze the role of SHGs in women empowerment, social solidarity and socio economic betterment of the poor for their consolidation. . Monthly income of majority of respondents has increased after joining in SHGs and their monthly expenditure also increased after joining in SHGs.Women are now participating in all productive

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 251

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

activities and are at par with men.The decision making capacity of women increased and they are involving in various social activities. An article titled ‗Group Entrepreneurship among SHG women:A study of selected SHGs in Guntur district, Andrapradesh‖,(2014)4 ,published after the studies conducted in Guntur district in Andhrapradesh, Vishnuvadde and N. Vijaya Batram say group entrepreneurship will sustain for a long time if there is a better cohesion among the members of self-help groups. This can be achieved by promoting awareness regarding entrepreneurship among members. Lack of awareness among the SHG women entrepreneurs about provisions of govt. schemes and grants available in backward districts can be overcome by empowering women. Mamta Mokta(2014)5, described various indicators of women empowerment in their article titled ― Empowerment of women in India: A critical Analysis‖.Empowerment of women means developing them as more aware individuals, who are politically active, economically productive and independent and are able to make intelligent discussion in matters that affect them. Empowerment can be measured both in quantitative and qualitative ways.Increase in self esteem, individual and collective confidence, knowledge and awareness on health,women participation in meetings,bargaining power at home and in community.

Objectives of The Study The main purpose of the study is to identify the relationship between economic empowermentand micro entrepreneurial activities of Kudumbashree self help group members in Pilicode Garama Panchayath of Kerala state. The study also aims to find out the relationship between income level and social satisfaction of women entrepreneurs of Kudumbashree self help groups in the Pilicode Grama Panchayath.

Hypothesis 1) There is no significant relationship between involment in entrepreneurial activities and improvement in the economic condition of Kudumbashree self help group members in Pilicode Grama Panchayath 2) There is no significantrelation between income and social satisfaction of womenentrepreneurs of Kudumbashree self help groups in Pilicode Grama Panchayath.

Methodology: Both primary and secondary data are used for the analysis of the study. Population of the study is 112 women entrepreneurs who are running 28 micro enterprises in the panchayath.Primary data are collected from the sample of 50 Kudumbashree self help group members who are engaged in micro entrepreneurial activities in Pilicode Grama Panchayath. Convenient sampling technique is used to collect data from the respondents. Questionnairesupplied to respondents and an interview also conducted with them. .Anova test,Scheffea,btest, Karl pearsons‘ correlation coefficient, percentages etc are used for analysis and interpretation of data. Apart from the primary data, some secondary data are also used for the analysis of the study. Various reports of industries department, Kudumbashree mission, etc are used for the analysis.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 252

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

6. Data Analysis And Interpretation The socio- economic characteristics of the respondents are analyzed and interpreted the result of thereof: 6.1 Age Of The Respondents Age Category No. Of Respondents Percentage 18-35 11 22 36-45 29 58 46-60 8 16 61 and ABOVE 2 4 TOTAL 50 100 Table 1 Interpretation Majority of the respondents belongs to the middle aged groups. Youngentrepreneurs are very less in number. Only 21 percentage of the total respondents belongs to category 1 and 4 percentage from the category 4. The data reveals that middle aged group women respondents have major role in entrepreneurial activities.

6.2 Educational Qualifications Educational Qualification No. Of Respondents Percentage Primary 14 28 High School 24 48 Higher Secondary 9 18 Degree 1 2 Diploma 2 4 Total 50 100 Table 2

Interpretation The above data reveals that majority of the self help group members studied upto high school. Some of them continued their education after highschool.Only one respondent completed degree course and two members have diploma certificate.Primary educated members representabout 30% of the total respondents. 6.3. Incomegroup Of The Respondents Income Group Category No Of Rspondents Percentage 0-3000 1 30 60 3001-6000 2 15 30 6001-9000 3 1 2 9001-12000 4 4 8 12001-15000 5 0 0 TOTAL 50 100 Table 9 Interpretation Income of the respondents classified into 5 categories with an interval of 3000. Out of the total respondents 60% belongs to low income category which range from 0 to 3000.30%

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 253

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

belongs to second category where income is ranging from 3001 to 6000.No respondents belongs to fifth category where income exceeds 12000 but less than 15000.8% included in the income category of 9001 to 12000.The data reveals that low income groups are dominating in entrepreneurial activities than high income groups. 6.3 Economics Status Status No Of Respondents Percentage Apl 12 24 Bpl 38 76 Total 50 100 Table 3 Interpretation 76% of the respondents belong to BPL families . Only 24% coming from APL families.That means poor and economically backward people are encouraged to start micro enterprises to earn their livelihood rather than high income earners.

6.4 Enterprenuerial Training Training Status No Of Respondents Percentage Trained 9 18 Un Trained 41 82 Total 50 100 Table 4 Interpretation 82% of members are untrained in their field. Only 18% got proper training. The data clearly specify the need of training to members from the part of Govt. or their agencies . 6.5 Satisfaction Level Of Enterprenuers Level Of Satisfaction No Of Respondents Percentage Very Satisfied 9 18 Satisfied 33 66 Unsure 4 8 Dissatisfied 3 6 Very Dissatisfied 1 2 Total 50 100 Table 5 Interpretation 5 point Likert scale is used to evaluate the satisfaction level of enterprenuers.18% of the respondents have excellent satisfaction level in entrepreneurial activities. Majority of the respondents are in a very good satisfaction level. Only 2% of the respondents expressed as poor satisfaction. The above table clearly shows that the entrepreneurs are satisfied in their activities.

6.7. Improvement Of Economic Condition Economic Condition No Of Respondents Percentage Highly Improved 4 8 Improved 37 74

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 254

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

No Response 6 12 Not Improved 3 6 Never Improved 0 0 Total 50 100 Table 6 Interpretation The response are evaluated in 5 point scale. 74% of the respondents‘ economic condition improved while 8% of the respondents‘ economic condition highly improved.12% of the respondents have no opinion while 6% said that their economic condition not improved.The above table clearly shows the improvement of economic condition of entrepreneurs through their entrepreneurial activities.

6.8.Involvement Inenterprenuerial Activities Involvement No Of Respondents Percentage Highly Involved 4 8 Involved 37 74 No Response 6 12 Not Involved 3 6 Never Involved 0 0 Total 50 100 Table 7 Interpretation 74% of the respondents involved in the social activities after starting their enterprises and 8% of the respondents are highly involved in social activities.Only 6% of the respondents are not involving in any social activities. 6.9.Role Of Enterprenuerial Activities In Social Empowerment For Empowerment No Of Respondents Percentage Extremely Helped 9 18 Helped 33 66 No Response 4 8 Not Helped 3 6 Never Helped 1 2 Total 50 100 Table 8 Interpretation Majority of the respondents said that entrepreneurial activities helped them in social empowerment.6% of the respondents said that the entrepreneurial activities not helped for social empowerment.There is an extreme negative response from one respondent who opined that entrepreneurial activities never helped her in social empowerment.8% of the respondents have no opinion to this question.

7. Testing of Hypothesis 7.1. Involvement in enterprenuerial activities and improvement of economic condition.One way Anova test is used to compare involvement in enterprenuerial activities and improvement of

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 255

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

economic condition of 50 respondents of Kudumbashree micro enterprises in Pilicode Grama Panchayath.Scheffea,b test is applied to find out highest and lowest response category of respondents. Descriptive statistics Involment in enterprenuerial activities and Improvement of economic condition Score N Mean Std. Std. 95% Confidence Interval for Minimum Maximu Deviation Error Mean m

Lower Bound Upper Bound 2 3 3.33 1.155 .667 .46 6.20 2 4 3 6 2.83 .753 .307 2.04 3.62 2 4 4 37 3.97 .372 .061 3.85 4.10 3 5 5 4 4.50 .577 .289 3.58 5.42 4 5 Total 50 3.84 .650 .092 3.66 4.02 2 5 ANOVA test Involment in enterprenuerial activities and Improvement of economic condition Sum of Df Mean F Sig. Squares Square Between 9.247 3 3.082 12.358 .000 Groups Within Groups 11.473 46 .249 Total 20.720 49

Scheffea,btest Involment in entrepreneurial activities and Improvement of economic condition Score N Subset for alpha = 0.05 1 2 3 3 6 2.83

2 3 3.33 3.33

4 37 3.97 3.97 5 4 4.50 Sig. .469 .253 .422

Interpretation The calculated P value is .000, which is less than .05, therefore we can reject null hypothesis and accept alternative hypothesis , that is there is significant relationship between involment in entrepreneurial activities and improvement in economic condition of women entrepreneurs of Kudumbashree self help groups in Pilicode Grama Panchayath. Scheffetest shows that subset 2 have maximum value of 3.97 which represent the score 4 ie involved in entrepreneurial activities. Therefore, members involved in entrepreneurial activities have greater improvement in economic condition.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 256

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

7.2 Social satisfaction and income of entrepreneurs Karl pearsons‘ coefficient of correlation test is used to identify the relationship between social satisfaction and income of respondents. Karl Pearsons’ Correlation Social Income of satisfaction respondents Pearson 1 -.399 Social Correlation satisfactio Sig. (2-tailed) .004 n N 50 50 Pearson -.399 1 Correlation Income Sig. (2-tailed) .004 N 50 50

Interpretation The calculated p value is .004, which is less than .05, then null hypothesis rejected and accepted alternative hypothesis, that is,there is significant relationship between social satisfaction and income of respondents. Karl Pearson‘s Correlation coefficient is -.399, that means there is a negative correlation between social satisfaction and income of respondents. The test result shows that, low income respondent has high social satisfaction and high income earners have less social satisfaction.

Findings and Suggessions 1. Participation of youths in micro entrepreneurial activities is not appreciable. Therefore, more schemesshould be introduce for youths. 2. All the respondents have attained basic education but t they lack professionalknowledge. An effort required from the part of government to extend continuing education and training. 3. Many of the respondents are earning an income between zero to Rs3000. Therefore, income enhancing programmes should be introduced at panchayath level. 4. 82% of the respondents are untrained in their field. Attention should be given to imparting training and skill to the women self help group members to develop their capabalities. 5. 74% of the respondents opine that their economic condition improved. Hence, government or its agencies should promote more self help groups in rural areas.

Conclusion : Women constitute near about 50% of the population but their contribution to the economy is not remarkable. Various measures are undertaken to empower women and to ensure sustainable development of the nation. But because of many socio –economic and political reasons they are not coming into the mainstream. of the society.To attain sustainable development in the country, women should be empowered and engage them in productive activitiese. Different quantitative and qualitative indicators are using for measuring the level of

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 257

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

empowerment of women . Participation of women in industrial activitiy is one of the indicators of women empowerment.Kudumbashree , a women oriented poverty eradication programme introduced various micro enterprises schemes to its members.. Micro enterprises play an active role in the economic and social empowerment of women. Micro entrepreneurial activities provide regular income and better social status to women self help group members.Therefore, women micro enterprises should be promoted to attain socio economic development of a nation.

References: 1. Anne Marie Golla,Anju Malhotra,Priya Nanda and Rekha Mehra,Understanding and measuring Womens‘ Economic Empowerment-Definition, framework and Indicators,International centre for Research on women,2011. 2. Lilly Grace Eunice B and Purushotham G,How far Empowerment of women Attained in India ? Some issues, The Associated Publishers, Ambala city, 2011,pp 21-62. 3. . Ansuman Sahoo,Self help group and women empowerment: A study on some selected SHGs, IJBMI,2013, ISSN 2319-801X 4. Vishnuvadde and N. Vijaya Batram ,Group Enterprenurship among SHG women:A study of selected SHGs in Guntur district, Andrapradesh,, Prabandhan:Indian journal of management, 2014 pp13-15. 5. Mamta mokta, Empowerment of women in India: A critical analysis, Indian journal of Public Administration, vol LXno.3,July-Sept,2014. 6. SreeRamalu G, Empowerment of women through self help group, Kalpaz publications, Newdelhi, 2006. 7. www,kudumbashree.org 8. . Naga Raju Alluri, Self help groups and their Role in social development, The Associated publishers, Ambala city, 2011,pp136-151. 9. www.censusindia.gov.in 10. www.unwomen.org 11. Venugopalan K,Influence of Kudumbashree on women empowerment-a study, IOSR Journal of Business and Management, ISSN 2278-487X,Vol.16,verIII,Oct 2014,pp35-44

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 258

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Mathematics Education in Sustainable Development

Prem Kumari Dhakal Assistant Professor, Mid-Western Univeristy, Surkhet, Nepal. [email protected]

Abstract: The task of Mathematics education for sustainable development is to address the competencies and to prepare professors and teachers for their active role in society. Such approach calls for view modesof teaching and learning as well for their meaningful integration in existing mathematics educational contexts. Counting, Measuring and Locating indicate clear connections between people and their environments. Through these kinds of Mathematical activities people design ways to meet their needs in efficient ways.This paper seeks to investigate & examine Mathematics for Sustainable Development. It reflects Social implication of Mathematics education for sustainable scientific and technological development, since learning to live sustainably on Earth requires enormous advances in our understanding of the natural world and our relationship with it. To acquire that understanding, progress in Mathematical Sciences is essential. Mathematics plays a big role in Sustainable Development and all of its aspects:Social, Environmental & Economic. Many Developmental challenges can be solved using appropriate Mathematical models.

Key words: Mathematical science, sustainable development, sustainable education, innovative pedagogies , sustainable university Mathematics curricula

1.Introduction: 1.1 Sustainable Development Sustainable development is that the organizing principle for meeting human development goals whereas at the identical time sustaining the flexibility of natural systems to supply the natural resources and system services upon that the economy and society rely. the required result's a state of society wherever living conditions and resource use still meet human wants while not undermining the integrity and stability of the natural system. property development are often classified as development that meets the requirements of the current while not compromising the flexibility of future generations. property development ties along concern for the carrying capability of natural systems with the social, political, and economic challenges sweet-faced by humanity. property science is that the study of the ideas of property development and bionomics. there's a further concentrate on the current generations' responsibility to regenerate, maintain and improve planetary resources to be used by future generations (Wikipedia).

1.2 Sustainable Education and Sustainable Mathematics Education for property Development is Associated to the ―interdisciplinary learning methodology covering the integrated social, economic, and environmental aspects of formal and informal info.This tutorial approach will facilitate graduates nurture their information, talents, and skill to play a task in environmental development and become accountable members

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 259

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

of society property scientific discipline aims to supply helpful resources and knowledge to assist educators embody sustainability material into their courses. thematerial here focuses on Intro Stats and Calculus however will typically be tailored simply to different settings from highschool to the primary 2 years of faculty. property is outlined broadly speaking to vary from the setting to social justice(Daso,2013).

1.3 Mathematics Education for Sustainable Development Mathematics is commonly outlined because the study of topics like amount, structure, house and alter. These topics give the most important subdivisions of Mathematics into : Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, and Analysis. These major disciplines inside arithmetic arose out of the necessity to try and do calculations in commerce and trade. except an Engineer, a man of affairs, , A banker, even a manual laborer has got to calculate his wages build purchases from the market, and regulate the expenditure to his financial gain. People believe mathematics could be a divine discipline. for example, Galileo, in Eves(1983), declared that Mathematics is that the language with that God wrote the universe. Some folks love mathematics whereas some concern it; some are attracted too and study mathematics , whereas some worship it. for example, ancient Indian mathematicians like Aryabatta and Bhaskaracharya adored mathematics , and lived for it. Also, the legend SrinivasaRamanujan of Bharat idolized arithmetic. These might be material and non-material reasons why folks love, worship and are drawn to mathematics. Why ought to everyone learn mathematics? however will Mathematics contribute to overall development of the members of the society? what's the importance of Mathematics within the society? What should be the benefits of devoting most effort, time and cash of the society to find out Mathematics? According to Kulshrestha (2005), these queries indicate the ways to explore the values of mathematics . Thus, Mathematics looks to possess been given larger stress in our society. Its importance thus are going to be given within the following ways: Usefulness of mathematics in human daily activities The language of mathematics Aesthetic values of mathematics The role of mathematics in Social Sciences The role of mathematics in Sciences and Medicine The role of mathematics in Engineering and Technology

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 260

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

This figure shows that mathematics is related to each and every sectors of social sciences and technology. Some of the main usefulness of mathematics can be described as follows:

1.3.1 Usefulness of Mathematics in Daily life Activities of Human being Numerical and logical thinking play a part in each of these everyday activities, and in many others. A good understanding of Maths in everyday life is essential for making sense of all the numbers and problems life throws at us.Looking down at the menu, you eye up the prices. The restaurant owner has worked out how much she needs to charge for her food by creating a business model detailing the cost of raw ingredients, staff wages and so on. She also has to calculate how these costs might change in the future and how many customers she expects. Many restaurants fail within their first year because of poor mathematical planning. Even when you‘re looking to spend some time in the sun Maths in everyday life is all around you, because planning a holiday is all about optimization. Deciding where to visit is just the first of a whole bunch of questions. When is the best time of year to go? How do I get to the airport on time? Can I fit all these clothes in my suitcase? Answering these questions involves working with numbers – hotel prices, flight timetables, suitcase volumes – to come up with the best results.Once you get there, Maths still comes in handy. Maths and numbers are universal, so even if you don‘t speak the language you can understand prices and times, and mentally converting currencies lets you check whether you‘re spending(Daso,2013).

1.3.2 Aesthetic values of Mathematics Aesthetic value in Mathematics refers to the beauty of Mathematics or beauty in Mathematics. One may ask, is Mathematics beautiful? What Mathematics is beautiful? What problems are associates with the study of the beauty of Mathematics? Can the beautiful image of Mathematics be integrated in the context of pedagogy? Russell in Agwagah (2008) expressed his sense of Mathematics beauty in these words. ―Mathematics rightly viewed possesses not only truth, but supreme beauty – a beauty cold and austere, likethat of sculpture, without appeal to any part of our weaker nature, without the gorgeous trapping of paintings or music, yet sublimely pure and capable of a stem perfection such as only the greatest art can show. The truespirit of delight, the exaltation, the sense of being more than man, which is the touchstone of the highest excellence, is to be found in Mathematics as surely as poetry‖. Mathematics try to identify the smallest set of rules from which many other propositions can be logically derived. There are topics in mathematics, which can be used to illustrate its aesthetic element of power. Example is the number notational system (Bett, 2007). Using 10 symbols – 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0. It is possible to create an infinite number of distinct numbers. The reason is because of the amazing power of place value notation.

1.3.3 Role of Mathematics in Science and Medicine Mathematics and Science have a long and close relationship that is of crucial and growing importance for both. Mathematics apart from being an intellectually stimulating discipline, is continuously being developed to meet the changing requirement of Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Social Sciences, Psychology, Engineering and even law to mention a few.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 261

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Every occupation within the medical field relies heavily on Mathematics. Elementary Mathematics, Geometry and Algebra are all obviously crucial to advance in new technology, saving lives and curing diseases. Mathematical models help us to clarify relationships among a system's components as well as their relative significance. Through Modeling, speculations about a system are given a form that allows them to be examined qualitatively and quantitatively from many angles; in particular, Modeling allows the detection of discrepancies between theory and reality, i.e. Mathematical formulae & Models may be applied to test the structural and functional soundness of the design before it is mass produced, thus saving millions of dollars and untold time. Computer-aided design is becoming increasingly important in this type of use- and it is all based on application of Mathematics(Nampalli&Nagabhushan ,2018). 1.3.4 The Role of Mathematics in Social Science No sectors of social sciences are free from mathematics. Social science includes different parts which is shown as the following figure:

Mathematics is universal not only in the way it influences the basic sciences, the applied sciences, engineering and technology, but also in the way it makes itself relevant in the social sciences and the liberal arts. That is, the social sciences also depend on Mathematics. For example; In finance – constraints in linear programming techniques and probability. In insurance business – constructing life tables premium rates, equity linked contracts, ruin theory, discounted cash flow and time series, In geography – measurement of distance, areas on maps using amp projectors, the study of the solar system, the determination of the shape and the size of the earth, the distance of the horizon, the indivisibility of objects, the relationship between longitude and time, nautical miles, the use of national grid in ordinance survey maps and the interpretation of contour maps, have all been made possible through expert applicaton and knowledge of Geometry and Trigonometry. In education, Mathematics is used in educational planning and evaluation, test and measurement, information system, design and implementation. Mathematical trend analysis, financial/cost analysis, school mapping, operation research, parameter estimation, time series analysis, cohort analysis, descriptive/financial statistical analysis. Mathematics education should qualify the students in mathematical skills and abilities so that they can apply mathematics appropriately and correctly in the concrete problem situations they may encounter in their lives and works. Conversely, social usefulness has been the strongest argument in favor of mathematics as a school discipline and the prerequisite to assigning mathematics a highly selective function in the school system.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 262

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

1.3.5 Role of Mathematics in Engineering and Technology The highest level of mathematical culture is necessary in order to solve serious engineering problems. Most of the problems in engineering are related to calculation, measurement and estimation. All of these processes use mathematics. Mathematician- engineer is the better engineer as he is more likely to make effective use of Mathematics. In engineering field, the search for the problem, the study in physical situation and making of a mathematical model, the solution of the problem, generalization of the solution and interpretation of results, all have recourse to the use of Mathematics. Mathematics have dominated scene in the aircraft technological development especially by way of research aeronautics and in the structure of aircraft itself. All the mathematical results obtained from the solution of these equations lead to decisions on viscosity of the air, the steadiness of the motion of the aeroplane, external forces acting on the body of the aeroplane, the condition to the air traffic have largely relied on the use of electronic digital computer, which is a major branch of Mathematics. All these ideas depends so much on the knowledge and application of Mathematics that one could almost say that without Mathematics, the world could not have been what it is today(Nampalli&Nagabhushan ,2018).

1.3.6 The language of Mathematics Mathematics is a language because it has its own symbols, processes and principles which are understood equally in each place. It means tis symbols and processes are equally used and understood everywhere. The vocabulary of Mathematics language consists of symbols such as addition, subtraction, division, summation, square root, differentiation, integration etc. .The Language of Mathematics was designed so we can write about: Things like Numbers, Sets, Functions, etc What we Do with those things (add, subtract, multiply, divide, join together, etc) Symbols

Mathematics uses symbols instead of words: There are the 10 digits: 0,1,2,...9 There are symbols for operations: + - x / And symbols that "stand in" for values: x, y, ... And many special symbols: π = < ≤, ... Letter Conventions Often (but not always) letters have special uses: Examples What they usually mean

Start of the alphabet: a, b, c, ... constants (fixed values)

From i to n: i, j, k, l, m, n positive integers (for counting)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 263

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

End of the alphabet: ... x, y, z variables (unknowns) Those are not rules, but they are often used that way.

Example: y = ax + b People will assume that a and b are fixed values, And that x is the one that changes, which in turn makes y change. Nouns, Verbs, Sentences Even though we don't use the words "noun", "verb", or "pronoun" in Mathematics, you can imagine these similarities to English: Nouns could be fixed things, such as numbers, or expressions with numbers: 15 2(3-1/2) 42 The Verb could be the equals sign "=", or an inequality like < or > Pronouns (things like it, he, you, etc) could be variables like x or y: 5x-7 xy2 -3/x And they could be put together into a Sentence like this: 3x + 7 = 22 2. Recommendation: Mathematics is an important discipline for daily life , different aspects of social sciences ,science and technology , engineering and medical science. It is the base for sustainable education and sustainable education is the base for sustainable development. To maintain the sustainability in mathematics and development, the following points are recommended:

. The school systems should be enriched with qualitative mathematics educators by giving them specific training relevant to science and technology. . Political groups, parents, civil servants and other stakeholders in science and technology should be co-opted in the planning of mathematics curriculum and not leaving it out totally to mathematicians. . Since scientific and technological development and its sustenance is to some extent hinged on the competency of the mathematics teacher, he/she should give his/her teaching a human face.

Conclusion Mathematics is a powerful subject with the context and constraints of its own. Its applications are being developed on such a large scale that it will nearly take light years to study all of them. Mathematics is seriously a boon to mankind as it is indirectly and unknowingly applied in most of the complex problems; the world faces. Mathematics has no boundaries and will always hold its importance till eternity. This paper has critically examined the position of Mathematics education on the development of science and technology. Each and every sectors of social science, pure science and applied sciences are incomplete without mathematics. So mathematics has become a milestone for sustainable development.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 264

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

References 1. Agwagah, U. B.V (2008). Mathematics Beyond Calculation Aesthetic Values. ABACUS: The Journal of theMathematical Association of Nigeria (MAN). 33 (1) 70–79 2. Betts, P. (2007). Toward how to Add an Aesthetic Image to Mathematics Education : [email protected] 3. Daso,P.O.(2013). Mathematics Education for Sustainable Development. Academic Research International. 4. Eves,H.W.(1983). An Introduction to the History of Mathematics. Chicago: Saunders College Publishing. 5. Kulshrestha,A.K. (2005). Teaching of Mathematics. India. Surga publications, Mccrut. 6. Nampalli, L. &Nagabhushan , K.(2018). The Role of Mathematics in Sustainable Developmet :International Journal of Mathematical Science. 7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sustainabledevelopment. 8. www.mathscarrers.org.uk/article/use-maths-everyday-life/

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 265

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Population Dynamics and Sustainable Development -A comparative Study of Developed and Less Developed Countries

Sayali A. Dhamdhere Assistant Professor, MES Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: Human beings are the important part of Sustainable Development. Demographic trends and Sustainable Development have close relationship. And it was recognized by the Rio Declaration agreed at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development. (UNCED) If it is an unsustainable development ultimately human population will suffer. 21st century is a critical period for people because of demographic challenges. Promoting human wellbeing and raising their standard of living is not the concept of development.Investment in education and health will ultimately help to improve the standard of living. It improves human wellbeing and helps to build human capital. An increasing share of working population will be beneficial for growth of the economy. This paper will throw the light on relationship between population dynamics and sustainable development. This paper will also analyze the demographic trends in Developed and Less Developed Countries with respect to age composition as well as size and distribution of the population. It will also highlights the fact that investing more on human capital will lead to sustainable development and that can help to transform population into rich human capital because young generation is the strength of India (It is India's demographic dividend.) So with considering the changing numbers, characteristics and distribution of human beings will affect the concept of sustainable development.

Keywords - Sustainable Development, Developed and Less Developed Economies, Demographic Dividend, Population Dynamics

Introduction: According to the latest projections of United Nations population division, the world‘s population is still growing at high rate without considerable &rapid drop in fertility rate it will reach 16billion by 2100. World population surpassed 7 billion mark and United Nation projection indicate that it will reach 8 ~ 11 billion by 2050. Population growth, higher consumption increases the efforts for reducing poverty, creating employment, providing enough food, water & energy with protecting natural environment. To improve the wellbeing of growing world population with sustainable use of natural resources is one of the greatest challenges. The link between sustainable development & population dynamics was recognized by Rio Declaration agreed at United Nations conference on Environment & Development (UNCED) held in Rio De Janeiro in 1992.The report by the United Nations Secretary General‘s High Level Panel on Global Sustainability (UNGSP) 2012, reaffirms that the impact of population growth is a key driver change, particularly in developing counties where there are large youth populations and makes clear the importance of integrating population dynamics into effective government policies.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 266

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

People are the central concern of sustainable development (Rio Declaration, 1992, Principle 1). For sustainable development number of people, location and age structures, as well as their living conditions, ambitions and opportunities must be taken into account. (IIASA and UNFPA, 2011). A focus on people is also essential for understanding the linkages among social, economic and environmental development, and for a strong and more meaningful integration of these dimensions of sustainable development. The transition to ―Green Economy‖ must be complimented by human rights based policies which addresses population dynamics & encourage a favorable demographic transition. This paper will throw the light on relationship between population dynamics and sustainable development. Paper will also analyses the demographic trends in Developed and Less Developed Countries with respect to age composition as well as size and distribution of the population. It will also highlights the fact that investing more on human capital will lead to sustainable development and that can help to transform population into rich human capital because young generation is the strength of India (It is India's demographic dividend.) So with considering the changing numbers, characteristics and distribution of human beings will affect the concept of sustainable development. By 2050 population of least developed countries will be doubled. Poor countries have highest rate of population growth. These countries are immediately affected and face greatest challenges in increasing & maintaining per capita spending on health & education for their growing populations. Labor force of these countries will continue to expand about 33000 young people each day. Fulfilling the needs of current & future generations with promoting environmental sustainability is the biggest challenge for poorest countries. Least developed countries are suffering from rapid degradation of their natural resources. Economic growth of these countries was almost high (approximately 6.5%). But when it was adjusted for population growth & rapid environment degradation this is amounted to 2.5%. To meet the increasing demand for water food & energy will affect all the countries. Number of people living in developed countries will increase to 1.30 billion in 2030 & 1.31 billion in 2050.

Population Growth -- 2010 2030 2050 Developed countries 1.24bn 1.30 bn 1.31 bn Least developed countries 832mn 1.26 bn 1.73 bn

With seeing these figures less developed countries have to face the problem of poverty, malnutrition & low level education. In developed countries youth population is approximately 28% of total population whereas in least developed countries more than 60% of total population is under the age of 25. The UN population division states that in developed countries share of young population will remain relatively stable while it will decrease in least developed countries. Population is the important pillar of sustainable development for labor market, social security programs as well as for natural resources. Young population has various opportunities as they enter in to the labor market. Young population can accelerate economic progress & speed up the transition to sustainable development. Developing countries have more young population which increases

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 267

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

prosperity. But this population lives in poverty, and they are spending more on education & health care.

Urbanization

Continent 2010 2030 2050 Africa 401mn 744mn 1.2bn Asia 1.8bn 2.7bn 3.3bn Impact of population growth & environmental degradation are most severe in least developed countries of Africa & Asia. Efforts to meet increasing demand for water food & energy will affect all the countries. Whereas failure to reduce poverty, raising standard of living & ensuring equity will threaten the stability & sustainability. Achieving sustainable cities require consideration of dynamic nature of cities over the time. Urban policies would help the countries in provision of infrastructure (land, water, sanitation etc) Likewise urban areas can become hubs of productive job creation which improves the tax base & make the provision of essential social services including health care & education. Increasing urban population provides opportunities for sustainable development. Countries can address population dynamics through effective human based right policies & good planning. Universal access to sexual & reproductive healthcare, family planning, education of girls, strengthening capacities of woman of all ages is an essential aspect of empowerment. It affects people‘s health & education & can influence their participation in economic, social & political life as well as their standard of living. Access to family planning, reproductive rights & health services reduces maternal & child mortality. In poorest countries urban population will grow at faster rate than rural population. Achieving population stabilization will make development easier. By using population data countries can access existing & potential future scenarios for population size, composition & distribution & they can plan for employment, healthcare, education, water, food & energy needs. If countries adopt appropriate human right based human policies that expands individual opportunities. Reproductive & family planning services ensures enrollment of goals in primary education, gender equality in secondary & higher education will reduce average number of children born per women which improves human capital & human wellbeing. At macro level to reduce population growth fertility must be declined which reduces number of dependence & increases share of potential labor force. When country has large young population with few dependence can achieve benefits of demographic dividend. It increases opportunities for investments in health & education.

Present scenario – Population dynamics UNFPA report indicates that population dynamics is neglected by policy makers where population growth rates are decreasing & population problem has been solved due to sensitivity of issues related to family planning & reproductive health rights. Most of the countries have developed there national strategy on environment & sustainable development. Lack of effective integration of population dynamics into national & local policies is reflected for health education & gender equality of the International Conference on Population & Development (ICPD) program of action.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 268

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

While considerable progress has been made towards women empowerment. In recent years there is increase in women participation in decision making bodies. Women are securing management & leadership position also.But less developed countries have not invested enough in education & healthcare. For example – In India total spending on education is just 3% of India‘s GDP whereas it is 5.4% in USA & 5.7% in Brazil. This inadequate spending on education will affect the productivity & literacy. Overall healthcare spending in India is also very low among emerging markets. Policy of less developed country should include reproductive health to all individuals through primary healthcare service, meeting family planning needs, etc… They should ensure access to primary schools& education to both girls & boys. They also ensure equal access to all levels of educations & create gender sensitive educational system. They should also adopt women centric approach. They should provide quality reproductive health care services to women. Women need to have children by choice & not by force. They must adopt feminist agenda for population stabilization.

Findings Investment in human capital, health, education will contribute to empowerment of young woman. It will reduce fertility & ultimately population growth. Raising standard of living & promotion of human wellbeings are not only ends of development but are important mean for population dynamics & promote sustainable development. In India demographic trends drive economic growth pattern & investment flows. Increase in GDP per capita suggests strong growth & investment profile. According to scholars India will remain young nation & become largest contributor to global work force over the next few decades. Young population is India‘s demographic dividend whereas age group of 45 ~ 60 is the major contributor to house hold savings which boost up investments. India will become most populous country by 2030. India‘s working age population will increase up to 962 million in 2030. The median age of country is 26.5 years. India‘s GDP per capita will improve as 8% per year. If India‘s demographic dividend is productively employed then India‘s economic growth will be more. It can create jobs in the scale required on sustain basis. India will not sustain until it unlocks the demographic dividend by integrating population dynamics with investing more in human capital i.e. education & health .Otherwise sustainable development will be a dream.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 269

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Maintenance And Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007: A Legal Assurance For Sustainability of Senior Citizens in India

Swati Chiney Associate Professor, Symbiosis College of Arts & Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: The number of elderly people is growing at an alarming pace all over the world and has become the fastest growing section of society in India. India has the 2nd largest population of senior citizens in the globe. Increased life expectancy has led to the emergence of various issues. Population aging is the result of the demographic transition. In India, due to changing lifestyle, there is a gradual shift from joint family system to the nuclear family system. Hence the issue of maintenance, welfare, social security and sustainability of senior citizens has come to the surface. In the upcoming years, the study of Gerontology would gain importance and management of social security of senior citizens would be a major problem before the family, Government and the society as a whole. The problems and insecurity of senior citizens are linked up with their human rights violation and thus have to be addressed by the Laws. The „Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007‟(popularly known as „Senior Citizens Act‟)is the first secular law in India providing maintenance and welfare for „senior citizens‟ including „childless and unmarried senior citizens.‟ The Act has made several appreciable legal provisions assuring maintenance and welfare of senior citizens. But the efficacy of law needs to be evaluated as well. The researcher plans to touch upon the issue of the legal aspect of social sustainability of senior citizens in India on the background of changing the family system and wants to initiate discussions and research on this contemporary issue. By using primary and secondary data collection methods and doctrinal and empirical research methodology, the researcher‟s findings would be based on literature review and interaction with Legal Experts.

Introduction: Mr. Vijaypat Singhania,once one of the richest men in India, who built Raymonds Ltd into one of the largest apparel brands in the country,after handing over the business to his son Gautam, is today a penniless manbecause ofhis son. The poor father is residing in a rented row house. He has filed a petition in the Bombay High Court against his son. The retired ex-business tycoon is struggling financially. (Economic Times, Aug. 2017).The legal battle between the father and son is still on-going. This case is just a sample of similar situations faced by a few senior citizens and parents in India. According to the researcher this case throws light on various issues including sustainability. ―Sustainability focuses on meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs. The concept of sustainability is composed of three pillars: economic, environmental and social - also known informally as profits, planet and people. (www.investopedia.com)‖. The researcher here is focusing on the ‗Social Sustainability‘ factor dealing with the elderly people. Social sustainability is an often overlooked aspect of sustainability and is not much talked about unlike economic and environmental sustainability. Social sustainability performance issues

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 270

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

include human rights, health, safety, wellness, equity, empowerment and many more of its stakeholders. They are not easily quantifiable or measurable.But they can hamper business operations and growth. (www.unglobalcompact.org) Senior citizens in India form a major chunk of population which is increasing day by day. If India is considered as a big organisation, then assuring welfare of each citizen as a stakeholder is extremely important. Hence if the sustainability of senior citizens is assured then only the sustainability of India as a whole will be rest assured. There is no universal definition of the terms ‗senior citizen‘ and ‗maintenance‘. So the researcher interprets these words as defined by ―the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act 2007‖ (popularly known as and hereafter referred to as ―Senior Citizens Act 2007‖). A ―senior citizen is any Indian citizen who has attained the age of 60 years or above‖ (Section 2h).As per the said Act, ―maintenance includes provision for food, clothing, residence and medical attendance and treatment‖ (Section 2b). This Act has made several appreciable legal provisions assuring maintenance and welfare of senior citizens. The researcher plans to touch upon the issue of whether the legal aspect of social sustainability of senior citizens in India is assured by the ―Senior Citizens Act 2007‖. The researcher wants to initiate discussions and research on this contemporary issue.

Research Problem: Population ageing is the result of demographic transition.Number of aged is growing at an alarming pace all over the world.―Population of the elderly has become the fastest growing section of the society in India‖ as well (Sastry, 2015). India has the 2nd largest population of senior citizens in the globe (Katariya, 2012). Increased life expectancy has led to the emergence of various issues (Chavate, 2014).Besides their health issues, the aged people have to face social, financial and legal problems in their golden years. Those who stay alone have constant apprehension of their life and property. Due to changing lifestyle, in India, there is a gradual swing from joint family to nuclear family system. As a result, senior citizens have to stay separately, away from their children, managing their daily chores. What if a senior citizen is not self-sufficient and is unable to maintain himself? In such situations, the family problem becomes a social problem and the dependents are then forced to take assistance of the government and the society at large. This problem has to be addressed by effective policies and laws favourable to the welfare of senior citizens. Appropriate legislation is need of the hour which will protect the interests of the aged while promoting their sustainability in general.The types of laws of a nation reflect the nature of society and the way it treats the helpless sections of the society. Thus with withering of joint family system in India, the issue of maintenance, welfare, social security and sustainability of senior citizens has come to surface. The problem is a contemporary and growing one. This personal issue is therefore interconnected with the sustainability of senior citizens in India on a larger platform as a national issue. How the senior citizens in India are going to sustain happily is a question to be addressed by the Government. The senior citizens can sustain for a long time if their needs of livelihood are satisfied.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 271

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Objectives: The aim of this paper is: To co-relate issue of maintenance of senior citizens with the sustainability of senior citizens in India. To evaluate the Senior Citizens Act 2007 in order to verify whether it safeguards sufficiently the interests of the senior citizens in India. To draw conclusions as to whether Senior Citizens Act 2007 is a ray of hope for legal assurance for sustainability of senior citizens in India.

Research Methodology: The researcherhas used primary and secondary data collection methods along withdoctrinal and empirical research methodology. The researcher‘s observations, findings and conclusions are based on literature reviewed and interaction with experts in this field.

Changing Demography of Senior Citizens: ―The accelerating trend in the world demography is that of aging society. This is due to falling fertility rates and longer life span of people, aided by advances in medical science, quoted by some as evidence of human achievement‖. (Agarwal, 2017) ―Indian population has approximately tripled during the last 50 years, but the number of elderly Indians (60+) has increased more than four folds‖. (Agewell Report, 2014. p.5)―According to Population Census 2011, there are nearly 104 million elderly persons in India‖. (www.mospi.nic.in)―In 2012, the number of elder persons in the World was 810 million‖. (www.unfpa.org) This means, ―1/8th of the World's Elderly Population lives in India‖. (www.socialjustice.nic.in) ―It is in rural areas where there are greater signs of fragmentation of families with nuclear families rising and joint families declining at a faster pace than in urban areas‖. (Shaikh, 2017, July)TheIndian Census data shows that from 2001 to 2011, the number of nuclear families increased in absolute terms (www.qz.com).

Issues related to Human Rights of senior citizens: The problems and insecurity of senior citizens are linked up with their human rights violation and thus have to be addressed by the Laws. (Sastry, 2015). As per the Indian statute– Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, ―Human rights means the rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants and enforced by Courts in India.‖The ―Right to life, recognised as a Fundamental Right by Article 21 of the Constitution of India, implies the Right to live with human dignity as well‖. The following are some pertinent issues related to human rights of senior citizens in India: ―In India, despite several laws, policies and schemes for the welfare and empowerment of older persons, elderly human rights violation is on the rise.‖ (Agewell Report, 2014. p.41) ―With increasing number of dependent and indigent senior citizens, there is an increasing number of old age homes in India to maintain and take care of them‖. (HelpAge Report, 2016. p.69) ―There are hardly any gainful engagement opportunities for older people to get decent job and keep them active.‖ (Agewell Report, 2014. p.43)

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 272

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

―Status of old age social security system including old age healthcare facilities is dismal as many aged still have no access to primary healthcare in old age.‖ (Agewell Report, 2014. p.41) ―Verbal Abuse (41%), Disrespect (33%) and Neglect (29%) are ranked as the most common types of abuse experienced by the elderly.‖(HelpAge Report, 2014. p.ii) ―Senior citizens are most vulnerable to be victim of any crime, since they are soft targets.‖ (www.ncrb.gov.in).

‘Right to maintenance’ of senior citizens: ―Matru Devo Bhava; Pitru Devo Bhava‖.Parents being worshiped as living Gods and Goddesses and placing them on a high pedestal are the Indian morals and values followed by all religions in India and are best explained by the above said Sanskrit quote. Indian tradition expects adult children to take care of their parents and elderly in the family. But if the children fail in this ‗duty‘ then it gives rise to a corresponding ‗right‘ to the parents and elderly to demand assistance for their livelihood from their children. This is nothing but the ‗right to maintenance‘.The basic needs of livelihood of a person are food, shelter, clothing and medical attendance which are termed as ‗maintenance‘ under a legal framework.

Legal Pathway of maintenance provisions for senior citizens: The senior citizens are directly protected under the ―Directive Principles of State Policy‖ and indirectly protected under the ―Fundamental Rights‖ of the Constitution of India, 1950. The Preamble makes an all-inclusive provision for securing the dignity of all citizens including senior citizens and parents as well. According to the researcher this is the seed of the ‗right to maintenance‘ of senior citizens. All Personal Laws in India related to Hindus, Muslims, Christians and Parsis too uphold the tradition and culture of maintaining parents and elder persons in their family by their adult children. Section 125 of Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 is the first secular law to introduce the right to claim maintenance by helpless ‗parents‘ from their children. ―The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment is the Nodal Ministry for matters relating to the Senior Citizens. It develops and implements Acts, Policies and Programmes for welfare of Senior Citizens in collaboration with State Governments to ensure that Senior Citizens may lead a secured, dignified and productive life.‖This Ministry has introduced various important policies and schemes for senior citizens in India (www.socialjustice.nic.in). With the passing of the Senior Citizens Act in 2007, an appreciable change has been brought in the area of recognition of maintenance and welfare rights of senior citizens in India and it reflects a positive outlook of the legislature in drafting it.

Evaluation of the Senior Citizens Act: The Sr. Citizens Act is certainly a milestone in the history of laws of maintenance for parents and senior citizens. This also happens to be the first law in India made especially for the maintenance and welfare of ‗senior citizens‘. The earlier laws of maintenance were made only for ‗parents‘. The researcher is summarising the appreciable provisions of the Act as follows – 1. The Act lays down an absolute duty on children to pay ‗maintenance‘ to parents and senior citizens who are unable to maintain themselves, after receiving a complaint from them.If the Tribunal is satisfied that children or relatives have neglected or refused to take care of their

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 273

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

parents or senior citizen, it shall order them to provide a monthly maintenance amount upto Rs. 10,000 per month. 2. This Act is the first law making a provision for grandparents to claim maintenance from their grandchildren; a childless or unmarried senior citizen to claim maintenance from his ‗relatives‘ (as defined by the Act). 3. Abandonment of senior citizens by the children is an offence which is punishable. 4. There is a duty shouldered on State Government to establish old age homes in every district. Such a provision has been made for the first time through any Indian legislation. 5. This Act applies to all citizens of India staying in India or abroad as well. 6. The Act has provided for appointment of Maintenance Officers, Conciliation Officers, Maintenance Tribunal and Appellate Tribunal as special machinery under this law. 7. The Sub-Divisional Officer being appointed as the Maintenance Tribunal is a unique provision making administrative authority to chair the judicial body, thereby ensuring speedy decisions. 8. The Tribunals enjoy dual powers of that a Civil Court and Criminal Court. 9. Speedy remedy is the objective of this Act, which lays down time limit of 90 days for disposal of applications before Maintenance Tribunal and 30 days for the Appellate Tribunal. 10. Since no stamp duty is required to be paid by the applicant and lawyers are not allowed to represent the parties in the Tribunal; inexpensive remedy has been assured by this Act. 11. The application for claiming maintenance can be made by the parent or senior citizen himself; or any other person or organisation authorised by him; or the Tribunal suo motu may take cognizance. Thus the rule of locus standi has been relaxed for the benefit of the needy parents and senior citizens. 12. Jurisdiction issue has been simplified by allowing parents or senior citizens to file applications in any district where they reside or where the children or relative resides or lastly resided. 13. A gerontological perspective in taking medical care of senior citizens is tried to be achieved by making State Governments to ensure that hospitals funded by the Government provide for special medical care for senior citizens. 14. The provision for ―protection of life and property of senior citizens‖ is ensured by giving an authority to the Maintenance Tribunal ―to declare a transfer of property by way of gift or otherwise from a senior citizen to a transferee as void; if the transfer was made under the condition providing maintenance to the senior citizen and the transferee neglects to maintain such senior citizen‖. This provision is indeed a big leap taken by the legislature in protecting the transfer of property of a senior citizen made with an ill-intention. 15. Punishment for non-compliance of Orders passed under the Act includes both fines as well as imprisonment. 16. The State Government is to be responsible for wide publicity of the provisions of this Act through public media like television, radio and the print media at regular intervals.However, still only 14% of the senior citizen victims of human rights violation are found aware of the Act (HelpAge India Report, 2014. p.ii) 17. There is a duty on the State Governments ―to ensure that all Government Officers, including police officers are given periodic sensitization and awareness training on issues relating to the Act‖.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 274

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

18. The State Governments are empowered ―to make rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act with respect to the procedures, management and execution of the various provisions of this Act‖. The State of Maharashtra has passed the ‗Maharashtra Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Rules 2010‘. Accordingly the Senior Citizens Act 2007 is to be read along with the Rules of 2010 for the State of Maharashtra. In spite ofthe above good provisions in the Senior Citizens Act, it has been criticised by Experts with respect to various issues. The procedural implementation of the Act is burdened on State Governmentswhich certainly causes a bureaucratic delay in implementation of such a good Act. As a result, there is no procedural uniformity in the States in implementation of the Act. Another criticism is that since the Competent Authority appointed under this Act are not necessarily from judiciary or any legal background, there is a possibility of miscarriage of justice happening, because of want of legal expertise.

Interaction with Experts: To co-relate the ‗law in books‘ and ‗law in action‘, the researcher interacted with few legal experts in the Pune city. Researcher interviewed four Law Experts from Pune and collected their views about the effectiveness of Senior Citizens Act, the reasons for difficulty in its implementation, the human right condition of senior citizens and their awareness about the laws of maintenance. According to Adv. M.P. alias Dadasaheb Bendre, a senior respected lawyer and ex- chairman of Pune Bar Association who is very active in social work related with senior citizens, ―Association with and encroachment of western civilization has affected concept of duties of children towards their parents thereby damaging cause of human rights of senior citizens in India.‖ Adv. Nitin Apte, who delivers talks on laws for senior citizens, said ―Flying Squad of Officers, Police help is essential as & when required by senior citizens‖. Adv. Asim Sarode, a well-known Human Rights Activist commented that, ―Concept of Human Rights is wider and the Laws in India are not having any aspect of human rights as such because it is more of welfare state‖. Adv. B.T. Nisal, Legal Advisor of FESCOM - Federation of Senior Citizens Organisation of Maharashtra suggested that, ―Government machinery requires sufficient staff, training, awareness and knowledge to implement Act within time bound frame‖. All the Law Experts agreed regarding: Recognition of right to maintenance of senior citizens as a basic human right, Poor legal awareness of senior citizens with respect to their rights, Senior citizens and parents reluctant to file cases against their children for claiming maintenance, There are many technical, procedural and bureaucratic difficulties in implementation of Senior Citizens Act, Implementation of laws of maintenance and government policies related to senior citizens needs improvement. The researcher visited the ‗Senior Citizens Helpline Cell‘ in the premises of Police Commissioners Office of Pune city. The Cell is run for 24 hours by 1 Co-ordinator, 1 Helpline attendant and 1 Lady Police Inspector. The researcher interacted with Mrs. Jyoti Pund who is the

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 275

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Chief Co-ordinator of the Cell. She said that, ―We receive 500 to 800 calls per month from senior citizens. Day by day the calls on helpline are increasing showing the growing insecurity of senior citizens. We forward the complaints to Police or any NGO as the case may be. Senior Citizens Act is a good initiative of the Government but the senior citizens are not aware about it and take advice from us.‖

Major Findings and Conclusions: 1. ―Senior citizens have become one of the vulnerable sections of the society‖. 2. Progress of medical science has increased life expectancy but has ironically changed the living conditions of senior citizens in the country. 3. Withering away of joint family system in India and increased life expectancy has surfaced a new problem of maintenance, social security and sustainability of senior citizens in India. 4. Gerontology, a new branch of knowledge which has opened the investigation into the study about aged population, is gaining importance. 5. The issue of maintenance, welfare, security and sustainability of senior citizens in India is linked with the legal provisions safeguarding the senior citizens. 6. The earlier laws of maintenance were time consuming and expensive. The Senior Citizens Act provides for a speedy, simple and inexpensive remedy to claim maintenance for senior citizens of India. 7. In spite of some criticism, the Senior Citizens Act 2007 is a step forward in safeguarding and upholding the human rights of aged persons to live with dignity. 8. The Senior Citizens Act is indeed a legal assurance for the sustainability of the senior citizens in India.

Suggestions: 1. The Senior Citizens Act 2007 needs to be effectively implemented by the State Governments. 2. Besides the legal framework provided by the Government for welfare of the elderly, there is a need for sensitizing the society about the special needs of the aged and the respect they deserve specially for their sustainability. 3. Besides the Government, there is a wide scope for involvement of the private or voluntary sector in addressing the needs of the aged. 4. ―Policy makersshould realise that caring for the aged will no more be a sympathetic consideration but a hard-nosed strategy for they already comprise a sizeable population with a voice and a vote.‖ (Agarwal, 2017).

Take Home Message: ―Ageing has become a major social challenge and there is a need to give more attention to the care and protection of the senior citizens‖. The Senior Citizens Act of 2007 is therefore a welcome step and was a must because of multiple reasons of concern such as - rise in life expectancy, rise in senior citizens‘ population, rise in cost of living, rise in financial and social insecurity of older persons, rise in nuclear families due to erosion of joint familys,withering away of traditional values to name a few. So for assurance of sustainability of senior citizens in India a legal framework of ‗Maintenance and Welfare of Senior Citizens Act 2007‘ is an effective device.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 276

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

References: 1. Agarwal, R. (2017). Editorial – Care for the Aged, so that we leave no one behind. Local Government Quarterly. Mumbai: All India Institute of Local Self-Government.July- September Issue. p.6[Online]: http://www.aiilsg.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-LGQ- July-Sep-2017.pdf 2. Agewell Foundation Research Report. (2014) Human Rights of Older People in India A Reality Check. New Delhi: Agewell Foundation. 3. Chavate, P. (2014) Law for Senior Citizens and Elder People in India. Pune: Hind Law Publications.p.12. 4. HelpAge India Report. (2014)Elder Abuse in India. New Delhi: HelpAge India. 5. HelpAge India Research Report. (2016) Senior Citizens Guide. New Delhi: HelpAge India. 6. Kataria, R.P. (2012) The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007. Allahabad: Orient Publishing Company.p.3. 7. National Policy for Senior Citizens. (2011. p.2) [Online]. Available: http://socialjustice.nic.in/writereaddata/UploadFile/dnpsc.pdf 8. National Record Of Crimes Against Senior Citizens Report (2015, p. 6) [Online]http://www.ncrb.gov.in/StatPublications/CII/CII2015/FILES/Snapshots-11.11.16.pdf 9. Professional‘s Bare Act, (2018). The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act 2007. Delhi: Professional Book Publishers. 10. Sastry T.S.N. (2015). Human Rights of Senior Citizens. Research Front Journal. ISSN 2320- 6446, Impact Factor – 1.115. March. Special Issue 4.p.iv. 11. Shaikh, Z. (2017, July 6) Mumbai: Indian Express. [Online]. Available: https://indianexpress.com/article/india/rural-india-starts-to-go-nuclear-urban-families-grow- in-shrinking-space-4737882/ 12. https://www.aiilsg.org/localgovernmentquarterlyjournal 13. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/articleshow/59982609.cms?utm_source=contentofinte rest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst 14. https://esg.adec-innovations.com/about-us/faqs/what-is-social-sustainability/ 15. https://www.india.gov.in/my-government/constitution-india 16. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/sustainability.asp#ixzz5WEmXiWnL 17. https://www.mospi.nic.in/elderlyinIndia2016 18. http://socialjustice.nic.in/writereaddata/UploadFile/dnpsc.pdf 19. https://www.unfpa.org/UNFPA-Report-chapter1.pdf 20. https://www.unglobalcompact.org/what-is-gc/our-work/social 21. https://qz.com/india/228405/india-is-urbanizing-rapidly-but-the-nuclear-family-is-actually- shrinking/

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 277

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

A Study of Various Innovation Activities and Its Effect on the Performance of Hotels in Pune

Dr Sunil Zagade*, Dr Alekha Panda** *Research Guide, MES Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

**Research Scholar, International Institute of Management Studies, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract: The tourism and hotel industry operates in a competitive environment. The hotels face strong competition to meet the customer‘s demands and expectations. To survive in the growing competition hoteliers has to work on innovation and creativity. Hence Service innovation plays an important role in the organizational performance in the hotel industry; therefore it is relevant here to understand the concept of service innovation. The Present study focuses on innovation activities in SME hotels in Pune and explores the impact of service innovations (Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing Innovation, IT Innovation) on Organizational Performance.

Key words : tourism and hotel industry, innovation, Performance

Introduction The Hospitality industry plays an important role for the development of Indian economy, because of this; the Government of India has taken various policy majors to promote tourism and hotel industry. The tourism and hotel industry operates in a competitive environment. The hotel industry has to face strong competition to meet the customer‘s demands and expectations. The costumers expect better facilities and unique service quality. This has compelled the hotels to work on innovative services, unique and better services to attract and retain customers. Service innovation plays an important role for survival of the organization. Innovation helps in developing new products by using new and unique ideas which helps in capturing new market. (Kuhn & Marisck, 2010). The businessman always looking for creative and innovative ideas, so that they can have competitive advantage in the business. With ever increasing competition and limited resources, the business man as well as government has to work for the innovation processes, which is the need of the present for future growth. According to Kanler (2006) by putting efforts human can access the natural renewable source through innovation, which is restricted for others. Innovation in necessary to remain competitive, to understand innovation and various method of innovation has attracted the attention of many research scholars. Innovation consists of translating an idea into a good or service, which gives value to a customer and he is ready to pay for the value he receive. An innovation must fulfill a specific need of a human or society, which will be replicable with optimal cost. Innovation involves conscious application of data, creative thinking and looking to extract greater or different values from available resources by applying suitable processes. A useful product can be invented by using new ideas and creative

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 278

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

thinking. Innovation helps the business organizations to meet the expectation of customers and satisfy their needs through creative ideas. Innovation not only helps business organizations, but also it helps society at large. It helps in creating new methods for collaboration, flexible work hours, and creating buyers' purchasing power. According to O'Sullivan & Dooley (2009) service innovation can be defined as a suitable change in existing service which is beneficial for the customers. Service innovation is a result of customer engagement and customers demand for differentiated service. Therefore to meet the customers demand and expectation, organizations have continuously innovate and improve the service. Sometimes service innovation is also referred as product innovation. Service innovation improves the service quality by use of new and creative ideas. Innovation is very much important for the hospitality industry (Victorino, Verma, Plaschka &Dev 2005. In hospitality industry, the customers always look for attractive offers, for which the always can find a substitute. Therefore to overcome this challenge the hoteliers should have their own competitive advantage by offering a different service based on the preferences of customers. The organization should develop new product through innovative means to meet customer‘s need which will improve the business performance (Jones, Venkatesan & Leone 2011). Service innovation is ―the multidisciplinary process of designing, realising and marketing combinations of existing and/or new services and products with the final attempt to create valuable customer experiences‖ (Flikkema, 2007), The concept of service Innovation was first discussed in Miles (1993) and has been developed in past two decades. It is used to refer to many things. These include but not limited to: Innovation in services, in service products - new or improved service products (commodities or public services). Often this is contrasted with "technological innovation‘", though service products can have j technological elements. This sense of service innovation is closely related to service design and "new / service development". Innovation in service processes - new or improved ways of designing and producing services. This may include innovation in service delivery systems, though often this will be regarded instead as a service product innovation. A service innovation always includes replicable elements that can be identified and systematically reproduced in other cases or environments. The replicable element can be the service outcome or the service process as such or a part of them. A service innovation benefits both the service producer and customers and it improves its developer‘s competitive edge. A service innovation is a service product or service process that is based on some technology or systematic method. In service however, the innovation does not necessarily relate to the novelty of the technology itself but the innovation often lies in the non-technological areas. Service innovations can for instance be new solutions in the customer interface, new distribution methods, and novel application of technology in the service process, new forms of operation with the supply chain or new ways to organize and manage services." Van Ark et al. (2003) defines innovation as "A new or considerably changed service concept, client interaction channel, service delivery system or technological concept that individually, but most likely in combination, leads to one or more renewed service functions that are new to the firm and do change the service/good offered on the market and do require structurally new technological, human or organizational capabilities of the service organization." This definition covers the notions of technological and non-technological innovation. Non-technological innovations in service mainly arise from investment in intangible inputs. Service innovation is ―a process which contains new concept and the production,

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 279

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

development and implementation of behavior. It is also a method, a change of respond to external environment or the first action of influence environment of the organizational transformation. Moreover, it is found that there is a high degree of consumer involvement in the assessment phase of the product development process.

Objectives of the study . To study the need and importance of innovation and service organisations (hotels). . To analyse the effect of promoting innovations in their organisational performance.

Limitations of the Study The present study is based on the reliability of the primary data providers that is managers or owners of the hotels. The present study is based on opinions of hotel management and lays over emphasis on them. The opinions of the customers have not been considered due to time and financial constraints The focus of the study is limited only to the defined set of innovations. The effect of the external variables has not been considered. The findings of the study are based on the response of respondents, and if the respondents don‘t given authentic information, it would lead to a marginal error.

Research Methodology Data collection of this study has been started with convenient sampling technique where, the researcher independently approach the respondent and collected the data where the respondent are gather from the small and medium size hotels in Pune city, Maharashtra. The Entire geographic area of the city was divided into five regions i.e North, South, East, West and Central region. Western region is the main source of revenue generation in hospitality industry, emphasis given in this area for the study. While framing these geographical regions, those areas in which hotel units are making their presence felt and having opportunities are only considered. The survey ran for 9 months among various respondent in different locations and hierarchy; 350 questionnaires have been opted out and 337 questionnaires where received of which 329 were valid.

Conceptual Framework

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 280

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Reliability & Validity Variables Composite Reliability Cronbach‘s Alpha IT Innovatation 0.9266 0.8998 Management Innovation 0.9359 0.9184 Marketing Innovation 0.9169 0.8906 Organizational Innovation 0.9276 0.905 Organizational Performance 0.9347 0.9192 Process Innovation 0.9004 0.8621

Convergent Validity Convergent validity alludes to the level of assertion in at least two measures of a similar develop (Camines and Zeller, 1979). Confirmation of concurrent legitimacy was surveyed by examination of change separated for each factor (Fornell and Larcker, 1981). As per Fornell and Larcker (1981), focalized legitimacy is set up, if the fluctuation - removed esteem surpasses 0.50. Results demonstrated that the difference removed for four scales ran from 0.6447 to 0.7601 this demonstrates the scales utilized for this exploration had joined legitimacy.

Table: Convergent Validity Variables AVE Values IT Innovation 0.760 Management Innovation 0.710 Marketing Innovation 0.690 Organizational Innovation 0.684 Organizational Performance 0.645 Process Innovation 0.696

Explanation of target endogenous variable and variance

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 281

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Original Sample Standard Standard Sample Mean Deviation Error T Statistics T-Stats (O) (M) (STDEV) (STERR) (|O/STERR|) IT Innovation -> Organizational Performance 0.1529 0.2436 0.0723 0.0723 2.7317 Management Innovation -> Organizational Performance 0.2813 0.3041 0.1291 0.1291 2.1793 Marketing Innovation -> Organizational Performance 0.2654 0.1718 0.0692 0.0692 3.9444 Organizational Innovation -> Organizational Performance 0.3965 0.3856 0.0834 0.0834 4.7555 Process Innovation -> Organizational Performance 0.2779 0.263 0.0998 0.0998 2.7842

T-Stats In the wake of finishing up the estimation procedure in the way demonstrating, the "t" insights are accounted for in table 5. The "Way Coefficients (Mean, STDEV, T-Values) values are speaking to the importance of the model. As watched, the qualities in the section "T- measurements" are better than 2.57 (noteworthiness level = 0.01). In the event that the T insights esteem will be bigger than 1.96 when utilizing a two-followed t-test (importance level of 5%), it demonstrates that way coefficient will be noteworthy (Hair et al 2011). In this examination, it is discovered that all the linkage is critical. SEM analysis has been performed using smart PLS 2 to identify the path size, and the relationship among independent variable (Organization innovation, Process Innovation, Marketing innovation, management innovation and IT innovation) towards dependent variable (organizational Performance). The below mentioned hypothesis are derived to test the model significance. 5.4 Hypothesis . H1: There is significant relationship between Organization Innovation and Organization performance . H2: There is significant relationship between Process Innovation and Organization performance . H3: There is significant relationship between Marketing Innovation and Organization performance . H4: There is significant relationship between Management Innovation and Organization performance . H5: There is significant relationship between IT Innovation and Organization performance Hypothesis Testing T-Stats Original T Statistics Hypothesis Sample (O) (O/STERR) IT Innovation -> Organizational Accepted @ 99% Performance 0.1529 2.7317 confident level Management Innovation -> Organizational Accepted @ 95% Performance 0.2813 2.1793 confident level Marketing Innovation -> Organizational Accepted @ 99% Performance 0.2654 3.9444 confident level Organizational Innovation -> Organizational Accepted @ 99% Performance 0.3965 4.7555 confident level Process Innovation -> Organizational Accepted @ 99% Performance 0.2779 2.7842 confident level

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 282

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

In statistics and regression analysis, moderation occurs when the relationship between two variables depends on a third variable. The third variable is referred to as the moderator variable or simply the moderator. The researcher used organization size and organization existence as a multi moderator variable to identify the impact of independent variable Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing Innovation, IT Innovation towards dependent variable (Organization Performance). According to Venkatesh et al., 2013, organization size and existence play a moderator role especially when the researcher doing research in the field of technology or innovation oriented subject. The reference for moderation is taken by various technology oriented research like Theory of Planned Behaviors (TPB), Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) and for Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT). ‖ The R2 standard is utilized for interfacing the estimation and basic parts of condition demonstrating. It shows that affect the free factor on the subordinate variable. Jaw (1998) presented three estimations of 0.19, 0.33 and 0.67 as the records for frail, direct and solid estimations of R2. In fact, R2 was utilized for assessing the ability of the proposed show. In this exploration, there were four free factors and one ward variable. That is, the effect of four factors Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing Innovation, IT Innovation on association execution was explored. In view of the acquired esteems from the investigations for way coefficients and R2 basis, we can contend that theories of the examination are acknowledged and autonomous factors of the investigation have a critical impact on the subordinate variable. After identifying the exact R2 values, the researcher reruns the model to identify the impact of organization size and existence on dependent variable. The detailed result of overall model is given below. Based on the result researcher will give hypotheses justification. This result show that Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing Innovation, IT Innovation in organization performance based on Gender. Whereas Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, has significant effect on organization performance based on organization size. Findings . First and foremost organization innovation (39.6%) factor is influencing more on Organizations performance. . Second, Management innovation which influencing the Organizations performance is 28.1%. . Third, Process innovation which influencing the Organizations performance is 27.8%. . Fourth, Marketing innovation influencing the Organizations performance is 16.5%. . Fifth, IT innovation influencing the Organizations performance 15.3%.

Suggestions: Hotel owners and managers should be role model by setting an example for their employees, encouraging them to show service innovative behaviour. Hotel employees can also be trained in those areas that are considered relevant for achieving creative outcomes. These areas should include observational and technical skills, ultimately building on their creative abilities to achieve master status. In order to make the innovation successful and have good market performance, it is indeed significant to concentrate on some concerns which are commonly ignored by the hotel

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 283

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

management or owners. Continuous overlooking the issues related to finance, HR management, labour done over etc lead to form various for innovation. There should be implementation of high-performance human resource practices, which can play an effective role intrinsically motivating employees towards this playing service innovative behaviour, leading to service excellence. Apart from this, management of hotels can also consider the implementing a service oriented work culture where the basket of support related cases could be designed in order to meet the needs of different categories of employees. It is suggested that, in order to expect workers to have a higher level of commitment towards their hotel organisations and also perform well, management must foster such types of human resource practices that boosts worker' morale. Doing so intrinsically motivates the workers to devise creative work outcomes. The managers and owners of the hotels must be aware about the different factors for sustainable competitive benefit as they have a strong positive and direct impact on occupancy of hotels. Innovative activities in these areas are necessary to garner a competitive benefits. However it is observed that during the field work or collection of data, that, the understanding of the significance of innovative activities, and also the other factors of sustainable competitive benefit is limited

Conclusion: Through this study an attempt is made to understand the effect of innovativeness in hospitality and tourism industry particularly small and medium hotels. The hospitality and tourism sector has some specific features. When we speak about innovation in hospitality it is different from other industries because the structure and the product of hospitality industry are unique. The products of hospitality industry are intangible and perishable nature (Hjalager, 2002), the innovation hospitality is very different from innovation in manufacturing and other industries (Miles, 2005). Innovation in hospitality industry is very limited. The innovation activity is totally depending upon the size of an organization and this impacts positively for large size firms, (Ronningen, 2010). The Hospital industry majorly consist of SME hotels, hence the management of hotels don‘t support for innovations. It is also true that the workers in small hotels are less competent. As they don‘t have employees of high caliber, for which they have to depend on outside support for the resources.

Reference: . Aldebert, B., Dang, R.J. and Longhi, C. (2011), ―Innovation in the tourism industry: the case of Tourism@‖, Tourism Management, Vol. 32 No. 5, pp. 1204-1213. . Alonso-Almeida, M.D. and Llach, J. (2013), ―Adoption and use of technology in small business environments‖, Service Industries Journal, Vol. 33 Nos 15/16, pp. 1456-1472. . Andereck, K.L. (2009), ―Tourists‘ perceptions of environmentally responsible innovations at tourism businesses‖, Journal of Sustainable Tourism, Vol. 17 No. 4, pp. 489-499. . Anderson, N., Potocnik, K. and Zhou, J. (2014), ―Innovation and creativity in organization state-of-the-science review, prospective commentary and guiding framework‖, Journal of Management, Vol. 40 No. 5, pp. 1297-1333.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 284

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

. Barras, R. (1986), ―Towards a theory of innovation in services‖, Research Policy, Vol. 15 No. 4,pp. 161-173. . Buhalis, D. (1998), ―Strategic use of information technologies in the tourism industry‖, Tourism Management, Vol. 19 No. 3, pp. 409-423. . Camisón, C. and Monfort-Mir, V.M. (2012), ―Measuring innovation in tourism from the Schumpeterian and the dynamic-capabilities perspectives‖, Tourism Management, Vol. 33 No. 4, pp. 776-789. . Drejer, I. (2004), ―Identifying innovation in survey of services: a Schumpeterian perspective‖, Research Policy, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 551-562. . Gallouj, F. and Weinstein, O. (1997), ―Innovation in services‖, Research Policy, Vol. 26 Nos 4/5,pp. 537-556. . Gopala krishnan, S. and Damanpour, F. (1997), ―A review of innovation research in economics,sociology and technology management‖, Omega, International Journal of Management Science, Vol. 25 No. 1, pp. 15-28. . Grissemann, U., Plank, A. and Brunner-Sperdin, A. (2013), ―Enhancing business performance ofhotels: the role of innovation and customer orientation‖, International Journal of Hospitality Management, Vol. 33, pp. 347-356 . Hipp, C. and Grupp, H. (2005), ―Innovation in the service sector: the demand for service- specific innovation measurement concepts and typologies‖, Research Policy,Vol. 34, pp. 517-535. . Hipp, C., Tether, B. and Miles, I. (2000), ―The incidence and effects of innovation in services: evidence from Germany‖, International Journal of Innovation Management, Vol. 4, pp. 417-453. . Hjalager, A.M. (1994), ―Dynamic innovation in the tourist industry‖, Progress in Tourism &Hospitality Management, Vol. 6, pp. 197-224. . Ho, C.H. and Chang, W.Y. (2014), ―Key success factors in service innovation of hotel enterprises inTaiwan‖, Pakistan Journal of Statistics, Vol. 29 No. 5, pp. 725-73 . Jiménez-Jiménez, D. and Sanz-Valle, R. (2011), ―Innovation, organizational learning, andperformance‖, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 64, pp. 408-417. . Jones, P. (1996), ―Managing hospitality innovation‖, Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Quarterly,Vol. 37 No. 5, pp. 86-96. . Lin, L. (2013), ―The impact of service innovation on firm performance‖, Service Industries Journal,Vol. 33 Nos 15/16, pp. 1599-1632. . Martínez-Ros, E. and Orfila-Sintes, F. (2009), ―Innovation activity in the hotel industry‖,Technovation, Vol. 29 No. 9, pp. 632-641. . Mattsson, J. and Orfila-Sintes, F. (2014), ―Hotel innovation and its effect on business performance‖,International Journal of Tourism Research, Vol. 16 No. 4, pp. 388-398. . Nicolau, J.L. and Santa-Maria, M.J. (2013), ―The effect of innovation on hotel market value‖,International Journal of Hospitality Management, Vol. 32, pp. 71-79. . Ottenbacher, M. and Gnoth, J. (2005), ―How to develop successful hospitality innovation‖, CornellHotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, Vol. 46 No. 2, pp. 205-222.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 285

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

. Petrou, A. and Daskalopoulou, I. (2009), ―Innovation and small firms‘ growth prospects: relationalproximity and knowledge dynamics in a low-tech industry‖, European Planning Studies,Vol. 17 No. 11, pp. 1591-1604. . Pikkemaat, B. and Peters, M. (2005), ―Towards the measurement of innovation – a pilot study in the small and medium sized hotel industry‖, Journal of Quality Assurance in Hospitality &Tourism, Vol. 6 Nos 3/4, pp. 89-112. . Smith, M., Busi, M., Ball, P. and Van der Meer, R. (2008), ―Factors influencing and organisation‘sability to manage innovation: a structured literature review and conceptual model‖,International Journal of Innovation Management, Vol. 12 No. 4, pp. 655-676. . Tejada, P. and Moreno, P. (2013), ―Patterns of innovation in tourism ‗Small and medium- sizeenterprises‖, Service Industrial Journal, Vol. 33 Nos 7/8, pp. 749-758. . Damapour F. (1990), Organizational Complexity and Innovation : Developing and Testing Multiple Contigency Models. Management Sciences, Vol. 42, No. 5. . M. U. Hassan, M. S. Nawaz and S. Naz, (2013), ―Effects of Innovation types on firm‘s performance : An Empirical Study of Pakistan‘s Manufacturing Sector‖, Pakistan Journal of Commerce and Social Science., Vol. 7, No. 2. . M. Flikkema and Jenen P., (2007), ―Identifying Neo-Schumpeterian Innovation in Service Firms : A Conceptual Essay with a Novel Classification‖, Economics of Innovation and New Technology, Vol. 16, No. 7. . Anita Ismail and Mazlina M., (2012), ―The Relationaship Between Information Technology, Process Innovation and Organizational Performance‖ . K. Ismail, W. Omar, K. Soehod, Aslan S. and Shoib Akhtar, (2012), ―Role of Innovation in SMEs Performance : A Case of Malaysian SMEs‖, Mathematical Methods in Engineering and Economics. . Dougles A. Ryan, (1989), "Business Aspects of Catering", Longman incorporation. New York. . R. Danial, (2013), "Innovations in the Indian Hospitality Industry", Knowledge must, Vol. 13, No. 2 . S. Maheshkumar, (2009), "Hotels in India – There's Room for New Layers", Facts for you, December 2009 . T. Vijayaraghvan, (2007), "The Indian hospitality Industry", The economic Scene Vol. 4 No. 7. . IIPO, "Tourism in India", Monthly Commentary on Indian Economic Conditions, blue Supplement, Vol. 35, No. 11, Issue 49. . Nitya Sharma and A. Kalotra, (2016), ―Hospital Industry in India : A Big Contributor to India‘s Growth‖, International Journal of Emerging Research in management and technology, Vol. 5, Issue 6. . Grigoroudis E. and Siskos Y., (2009) ―Customer Satisfaction Evaluation: Methods for measuring and Implementing Service Quality‖, Springer. . Jessica S., (2009), ―Study measures values of guest experience Hotel and Motel management‖, Duluth, jan 2009. . Johannessen J. A., (2008), ―Organizational Innovations as a part of Knowledge Management‖, International Journal of Information management, Vol. 28, No.5.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 286

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

. Rupal Patel, (2012), ―India‘s Tourism Industry – Progress and Emerging Issues‖, Journal of Economics and Management, Vol. 1, no. 5. . Amitabh Devendra, (2001), ―The Hotel Industry in India – The Past and Present‖, Journal of Hospitality and Financial management, Vol. 1, No. 5. . R. Srinivasrao, (2014), ―Emerging Trends in Hospitality and Tourism‖, International Journal of Research, Vol. 1, no. 1. . Gaurav Kashyap, (20140, ―Challenges Faced by The Hotel Industry – review of Indian Scenarion‖, Journal of business and management, Vol. 16, no. 1. . G. M. Sanjeev and R. Bandhopadyay, (2016), ―Innovations in The Indian Hospitality Industry and overview‖, Worldwide Hospitality and Tourism Themes. Vol. 8, No. 4. . Vikram Manharami, (2005), ―Towards a Theory of Service Innovation: An Industive Case Study Approach to Evaluating the Uniqueness of Services‖, Thesis submitted to A. P. Solan School of management, Massachusatt Institute of Technology. . Bharwani S. and Mathews D., (2016), ―Customer Service Innovations in The Indian hospitality industry‖, Worldwide Hospitality and Tourism Themes, Vol. 8, No. 5. . A J. Singh and M. L. Kasavana, (2005), ―Impact of Information technology on Future Management of Lodging Operations : A Delhi Study to Predict Key technological Events in 2007 and 2027‖, Tourism and Hospitality research, Vol.6, no. 1. . Dhanraj kalgi, (2016), ―manpower Crunch in the Hospitality Industry of Pune‖, Renewable research Journal, Vol. 3, no. 4.

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com 287

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal ISSN :

Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com SWATIDHAN288 PUBLICATIONS Price : Rs. 800/-

For Details Visit To : www.researchjourney.net